This commit was manufactured by cvs2svn to create branch 'msnyder-fork-
checkpoint-branch'.
Sprout from gdb-csl-gxxpro-6_3-branch 2005-11-17 00:00:03 UTC nobody 'This commit was manufactured by cvs2svn to create branch 'gdb-csl-gxxpro-'
Cherrypick from master 2005-11-21 23:00:05 UTC Alan Modra <amodra@gmail.com> 'daily update':
bfd/ChangeLog
bfd/elf64-hppa.c
bfd/elf64-ppc.c
bfd/som.c
bfd/version.h
gdb/ChangeLog
gdb/config/v850/v850.mt
gdb/doc/ChangeLog
gdb/doc/gdb.texinfo
gdb/dwarf2loc.c
gdb/hppa-hpux-tdep.c
gdb/hppa-tdep.c
gdb/inf-ptrace.c
gdb/mi/gdb-mi.el
gdb/mi/mi-main.c
gdb/tracepoint.c
gdb/version.in
intl/ChangeLog
intl/Makefile.in
intl/acconfig.h
intl/aclocal.m4
intl/bindtextdom.c
intl/cat-compat.c
intl/config.in
intl/configure
intl/configure.in
intl/dcgettext.c
intl/dgettext.c
intl/explodename.c
intl/finddomain.c
intl/gettext.c
intl/gettext.h
intl/gettextP.h
intl/hash-string.h
intl/intl-compat.c
intl/intlh.inst.in
intl/l10nflist.c
intl/libgettext.h
intl/libintl.glibc
intl/linux-msg.sed
intl/loadinfo.h
intl/loadmsgcat.c
intl/localealias.c
intl/po2tbl.sed.in
intl/textdomain.c
intl/xopen-msg.sed
sim/ChangeLog
sim/arm/ChangeLog
sim/arm/armos.c
sim/cris/sim-main.h
sim/cris/traps.c
sim/testsuite/ChangeLog
Delete:
texinfo/texinfo.texdiff --git a/bfd/ChangeLog b/bfd/ChangeLog
index fdc81a2..57ba88a 100644
--- a/bfd/ChangeLog
+++ b/bfd/ChangeLog
@@ -1,3 +1,20 @@
+2005-11-20 John David Anglin <dave.anglin@nrc-cnrc.gc.ca>
+
+ * som.c (som_decode_symclass): Decode BSF_WEAK symbols in the same
+ manner as bfd_decode_symclass.
+
+2005-11-18 Alan Modra <amodra@bigpond.net.au>
+
+ * elf64-ppc.c (ppc64_elf_check_relocs): Don't set has_14bit_branch
+ on branches to same section.
+
+2005-11-17 Randolph Chung <tausq@debian.org>
+
+ * elf64-hppa.c (elf64_hppa_object_p): Recognize corefiles under
+ hppa64-hp-hpux11.11.
+ (elf64_hppa_section_from_phdr): New function.
+ (elf_backend_section_from_phdr): Define.
+
2005-11-11 Nick Clifton <nickc@redhat.com>
PR 1150
diff --git a/bfd/elf64-hppa.c b/bfd/elf64-hppa.c
index 6ac653f..42a04a1 100644
--- a/bfd/elf64-hppa.c
+++ b/bfd/elf64-hppa.c
@@ -381,13 +381,16 @@
{
/* GCC on hppa-linux produces binaries with OSABI=Linux,
but the kernel produces corefiles with OSABI=SysV. */
- if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] != ELFOSABI_LINUX &&
- i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] != ELFOSABI_NONE) /* aka SYSV */
+ if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] != ELFOSABI_LINUX
+ && i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] != ELFOSABI_NONE) /* aka SYSV */
return FALSE;
}
else
{
- if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] != ELFOSABI_HPUX)
+ /* HPUX produces binaries with OSABI=HPUX,
+ but the kernel produces corefiles with OSABI=SysV. */
+ if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] != ELFOSABI_HPUX
+ && i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] != ELFOSABI_NONE) /* aka SYSV */
return FALSE;
}
@@ -399,7 +402,10 @@
case EFA_PARISC_1_1:
return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_hppa, 11);
case EFA_PARISC_2_0:
- return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_hppa, 20);
+ if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
+ return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_hppa, 25);
+ else
+ return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_hppa, 20);
case EFA_PARISC_2_0 | EF_PARISC_WIDE:
return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_hppa, 25);
}
@@ -2641,6 +2647,36 @@
return type;
}
+/* Support HP specific sections for core files. */
+static bfd_boolean
+elf64_hppa_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int index,
+ const char *typename)
+{
+ if (hdr->p_type == PT_HP_CORE_PROC)
+ {
+ int sig;
+
+ if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->p_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+ return FALSE;
+ if (bfd_bread (&sig, 4, abfd) != 4)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = sig;
+
+ /* gdb uses the ".reg" section to read register contents. */
+ if (!_bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", hdr->p_filesz,
+ hdr->p_offset))
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if (hdr->p_type == PT_HP_CORE_LOADABLE
+ || hdr->p_type == PT_HP_CORE_STACK
+ || hdr->p_type == PT_HP_CORE_MMF)
+ hdr->p_type = PT_LOAD;
+
+ return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, typename);
+}
+
static const struct bfd_elf_special_section elf64_hppa_special_sections[] =
{
{ ".fini", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
@@ -2751,6 +2787,7 @@
#define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
#define elf_backend_special_sections elf64_hppa_special_sections
#define elf_backend_action_discarded elf_hppa_action_discarded
+#define elf_backend_section_from_phdr elf64_hppa_section_from_phdr
#include "elf64-target.h"
diff --git a/bfd/elf64-ppc.c b/bfd/elf64-ppc.c
index d15c772..65b9c21 100644
--- a/bfd/elf64-ppc.c
+++ b/bfd/elf64-ppc.c
@@ -4507,7 +4507,24 @@
case R_PPC64_REL14:
case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN:
case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
- htab->has_14bit_branch = 1;
+ {
+ asection *dest = NULL;
+
+ /* Heuristic: If jumping outside our section, chances are
+ we are going to need a stub. */
+ if (h != NULL)
+ {
+ /* If the sym is weak it may be overridden later, so
+ don't assume we know where a weak sym lives. */
+ if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
+ dest = h->root.u.def.section;
+ }
+ else
+ dest = bfd_section_from_r_symndx (abfd, &htab->sym_sec,
+ sec, r_symndx);
+ if (dest != sec)
+ htab->has_14bit_branch = 1;
+ }
/* Fall through. */
case R_PPC64_REL24:
diff --git a/bfd/som.c b/bfd/som.c
index c1195c9..0c9e1b7 100644
--- a/bfd/som.c
+++ b/bfd/som.c
@@ -5355,11 +5355,30 @@
if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
return 'C';
if (bfd_is_und_section (symbol->section))
- return 'U';
+ {
+ if (symbol->flags & BSF_WEAK)
+ {
+ /* If weak, determine if it's specifically an object
+ or non-object weak. */
+ if (symbol->flags & BSF_OBJECT)
+ return 'v';
+ else
+ return 'w';
+ }
+ else
+ return 'U';
+ }
if (bfd_is_ind_section (symbol->section))
return 'I';
if (symbol->flags & BSF_WEAK)
- return 'W';
+ {
+ /* If weak, determine if it's specifically an object
+ or non-object weak. */
+ if (symbol->flags & BSF_OBJECT)
+ return 'V';
+ else
+ return 'W';
+ }
if (!(symbol->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_LOCAL)))
return '?';
diff --git a/bfd/version.h b/bfd/version.h
index 83fdb53..4fbef5c 100644
--- a/bfd/version.h
+++ b/bfd/version.h
@@ -1,3 +1,3 @@
-#define BFD_VERSION_DATE 20051117
+#define BFD_VERSION_DATE 20051122
#define BFD_VERSION @bfd_version@
#define BFD_VERSION_STRING @bfd_version_string@
diff --git a/gdb/ChangeLog b/gdb/ChangeLog
index 5bc4e76..1d0b6c7 100644
--- a/gdb/ChangeLog
+++ b/gdb/ChangeLog
@@ -1,3 +1,79 @@
+2005-11-20 Mark Kettenis <kettenis@gnu.org>
+
+ * inf-ptrace.c (inf_ptrace_xfer_partial): Use PIOD_WRITE_I instead
+ of PIOD_WRITE_D.
+
+2005-11-19 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
+
+ * tracepoint.c (memrange_absolute): New enum constant.
+ (struct memrange, memrange_cmp, add_memrange, collect_symbol,
+ stringify_collection_list, encode_actions): Use it instead of '-1'
+ to indicate an fixed-address memory range.
+ (Suggested by Eli Zaretskii.)
+
+ * tracepoint.c (stringify_collection_list): Indicate absolute
+ memory ranges by using "-1" as the memory range's base register
+ number, not "FFFFFFFF".
+
+2005-11-19 Randolph Chung <tausq@debian.org>
+
+ * dwarf2loc.c (dwarf2_tracepoint_var_ref): Remove extra add for
+ DW_OP_fbreg. Handle DW_OP_breg0 through DW_OP_breg31. Print
+ DWARF opcode for unsupported case.
+
+2005-11-19 Randolph Chung <tausq@debian.org>
+
+ * hppa-hpux-tdep.c (hppa_hpux_sigtramp_frame_unwind_cache): Use
+ HPPA_HPUX_SS_* constants. Ensure "off" is large enough to hold
+ 64-bit offset. Set proper signal context offset for 64-bit
+ programs. Set pc properly for signal frames.
+
+2005-11-19 Randolph Chung <tausq@debian.org>
+
+ * hppa-hpux-tdep.c (hppa_hpux_sigtramp_unwind_sniffer): Rely on the
+ unwind record to determine a signal frame, instead of hardcoding
+ a function name.
+
+2005-11-19 Randolph Chung <tausq@debian.org>
+
+ * hppa-tdep.c (skip_prologue_hard_way): Add one more insn pattern
+ for "std rp,-0x10(sp)".
+ (hppa_frame_cache): Likewise.
+ (hppa_fallback_frame_cache): Likewise.
+
+2005-11-19 Randolph Chung <tausq@debian.org>
+
+ * hppa-tdep.c (hppa_frame_cache): Reformat code and enhance
+ debugging.
+
+2005-11-18 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
+
+ * tracepoint.c (struct memrange, collect_symbol): Doc fix.
+
+2005-11-18 Andrew Stubbs <andrew.stubbs@st.com>
+
+ * mi/mi-main.c (mi_load_progress): Ensure the use of the correct mi
+ uiout for the duration of the function.
+
+2005-11-18 Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
+
+ * mi/gdb-mi.el (gdb-source-file-list): Declare.
+ (gdbmi): Bind new functions.
+ (gdbmi-var-list-children-handler, gdbmi-var-list-children-regexp):
+ Handle string expressions properly. Move "type" field into regexp.
+ (gdbmi-var-update-regexp, gdbmi-var-update-handler): Handle string
+ expressions properly. Update speedbar.
+ (gdbmi-breakpoints-buffer, gdb-stack-buffer, gdb-locals-buffer)
+ (gdb-registers-buffer): Use def-gdb-auto-update-trigger instead of
+ def-gdb-auto-updated-buffer as handlers is defined explicitly.
+ (gdb-stack-list-locals-handler): Handle string expressions properly.
+ (gdb-data-list-register-values-handler)
+ (gdb-data-list-register-values-custom): Fontify buffer.
+
+2005-11-17 Daniel Jacobowitz <dan@codesourcery.com>
+
+ * version.in: Update to 6.4.50.
+
2005-11-16 Andrew Stubbs <andrew.stubbs@st.com>
* NEWS (6.4): Mention $argc.
diff --git a/gdb/config/v850/v850.mt b/gdb/config/v850/v850.mt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..701a240
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gdb/config/v850/v850.mt
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+# Target: NEC V850 processor
+TDEPFILES= v850-tdep.o
+SIM_OBS = remote-sim.o
+SIM = ../sim/v850/libsim.a
diff --git a/gdb/doc/ChangeLog b/gdb/doc/ChangeLog
index d8a9cef..1eaf65c 100644
--- a/gdb/doc/ChangeLog
+++ b/gdb/doc/ChangeLog
@@ -1,3 +1,31 @@
+2005-11-19 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
+
+ * gdb.texinfo (Tracepoint Packets): New node.
+ (General Query Packets): Add entries for the tracepoint packets,
+ referring to the "Tracepoint Packets" node.
+ (Tracepoints): Add reference to "Tracepoint Packets".
+
+2005-11-18 Kevin Buettner <kevinb@redhat.com>
+
+ * gdb.texinfo (set remotebreak): Add anchor.
+ (X packet): Likewise.
+ (Remote Protocol): Add new section `Interrupts' and new index
+ entry `interrupts (remote protocol)'.
+
+2005-11-18 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
+
+ * gdb.texinfo (Packets): Move information out of 'q' and 'Q'
+ entries into the General Query Packets section. Add a
+ cross-reference to that section. Drop description of replies, as
+ these are covered in the descriptions of each packet.
+ (General Query Packets): Add introductory text. Explain naming
+ conventions, and how the end of a name is recognized.
+
+2005-11-17 Kevin Buettner <kevinb@redhat.com>
+
+ * gdb.texinfo (Remote configuration): Fix typo in description of
+ "set remotebreak" command.
+
2005-11-16 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
* gdb.texinfo (Packets, Stop Reply Packets)
diff --git a/gdb/doc/gdb.texinfo b/gdb/doc/gdb.texinfo
index e26341b..d749732 100644
--- a/gdb/doc/gdb.texinfo
+++ b/gdb/doc/gdb.texinfo
@@ -7126,10 +7126,12 @@
unobtrusively, hopefully not disturbing the program's behavior.
The tracepoint facility is currently available only for remote
-targets. @xref{Targets}. In addition, your remote target must know how
-to collect trace data. This functionality is implemented in the remote
-stub; however, none of the stubs distributed with @value{GDBN} support
-tracepoints as of this writing.
+targets. @xref{Targets}. In addition, your remote target must know
+how to collect trace data. This functionality is implemented in the
+remote stub; however, none of the stubs distributed with @value{GDBN}
+support tracepoints as of this writing. The format of the remote
+packets used to implement tracepoints are described in @ref{Tracepoint
+Packets}.
This chapter describes the tracepoint commands and features.
@@ -12147,9 +12149,10 @@
@item set remotebreak
@cindex interrupt remote programs
@cindex BREAK signal instead of Ctrl-C
+@anchor{set remotebreak}
If set to on, @value{GDBN} sends a @code{BREAK} signal to the remote
when you press the @key{Ctrl-C} key to interrupt the program running
-on the remote. If set to off, @value{GDBN} sends the @samp{Strl-C}
+on the remote. If set to off, @value{GDBN} sends the @samp{Ctrl-C}
character instead. The default is off, since most remote systems
expect to see @samp{Ctrl-C} as the interrupt signal.
@@ -22016,6 +22019,8 @@
* Stop Reply Packets::
* General Query Packets::
* Register Packet Format::
+* Tracepoint Packets::
+* Interrupts::
* Examples::
* File-I/O remote protocol extension::
@end menu
@@ -22397,30 +22402,12 @@
for an error
@end table
-@item q @var{query}
-@anchor{general query packet}
+@item q @var{name} @var{params}@dots{}
+@itemx Q @var{name} @var{params}@dots{}
@cindex @samp{q} packet
-General query. Request info about @var{query}. In general
-@value{GDBN} queries have a leading upper case letter. Custom vendor
-queries should use a company prefix (in lower case) ex:
-@samp{qfsf.var}. @var{query} may optionally be followed by a @samp{,}
-or @samp{;} separated list. Stubs must ensure that they match the
-full @var{query} name.
-
-Reply:
-@table @samp
-@item @var{XX@dots{}}
-Hex encoded data from query. The reply must not be empty.
-@item E @var{NN}
-error reply
-@item
-Indicating an unrecognized @var{query}.
-@end table
-
-@item Q @var{var}=@var{val}
@cindex @samp{Q} packet
-General set. Set value of @var{var} to @var{val}.
-@xref{general query packet}, for a discussion of naming conventions.
+General query (@samp{q}) and set (@samp{Q}). These packets are
+described fully in @ref{General Query Packets}.
@item r
@cindex @samp{r} packet
@@ -22514,6 +22501,7 @@
@end table
@item X @var{addr},@var{length}:@var{XX@dots{}}
+@anchor{X packet}
@cindex @samp{X} packet
Write data to memory, where the data is transmitted in binary.
@var{addr} is address, @var{length} is number of bytes,
@@ -22735,7 +22723,33 @@
@section General Query Packets
@cindex remote query requests
-The following set and query packets have already been defined.
+Packets starting with @samp{q} are @dfn{general query packets};
+packets starting with @samp{Q} are @dfn{general set packets}. General
+query and set packets are a semi-unified form for retrieving and
+sending information to and from the stub.
+
+The initial letter of a query or set packet is followed by a name
+indicating what sort of thing the packet applies to. For example,
+@value{GDBN} may use a @samp{qSymbol} packet to exchange symbol
+definitions with the stub. These packet names follow some
+conventions:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+The name must not contain commas, colons or semicolons.
+@item
+Most @value{GDBN} query and set packets have a leading upper case
+letter.
+@item
+The names of custom vendor packets should use a company prefix, in
+lower case, followed by a period. For example, packets designed at
+the Acme Corporation might begin with @samp{qacme.foo} (for querying
+foos) or @samp{Qacme.bar} (for setting bars).
+@end itemize
+
+A query or set packet may optionally be followed by a @samp{,} or
+@samp{;} separated list. Stubs must be careful to match the full
+packet name, in case packet names have common prefixes.
Like the descriptions of the other packets, each description here
has a template showing the packet's overall syntax, followed by an
@@ -22743,6 +22757,8 @@
templates for clarity; these are not part of the packet's syntax. No
@value{GDBN} packet uses spaces to separate its components.
+Here are the currently defined query and set packets:
+
@table @samp
@item qC
@@ -23016,6 +23032,10 @@
(if available), until the target ceases to request them.
@end table
+@item QTDP
+@itemx QTFrame
+@xref{Tracepoint Packets}.
+
@item qThreadExtraInfo,@var{id}
@cindex thread attributes info, remote request
@cindex @samp{qThreadExtraInfo} packet
@@ -23035,6 +23055,13 @@
the thread's attributes.
@end table
+@item QTStart
+@itemx QTStop
+@itemx QTinit
+@itemx QTro
+@itemx qTStatus
+@xref{Tracepoint Packets}.
+
@end table
@node Register Packet Format
@@ -23063,6 +23090,198 @@
@end table
+@node Tracepoint Packets
+@section Tracepoint Packets
+@cindex tracepoint packets
+@cindex packets, tracepoint
+
+Here we describe the packets @value{GDBN} uses to implement
+tracepoints (@pxref{Tracepoints}).
+
+@table @samp
+
+@item QTDP:@var{n}:@var{addr}:@var{ena}:@var{step}:@var{pass}@r{[}-@r{]}
+Create a new tracepoint, number @var{n}, at @var{addr}. If @var{ena}
+is @samp{E}, then the tracepoint is enabled; if it is @samp{D}, then
+the tracepoint is disabled. @var{step} is the tracepoint's step
+count, and @var{pass} is its pass count. If the trailing @samp{-} is
+present, further @samp{QTDP} packets will follow to specify this
+tracepoint's actions.
+
+Replies:
+@table @samp
+@item OK
+The packet was understood and carried out.
+@item
+The packet was not recognized.
+@end table
+
+@item QTDP:-@var{n}:@var{addr}:@r{[}S@r{]}@var{action}@dots{}@r{[}-@r{]}
+Define actions to be taken when a tracepoint is hit. @var{n} and
+@var{addr} must be the same as in the initial @samp{QTDP} packet for
+this tracepoint. This packet may only be sent immediately after
+another @samp{QTDP} packet that ended with a @samp{-}. If the
+trailing @samp{-} is present, further @samp{QTDP} packets will follow,
+specifying more actions for this tracepoint.
+
+In the series of action packets for a given tracepoint, at most one
+can have an @samp{S} before its first @var{action}. If such a packet
+is sent, it and the following packets define ``while-stepping''
+actions. Any prior packets define ordinary actions --- that is, those
+taken when the tracepoint is first hit. If no action packet has an
+@samp{S}, then all the packets in the series specify ordinary
+tracepoint actions.
+
+The @samp{@var{action}@dots{}} portion of the packet is a series of
+actions, concatenated without separators. Each action has one of the
+following forms:
+
+@table @samp
+
+@item R @var{mask}
+Collect the registers whose bits are set in @var{mask}. @var{mask} is
+a hexidecimal number whose @var{i}'th bit is set if register number
+@var{i} should be collected. (The least significant bit is numbered
+zero.) Note that @var{mask} may be any number of digits long; it may
+not fit in a 32-bit word.
+
+@item M @var{basereg},@var{offset},@var{len}
+Collect @var{len} bytes of memory starting at the address in register
+number @var{basereg}, plus @var{offset}. If @var{basereg} is
+@samp{-1}, then the range has a fixed address: @var{offset} is the
+address of the lowest byte to collect. The @var{basereg},
+@var{offset}, and @var{len} parameters are all unsigned hexidecimal
+values (the @samp{-1} value for @var{basereg} is a special case).
+
+@item X @var{len},@var{expr}
+Evaluate @var{expr}, whose length is @var{len}, and collect memory as
+it directs. @var{expr} is an agent expression, as described in
+@ref{Agent Expressions}. Each byte of the expression is encoded as a
+two-digit hex number in the packet; @var{len} is the number of bytes
+in the expression (and thus one-half the number of hex digits in the
+packet).
+
+@end table
+
+Any number of actions may be packed together in a single @samp{QTDP}
+packet, as long as the packet does not exceed the maximum packet
+length (400 bytes, for many stubs).
+
+Replies:
+@table @samp
+@item OK
+The packet was understood and carried out.
+@item
+The packet was not recognized.
+@end table
+
+@item QTFrame:@var{n}
+Select the @var{n}'th tracepoint frame from the buffer, and use the
+register and memory contents recorded there to answer subsequent
+request packets from @value{GDBN}.
+
+A successful reply from the stub indicates that the stub has found the
+requested frame. The response is a series of parts, concatenated
+without separators, describing the frame we selected. Each part has
+one of the following forms:
+
+@table @samp
+@item F @var{f}
+The selected frame is number @var{n} in the trace frame buffer;
+@var{f} is a hexidecimal number. If @var{f} is @samp{-1}, then there
+was no frame matching the criteria in the request packet.
+
+@item T @var{t}
+The selected trace frame records a hit of tracepoint number @var{t};
+@var{t} is a hexidecimal number.
+
+@end table
+
+@item QTFrame:pc:@var{addr}
+Like @samp{QTFrame:@var{n}}, but select the first tracepoint frame after the
+currently selected frame whose PC is @var{addr};
+@var{addr} is a hexidecimal number.
+
+@item QTFrame:tdp:@var{t}
+Like @samp{QTFrame:@var{n}}, but select the first tracepoint frame after the
+currently selected frame that is a hit of tracepoint @var{t}; @var{t}
+is a hexidecimal number.
+
+@item QTFrame:range:@var{start}:@var{end}
+Like @samp{QTFrame:@var{n}}, but select the first tracepoint frame after the
+currently selected frame whose PC is between @var{start} (inclusive)
+and @var{end} (exclusive); @var{start} and @var{end} are hexidecimal
+numbers.
+
+@item QTFrame:outside:@var{start}:@var{end}
+Like @samp{QTFrame:range:@var{start}:@var{end}}, but select the first
+frame @emph{outside} the given range of addresses.
+
+@item QTStart
+Begin the tracepoint experiment. Begin collecting data from tracepoint
+hits in the trace frame buffer.
+
+@item QTStop
+End the tracepoint experiment. Stop collecting trace frames.
+
+@item QTinit
+Clear the table of tracepoints, and empty the trace frame buffer.
+
+@item QTro:@var{start1},@var{end1}:@var{start2},@var{end2}:@dots{}
+Establish the given ranges of memory as ``transparent''. The stub
+will answer requests for these ranges from memory's current contents,
+if they were not collected as part of the tracepoint hit.
+
+@value{GDBN} uses this to mark read-only regions of memory, like those
+containing program code. Since these areas never change, they should
+still have the same contents they did when the tracepoint was hit, so
+there's no reason for the stub to refuse to provide their contents.
+
+@item qTStatus
+Ask the stub if there is a trace experiment running right now.
+
+Replies:
+@table @samp
+@item T0
+There is no trace experiment running.
+@item T1
+There is a trace experiment running.
+@end table
+
+@end table
+
+
+@node Interrupts
+@section Interrupts
+@cindex interrupts (remote protocol)
+
+When a program on the remote target is running, @value{GDBN} may
+attempt to interrupt it by sending a @samp{Ctrl-C} or a @code{BREAK},
+control of which is specified via @value{GDBN}'s @samp{remotebreak}
+setting (@pxref{set remotebreak}).
+
+The precise meaning of @code{BREAK} is defined by the transport
+mechanism and may, in fact, be undefined. @value{GDBN} does
+not currently define a @code{BREAK} mechanism for any of the network
+interfaces.
+
+@samp{Ctrl-C}, on the other hand, is defined and implemented for all
+transport mechanisms. It is represented by sending the single byte
+@code{0x03} without any of the usual packet overhead described in
+the Overview section (@pxref{Overview}). When a @code{0x03} byte is
+transmitted as part of a packet, it is considered to be packet data
+and does @emph{not} represent an interrupt. E.g., an @samp{X} packet
+(@pxref{X packet}, used for binary downloads, may include an unescaped
+@code{0x03} as part of its packet.
+
+Stubs are not required to recognize these interrupt mechanisms and the
+precise meaning associated with receipt of the interrupt is
+implementation defined. If the stub is successful at interrupting the
+running program, it is expected that it will send one of the Stop
+Reply Packets (@pxref{Stop Reply Packets}) to @value{GDBN} as a result
+of successfully stopping the program. Interrupts received while the
+program is stopped will be discarded.
+
@node Examples
@section Examples
diff --git a/gdb/dwarf2loc.c b/gdb/dwarf2loc.c
index 8a3e99f..1005fa7 100644
--- a/gdb/dwarf2loc.c
+++ b/gdb/dwarf2loc.c
@@ -477,13 +477,30 @@
ax_const_l (ax, frame_offset);
ax_simple (ax, aop_add);
- ax_const_l (ax, frame_offset);
+ value->kind = axs_lvalue_memory;
+ }
+ else if (data[0] >= DW_OP_breg0
+ && data[0] <= DW_OP_breg31)
+ {
+ unsigned int reg;
+ LONGEST offset;
+ gdb_byte *buf_end;
+
+ reg = data[0] - DW_OP_breg0;
+ buf_end = read_sleb128 (data + 1, data + size, &offset);
+ if (buf_end != data + size)
+ error (_("Unexpected opcode after DW_OP_breg%u for symbol \"%s\"."),
+ reg, SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (symbol));
+
+ ax_reg (ax, reg);
+ ax_const_l (ax, offset);
ax_simple (ax, aop_add);
+
value->kind = axs_lvalue_memory;
}
else
- error (_("Unsupported DWARF opcode in the location of \"%s\"."),
- SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (symbol));
+ error (_("Unsupported DWARF opcode 0x%x in the location of \"%s\"."),
+ data[0], SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (symbol));
}
/* Return the value of SYMBOL in FRAME using the DWARF-2 expression
diff --git a/gdb/hppa-hpux-tdep.c b/gdb/hppa-hpux-tdep.c
index ed0abf9..fab8d6e 100644
--- a/gdb/hppa-hpux-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/hppa-hpux-tdep.c
@@ -49,6 +49,26 @@
#define IS_32BIT_TARGET(_gdbarch) \
((gdbarch_tdep (_gdbarch))->bytes_per_address == 4)
+/* Bit in the `ss_flag' member of `struct save_state' that indicates
+ that the 64-bit register values are live. From
+ <machine/save_state.h>. */
+#define HPPA_HPUX_SS_WIDEREGS 0x40
+
+/* Offsets of various parts of `struct save_state'. From
+ <machine/save_state.h>. */
+#define HPPA_HPUX_SS_FLAGS_OFFSET 0
+#define HPPA_HPUX_SS_NARROW_OFFSET 4
+#define HPPA_HPUX_SS_FPBLOCK_OFFSET 256
+#define HPPA_HPUX_SS_WIDE_OFFSET 640
+
+/* The size of `struct save_state. */
+#define HPPA_HPUX_SAVE_STATE_SIZE 1152
+
+/* The size of `struct pa89_save_state', which corresponds to PA-RISC
+ 1.1, the lowest common denominator that we support. */
+#define HPPA_HPUX_PA89_SAVE_STATE_SIZE 512
+
+
/* Forward declarations. */
extern void _initialize_hppa_hpux_tdep (void);
extern initialize_file_ftype _initialize_hppa_hpux_tdep;
@@ -1158,8 +1178,8 @@
struct gdbarch_tdep *tdep = gdbarch_tdep (gdbarch);
struct hppa_hpux_sigtramp_unwind_cache *info;
unsigned int flag;
- CORE_ADDR sp, scptr;
- int i, incr, off, szoff;
+ CORE_ADDR sp, scptr, off;
+ int i, incr, szoff;
if (*this_cache)
return *this_cache;
@@ -1170,25 +1190,29 @@
sp = frame_unwind_register_unsigned (next_frame, HPPA_SP_REGNUM);
- scptr = sp - 1352;
+ if (IS_32BIT_TARGET (gdbarch))
+ scptr = sp - 1352;
+ else
+ scptr = sp - 1520;
+
off = scptr;
/* See /usr/include/machine/save_state.h for the structure of the save_state_t
structure. */
- flag = read_memory_unsigned_integer(scptr, 4);
-
- if (!(flag & 0x40))
+ flag = read_memory_unsigned_integer(scptr + HPPA_HPUX_SS_FLAGS_OFFSET, 4);
+
+ if (!(flag & HPPA_HPUX_SS_WIDEREGS))
{
/* Narrow registers. */
- off = scptr + offsetof (save_state_t, ss_narrow);
+ off = scptr + HPPA_HPUX_SS_NARROW_OFFSET;
incr = 4;
szoff = 0;
}
else
{
/* Wide registers. */
- off = scptr + offsetof (save_state_t, ss_wide) + 8;
+ off = scptr + HPPA_HPUX_SS_WIDE_OFFSET + 8;
incr = 8;
szoff = (tdep->bytes_per_address == 4 ? 4 : 0);
}
@@ -1203,11 +1227,15 @@
{
if (hppa_hpux_tramp_reg[i] > 0)
info->saved_regs[hppa_hpux_tramp_reg[i]].addr = off + szoff;
+
off += incr;
}
/* TODO: fp regs */
+ info->saved_regs[HPPA_PCOQ_HEAD_REGNUM].addr =
+ info->saved_regs[HPPA_RP_REGNUM].addr;
+
info->base = frame_unwind_register_unsigned (next_frame, HPPA_SP_REGNUM);
return info;
@@ -1246,12 +1274,12 @@
static const struct frame_unwind *
hppa_hpux_sigtramp_unwind_sniffer (struct frame_info *next_frame)
{
+ struct unwind_table_entry *u;
CORE_ADDR pc = frame_pc_unwind (next_frame);
- char *name;
- find_pc_partial_function (pc, &name, NULL, NULL);
+ u = find_unwind_entry (pc);
- if (name && strcmp(name, "_sigreturn") == 0)
+ if (u && u->HP_UX_interrupt_marker)
return &hppa_hpux_sigtramp_frame_unwind;
return NULL;
@@ -1760,25 +1788,6 @@
-/* Bit in the `ss_flag' member of `struct save_state' that indicates
- that the 64-bit register values are live. From
- <machine/save_state.h>. */
-#define HPPA_HPUX_SS_WIDEREGS 0x40
-
-/* Offsets of various parts of `struct save_state'. From
- <machine/save_state.h>. */
-#define HPPA_HPUX_SS_FLAGS_OFFSET 0
-#define HPPA_HPUX_SS_NARROW_OFFSET 4
-#define HPPA_HPUX_SS_FPBLOCK_OFFSET 256
-#define HPPA_HPUX_SS_WIDE_OFFSET 640
-
-/* The size of `struct save_state. */
-#define HPPA_HPUX_SAVE_STATE_SIZE 1152
-
-/* The size of `struct pa89_save_state', which corresponds to PA-RISC
- 1.1, the lowest common denominator that we support. */
-#define HPPA_HPUX_PA89_SAVE_STATE_SIZE 512
-
static void
hppa_hpux_supply_ss_narrow (struct regcache *regcache,
int regnum, const char *save_state)
diff --git a/gdb/hppa-tdep.c b/gdb/hppa-tdep.c
index a104371..94de581 100644
--- a/gdb/hppa-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/hppa-tdep.c
@@ -1491,7 +1491,7 @@
/* There are limited ways to store the return pointer into the
stack. */
- if (inst == 0x6bc23fd9 || inst == 0x0fc212c1)
+ if (inst == 0x6bc23fd9 || inst == 0x0fc212c1 || inst == 0x73c23fe1)
save_rp = 0;
/* These are the only ways we save SP into the stack. At this time
@@ -1846,7 +1846,8 @@
looking_for_rp = 0;
cache->saved_regs[HPPA_RP_REGNUM].addr = -24;
}
- else if (inst == 0x0fc212c1) /* std rp,-0x10(sr0,sp) */
+ else if (inst == 0x0fc212c1
+ || inst == 0x73c23fe1) /* std rp,-0x10(sr0,sp) */
{
looking_for_rp = 0;
cache->saved_regs[HPPA_RP_REGNUM].addr = -16;
@@ -1984,7 +1985,7 @@
cache->base = fp;
if (hppa_debug)
- fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, " (base=0x%s) [frame pointer] }",
+ fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, " (base=0x%s) [frame pointer]",
paddr_nz (cache->base));
}
else if (u->Save_SP
@@ -1996,7 +1997,7 @@
cache->base = read_memory_integer (this_sp, TARGET_PTR_BIT / 8);
if (hppa_debug)
- fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, " (base=0x%s) [saved] }",
+ fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, " (base=0x%s) [saved]",
paddr_nz (cache->base));
}
else
@@ -2005,7 +2006,7 @@
the SP back. */
cache->base = this_sp - frame_size;
if (hppa_debug)
- fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, " (base=0x%s) [unwind adjust] } ",
+ fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, " (base=0x%s) [unwind adjust]",
paddr_nz (cache->base));
}
@@ -2017,21 +2018,34 @@
if (u->Millicode)
{
if (trad_frame_addr_p (cache->saved_regs, 31))
- cache->saved_regs[HPPA_PCOQ_HEAD_REGNUM] = cache->saved_regs[31];
+ {
+ cache->saved_regs[HPPA_PCOQ_HEAD_REGNUM] = cache->saved_regs[31];
+ if (hppa_debug)
+ fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, " (pc=r31) [stack] } ");
+ }
else
{
ULONGEST r31 = frame_unwind_register_unsigned (next_frame, 31);
trad_frame_set_value (cache->saved_regs, HPPA_PCOQ_HEAD_REGNUM, r31);
+ if (hppa_debug)
+ fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, " (pc=r31) [frame] } ");
}
}
else
{
if (trad_frame_addr_p (cache->saved_regs, HPPA_RP_REGNUM))
- cache->saved_regs[HPPA_PCOQ_HEAD_REGNUM] = cache->saved_regs[HPPA_RP_REGNUM];
+ {
+ cache->saved_regs[HPPA_PCOQ_HEAD_REGNUM] =
+ cache->saved_regs[HPPA_RP_REGNUM];
+ if (hppa_debug)
+ fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, " (pc=rp) [stack] } ");
+ }
else
{
ULONGEST rp = frame_unwind_register_unsigned (next_frame, HPPA_RP_REGNUM);
trad_frame_set_value (cache->saved_regs, HPPA_PCOQ_HEAD_REGNUM, rp);
+ if (hppa_debug)
+ fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, " (pc=rp) [frame] } ");
}
}
@@ -2174,7 +2188,8 @@
cache->saved_regs[HPPA_RP_REGNUM].addr = -20;
found_rp = 1;
}
- else if (insn == 0x0fc212c1) /* std rp,-0x10(sr0,sp) */
+ else if (insn == 0x0fc212c1
+ || insn == 0x73c23fe1) /* std rp,-0x10(sr0,sp) */
{
cache->saved_regs[HPPA_RP_REGNUM].addr = -16;
found_rp = 1;
diff --git a/gdb/inf-ptrace.c b/gdb/inf-ptrace.c
index d12d1ad..f3c399e 100644
--- a/gdb/inf-ptrace.c
+++ b/gdb/inf-ptrace.c
@@ -462,8 +462,12 @@
struct ptrace_io_desc piod;
/* NOTE: We assume that there are no distinct address spaces
- for instruction and data. */
- piod.piod_op = writebuf ? PIOD_WRITE_D : PIOD_READ_D;
+ for instruction and data. However, on OpenBSD 3.9 and
+ later, PIOD_WRITE_D doesn't allow changing memory that's
+ mapped read-only. Since most code segments will be
+ read-only, using PIOD_WRITE_D will prevent us from
+ inserting breakpoints, so we use PIOD_WRITE_I instead. */
+ piod.piod_op = writebuf ? PIOD_WRITE_I : PIOD_READ_D;
piod.piod_addr = writebuf ? (void *) writebuf : readbuf;
piod.piod_offs = (void *) (long) offset;
piod.piod_len = len;
diff --git a/gdb/mi/gdb-mi.el b/gdb/mi/gdb-mi.el
index b0d5a03..a72059e 100644
--- a/gdb/mi/gdb-mi.el
+++ b/gdb/mi/gdb-mi.el
@@ -58,6 +58,7 @@
(require 'gud)
(require 'gdb-ui)
+(defvar gdb-source-file-list nil)
(defvar gdb-register-names nil "List of register names.")
(defvar gdb-changed-registers nil
"List of changed register numbers (strings).")
@@ -81,7 +82,7 @@
Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
-The following interactive lisp functions help control operation :
+The following commands help control operation :
`gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
`gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
@@ -90,29 +91,28 @@
detailed description of this mode.
----------------------------------------------------------------------
- GDB Toolbar
----------------------------------------------------------------------
-GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer
- |
- |
- |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
- Source buffer | Input/Output (of inferior) buffer
- | (comint-mode)
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
- Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer
- RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint
- | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint
- | d gdb-delete-breakpoint
----------------------------------------------------------------------
-"
++--------------------------------------------------------------+
+| GDB Toolbar |
++-------------------------------+------------------------------+
+| GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
+| | |
+| | |
+| | |
++-------------------------------+------------------------------+
+| Source buffer |
+| |
+| |
+| |
+| |
+| |
+| |
+| |
++-------------------------------+------------------------------+
+| Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
+| RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
+| | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
+| | d gdb-delete-breakpoint |
++-------------------------------+------------------------------+"
;;
(interactive (list (gud-query-cmdline 'gdbmi)))
;;
@@ -162,8 +162,14 @@
'gdb-mouse-set-clear-breakpoint)
(define-key gud-minor-mode-map [left-fringe mouse-1]
'gdb-mouse-set-clear-breakpoint)
+ (define-key gud-minor-mode-map [left-fringe mouse-2]
+ 'gdb-mouse-until)
+ (define-key gud-minor-mode-map [left-fringe drag-mouse-1]
+ 'gdb-mouse-until)
(define-key gud-minor-mode-map [left-margin mouse-3]
- 'gdb-mouse-toggle-breakpoint)
+ 'gdb-mouse-toggle-breakpoint-margin)
+ (define-key gud-minor-mode-map [left-fringe mouse-3]
+ 'gdb-mouse-toggle-breakpoint-fringe)
(setq comint-input-sender 'gdbmi-send)
;;
@@ -223,8 +229,8 @@
`(lambda () (gdbmi-var-list-children-handler ,varnum)))))
(defconst gdbmi-var-list-children-regexp
-"name=\"\\(.*?\\)\",exp=\"\\(.*?\\)\",numchild=\"\\(.*?\\)\",\
-value=\"\\(.*?\\)\"")
+ "name=\"\\(.+?\\)\",exp=\"\\(.+?\\)\",numchild=\"\\(.+?\\)\",\
+value=\\(\".*?\"\\),type=\"\\(.+?\\)\"}")
(defun gdbmi-var-list-children-handler (varnum)
(with-current-buffer (gdb-get-create-buffer 'gdb-partial-output-buffer)
@@ -239,11 +245,9 @@
(let ((varchild (list (match-string 2)
(match-string 1)
(match-string 3)
- nil
- (match-string 4)
+ (match-string 5)
+ (read (match-string 4))
nil)))
- (if (looking-at ",type=\"\\(.*?\\)\"")
- (setcar (nthcdr 3 varchild) (match-string 1)))
(dolist (var1 gdb-var-list)
(if (string-equal (cadr var1) (cadr varchild))
(throw 'child-already-watched nil)))
@@ -257,24 +261,26 @@
(gdb-enqueue-input
(list "-var-update --all-values *\n" 'gdbmi-var-update-handler)))
-(defconst gdbmi-var-update-regexp "name=\"\\(.*?\\)\",value=\"\\(.*?\\)\"")
+(defconst gdbmi-var-update-regexp "name=\"\\(.*?\\)\",value=\\(\".*\"\\),")
(defun gdbmi-var-update-handler ()
(with-current-buffer (gdb-get-create-buffer 'gdb-partial-output-buffer)
(goto-char (point-min))
(while (re-search-forward gdbmi-var-update-regexp nil t)
(let ((varnum (match-string 1)))
- (catch 'var-found1
+ (catch 'var-found-1
(let ((num 0))
(dolist (var gdb-var-list)
(if (string-equal varnum (cadr var))
(progn
(setcar (nthcdr 5 var) t)
- (setcar (nthcdr 4 var) (match-string 2))
+ (setcar (nthcdr 4 var) (read (match-string 2)))
(setcar (nthcdr num gdb-var-list) var)
- (throw 'var-found1 nil)))
+ (throw 'var-found-1 nil)))
(setq num (+ num 1))))))
- (setq gdb-var-changed t))))
+ (setq gdb-var-changed t)))
+ (with-current-buffer gud-comint-buffer
+ (speedbar-timer-fn)))
(defun gdbmi-send (proc string)
"A comint send filter for gdb."
@@ -454,23 +460,10 @@
;; Breakpoint buffer : This displays the output of `-break-list'.
;;
-(def-gdb-auto-updated-buffer gdb-breakpoints-buffer
- ;; This defines the auto update rule for buffers of type
- ;; `gdb-breakpoints-buffer'.
- ;;
- ;; It defines a function that queues the command below. That function is
- ;; called:
- gdbmi-invalidate-breakpoints
- ;;
- ;; To update the buffer, this command is sent to gdb.
+(def-gdb-auto-update-trigger gdbmi-invalidate-breakpoints
+ (gdb-get-buffer 'gdb-breakpoints-buffer)
"-break-list\n"
- ;;
- ;; This also defines a function to be the handler for the output
- ;; from the command above. That function will copy the output into
- ;; the appropriately typed buffer. That function will be called:
- gdb-break-list-handler
- ;; buffer specific functions
- gdb-break-list-custom)
+ gdb-break-list-handler)
(defconst gdb-break-list-regexp
"number=\"\\(.*?\\)\",type=\"\\(.*?\\)\",disp=\"\\(.*?\\)\",enabled=\"\\(.\\)\",\
@@ -560,6 +553,8 @@
(end-of-line)))
(if (gdb-get-buffer 'gdb-assembler-buffer) (gdb-assembler-custom)))
+(defvar gdb-source-file-regexp "fullname=\"\\(.*?\\)\"")
+
(defun gdbmi-get-location (bptno line flag)
"Find the directory containing the relevant source file.
Put in buffer and place breakpoint icon."
@@ -586,11 +581,11 @@
;; Frames buffer. This displays a perpetually correct bactrack trace.
;;
-(def-gdb-auto-updated-buffer gdb-stack-buffer
- gdbmi-invalidate-frames
+(def-gdb-auto-update-trigger gdbmi-invalidate-frames
+ (gdb-get-buffer 'gdb-stack-buffer)
"-stack-list-frames\n"
- gdb-stack-list-frames-handler
- gdb-stack-list-frames-custom)
+ gdb-stack-list-frames-handler)
+
(defconst gdb-stack-list-frames-regexp
"level=\"\\(.*?\\)\",addr=\"\\(.*?\\)\",func=\"\\(.*?\\)\",\
@@ -644,11 +639,10 @@
;; Locals buffer.
;; uses "-stack-list-locals --simple-values". Needs GDB 6.1 onwards.
-(def-gdb-auto-updated-buffer gdb-locals-buffer
- gdbmi-invalidate-locals
+(def-gdb-auto-update-trigger gdbmi-invalidate-locals
+ (gdb-get-buffer 'gdb-locals-buffer)
"-stack-list-locals --simple-values\n"
- gdb-stack-list-locals-handler
- gdb-stack-list-locals-custom)
+ gdb-stack-list-locals-handler)
(defconst gdb-stack-list-locals-regexp
(concat "name=\"\\(.*?\\)\",type=\"\\(.*?\\)\""))
@@ -666,12 +660,13 @@
(let ((local (list (match-string 1)
(match-string 2)
nil)))
- (if (looking-at ",value=\"\\(.*?\\)\"")
- (setcar (nthcdr 2 local) (match-string 1)))
+ (if (looking-at ",value=\\(\".*\"\\)}")
+ (setcar (nthcdr 2 local) (read (match-string 1))))
(push local locals-list))))
(let ((buf (gdb-get-buffer 'gdb-locals-buffer)))
(and buf (with-current-buffer buf
- (let ((p (window-point (get-buffer-window buf 0)))
+ (let* ((window (get-buffer-window buf 0))
+ (p (window-point window))
(buffer-read-only nil))
(erase-buffer)
(dolist (local locals-list)
@@ -682,19 +677,15 @@
"(structure)"
"(array)"))
"\n")))
- (set-window-point (get-buffer-window buf 0) p)))))))
-
-(defun gdb-stack-list-locals-custom ()
- nil)
+ (set-window-point window p)))))))
;; Registers buffer.
;;
-(def-gdb-auto-updated-buffer gdb-registers-buffer
- gdbmi-invalidate-registers
+(def-gdb-auto-update-trigger gdbmi-invalidate-registers
+ (gdb-get-buffer 'gdb-registers-buffer)
"-data-list-register-values x\n"
- gdb-data-list-register-values-handler
- gdb-data-list-register-values-custom)
+ gdb-data-list-register-values-handler)
(defconst gdb-data-list-register-values-regexp
"number=\"\\(.*?\\)\",value=\"\\(.*?\\)\"")
@@ -731,9 +722,21 @@
(buffer-read-only nil))
(erase-buffer)
(insert register-values)
- (set-window-point (get-buffer-window buf 0) p))))))))
+ (set-window-point (get-buffer-window buf 0) p)))))))
+ (gdb-data-list-register-values-custom))
-(defun gdb-data-list-register-values-custom ())
+(defun gdb-data-list-register-values-custom ()
+ (with-current-buffer (gdb-get-buffer 'gdb-registers-buffer)
+ (save-excursion
+ (let ((buffer-read-only nil)
+ bl)
+ (goto-char (point-min))
+ (while (< (point) (point-max))
+ (setq bl (line-beginning-position))
+ (when (looking-at "^[^\t]+")
+ (put-text-property bl (match-end 0)
+ 'face font-lock-variable-name-face))
+ (forward-line 1))))))
(defun gdb-get-changed-registers ()
(if (and (gdb-get-buffer 'gdb-registers-buffer)
@@ -745,6 +748,8 @@
'gdb-get-changed-registers-handler))
(push 'gdb-get-changed-registers gdb-pending-triggers))))
+(defconst gdb-data-list-register-names-regexp "\"\\(.*?\\)\"")
+
(defun gdb-get-changed-registers-handler ()
(setq gdb-pending-triggers
(delq 'gdb-get-changed-registers gdb-pending-triggers))
@@ -754,9 +759,6 @@
(while (re-search-forward gdb-data-list-register-names-regexp nil t)
(push (match-string 1) gdb-changed-registers))))
-
-(defconst gdb-data-list-register-names-regexp "\"\\(.*?\\)\"")
-
(defun gdb-get-register-names ()
"Create a list of register names."
(goto-char (point-min))
@@ -767,9 +769,6 @@
;; these functions/variables may go into gdb-ui.el in the near future
;; (from gdb-nui.el)
-(defvar gdb-source-file-list nil)
-(defvar gdb-source-file-regexp "fullname=\"\\(.*?\\)\"")
-
(defun gdb-get-source-file ()
"Find the source file where the program starts and display it with related
buffers, if required."
diff --git a/gdb/mi/mi-main.c b/gdb/mi/mi-main.c
index 17c9c38..e5644b5 100644
--- a/gdb/mi/mi-main.c
+++ b/gdb/mi/mi-main.c
@@ -1365,9 +1365,18 @@
static struct timeval last_update;
static char *previous_sect_name = NULL;
int new_section;
+ struct ui_out *saved_uiout;
- if (!current_interp_named_p (INTERP_MI)
- && !current_interp_named_p (INTERP_MI1))
+ /* This function is called through deprecated_show_load_progress
+ which means uiout may not be correct. Fix it for the duration
+ of this function. */
+ saved_uiout = uiout;
+
+ if (current_interp_named_p (INTERP_MI))
+ uiout = mi_out_new (2);
+ else if (current_interp_named_p (INTERP_MI1))
+ uiout = mi_out_new (1);
+ else
return;
update_threshold.tv_sec = 0;
@@ -1424,6 +1433,9 @@
fputs_unfiltered ("\n", raw_stdout);
gdb_flush (raw_stdout);
}
+
+ xfree (uiout);
+ uiout = saved_uiout;
}
void
diff --git a/gdb/tracepoint.c b/gdb/tracepoint.c
index e522352..39309eb 100644
--- a/gdb/tracepoint.c
+++ b/gdb/tracepoint.c
@@ -1069,9 +1069,14 @@
return make_cleanup (do_free_actions_cleanup, t);
}
+enum {
+ memrange_absolute = -1
+};
+
struct memrange
{
- int type; /* 0 for absolute memory range, else basereg number */
+ int type; /* memrange_absolute for absolute memory range,
+ else basereg number */
bfd_signed_vma start;
bfd_signed_vma end;
};
@@ -1103,7 +1108,7 @@
return -1;
if (a->type > b->type)
return 1;
- if (a->type == 0)
+ if (a->type == memrange_absolute)
{
if ((bfd_vma) a->start < (bfd_vma) b->start)
return -1;
@@ -1175,7 +1180,7 @@
printf_filtered (",%ld)\n", len);
}
- /* type: -1 == memory, n == basereg */
+ /* type: memrange_absolute == memory, other n == basereg */
memranges->list[memranges->next_memrange].type = type;
/* base: addr if memory, offset if reg relative. */
memranges->list[memranges->next_memrange].start = base;
@@ -1189,7 +1194,7 @@
memranges->listsize);
}
- if (type != -1) /* Better collect the base register! */
+ if (type != memrange_absolute) /* Better collect the base register! */
add_register (memranges, type);
}
@@ -1226,7 +1231,7 @@
DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym), len,
tmp /* address */);
}
- add_memrange (collect, -1, offset, len); /* 0 == memory */
+ add_memrange (collect, memrange_absolute, offset, len);
break;
case LOC_REGISTER:
case LOC_REGPARM:
@@ -1437,10 +1442,18 @@
end = temp_buf;
}
- sprintf (end, "M%X,%s,%lX",
- list->list[i].type,
- tmp2,
- (long) (list->list[i].end - list->list[i].start));
+ {
+ bfd_signed_vma length = list->list[i].end - list->list[i].start;
+
+ /* The "%X" conversion specifier expects an unsigned argument,
+ so passing -1 (memrange_absolute) to it directly gives you
+ "FFFFFFFF" (or more, depending on sizeof (unsigned)).
+ Special-case it. */
+ if (list->list[i].type == memrange_absolute)
+ sprintf (end, "M-1,%s,%lX", tmp2, (long) length);
+ else
+ sprintf (end, "M%X,%s,%lX", list->list[i].type, tmp2, (long) length);
+ }
count += strlen (end);
end = temp_buf + count;
@@ -1598,7 +1611,7 @@
tempval = evaluate_expression (exp);
addr = VALUE_ADDRESS (tempval) + value_offset (tempval);
len = TYPE_LENGTH (check_typedef (exp->elts[1].type));
- add_memrange (collect, -1, addr, len);
+ add_memrange (collect, memrange_absolute, addr, len);
break;
case OP_VAR_VALUE:
diff --git a/gdb/version.in b/gdb/version.in
index d0034bd..1ef9914 100644
--- a/gdb/version.in
+++ b/gdb/version.in
@@ -1 +1 @@
-6.3.50.20051117-cvs
+6.4.50.20051121-cvs
diff --git a/intl/ChangeLog b/intl/ChangeLog
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..172f44c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/ChangeLog
@@ -0,0 +1,1106 @@
+2005-05-13 Nick Clifton <nickc@redhat.com>
+
+ * Update the address and phone number of the FSF organization in
+ the GPL notices in the following files:
+ Makefile.in, bindtextdom.c, cat-compat.c, dcgettext.c,
+ dgettext.c, explodename.c, finddomain.c, gettext.c, gettext.h,
+ gettextP.h, hash-string.h, intl-compat.c, intlh.inst.in,
+ l10nflist.c, libgettext.h, libintl.glibc, linux-msg.sed,
+ loadinfo.h, loadmsgcat.c, localealias.c, po2tbl.sed.in,
+ textdomain.c, xopen-msg.sed
+
+2004-11-30 Tero Niemela <tero_niemela@yahoo.com>
+
+ * Makefile.in: Change LOCALEDIR to $(datadir)/share.
+
+2002-01-21 Thomas Klausner <wiz@danbala.ifoer.tuwien.ac.at>
+
+ * linux-msg.sed: Comment typo fix.
+ * xopen-msg.sed: Likewise.
+
+1998-04-29 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+ * intl/localealias.c (read_alias_file): Use unsigned char for
+ local variables. Remove unused variable tp.
+ * intl/l10nflist.c (_nl_normalize_codeset): Use unsigned char *
+ for type of codeset. For loosing Solaris systems.
+ * intl/loadinfo.h: Adapt prototype of _nl_normalize_codeset.
+ * intl/bindtextdom.c (BINDTEXTDOMAIN): Don't define local variable
+ len if not needed.
+ Patches by Jim Meyering.
+
+1998-04-28 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+ * loadmsgcat.c (_nl_load_domain): Don't assign the element use_mmap if
+ mmap is not supported.
+
+ * hash-string.h: Don't include <values.h>.
+
+1998-04-27 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+ * textdomain.c: Use strdup is available.
+
+ * localealias.c: Define HAVE_MEMPCPY so that we can use this
+ function. Define and use semapahores to protect modfication of
+ global objects when compiling for glibc. Add code to allow
+ freeing alias table.
+
+ * l10nflist.c: Don't assume stpcpy not being a macro.
+
+ * gettextP.h: Define internal_function macri if not already done.
+ Use glibc byte-swap macros instead of defining SWAP when compiled
+ for glibc.
+ (struct loaded_domain): Add elements to allow unloading.
+
+ * Makefile.in (distclean): Don't remove libintl.h here.
+
+ * bindtextdomain.c: Carry over changes from glibc. Use strdup if
+ available.
+
+ * dcgettext.c: Don't assume stpcpy not being a macro. Mark internal
+ functions. Add memory freeing code for glibc.
+
+ * dgettext.c: Update copyright.
+
+ * explodename.c: Include stdlib.h and string.h only if they exist.
+ Use strings.h eventually.
+
+ * finddomain.c: Mark internal functions. Use strdup if available.
+ Add memory freeing code for glibc.
+
+1997-10-10 20:00 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+ * libgettext.h: Fix dummy textdomain and bindtextdomain macros.
+ They should return reasonable values.
+ Reported by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>.
+
+1997-09-16 03:33 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+ * libgettext.h: Define PARAMS also to `args' if __cplusplus is defined.
+ * intlh.inst.in: Likewise.
+ Reported by Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <Jean-Marc.Lasgouttes@inria.fr>.
+
+ * libintl.glibc: Update from current glibc version.
+
+1997-09-06 02:10 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+ * intlh.inst.in: Reformat copyright.
+
+1997-08-19 15:22 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+ * dcgettext.c (DCGETTEXT): Remove wrong comment.
+
+1997-08-16 00:13 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.in (install-data): Don't change directory to install.
+
+1997-08-01 14:30 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+ * cat-compat.c: Fix copyright.
+
+ * localealias.c: Don't define strchr unless !HAVE_STRCHR.
+
+ * loadmsgcat.c: Update copyright. Fix typos.
+
+ * l10nflist.c: Don't define strchr unless !HAVE_STRCHR.
+ (_nl_make_l10nflist): Handle sponsor and revision correctly.
+
+ * gettext.c: Update copyright.
+ * gettext.h: Likewise.
+ * hash-string.h: Likewise.
+
+ * finddomain.c: Remoave dead code. Define strchr only if
+ !HAVE_STRCHR.
+
+ * explodename.c: Include <sys/types.h>.
+
+ * explodename.c: Reformat copyright text.
+ (_nl_explode_name): Fix typo.
+
+ * dcgettext.c: Define and use __set_errno.
+ (guess_category_value): Don't use setlocale if HAVE_LC_MESSAGES is
+ not defined.
+
+ * bindtextdom.c: Pretty printing.
+
+1997-05-01 02:25 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+ * dcgettext.c (guess_category_value): Don't depend on
+ HAVE_LC_MESSAGES. We don't need the macro here.
+ Patch by Bruno Haible <haible@ilog.fr>.
+
+ * cat-compat.c (textdomain): DoN't refer to HAVE_SETLOCALE_NULL
+ macro. Instead use HAVE_LOCALE_NULL and define it when using
+ glibc, as in dcgettext.c.
+ Patch by Bruno Haible <haible@ilog.fr>.
+
+ * Makefile.in (CPPFLAGS): New variable. Reported by Franc,ois
+ Pinard.
+
+Mon Mar 10 06:51:17 1997 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.in: Implement handling of libtool.
+
+ * gettextP.h: Change data structures for use of generic lowlevel
+ i18n file handling.
+
+Wed Dec 4 20:21:18 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+ * textdomain.c: Put parentheses around arguments of memcpy macro
+ definition.
+ * localealias.c: Likewise.
+ * l10nflist.c: Likewise.
+ * finddomain.c: Likewise.
+ * bindtextdom.c: Likewise.
+ Reported by Thomas Esken.
+
+Mon Nov 25 22:57:51 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+ * textdomain.c: Move definition of `memcpy` macro to right
+ position.
+
+Fri Nov 22 04:01:58 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+ * finddomain.c [!HAVE_STRING_H && !_LIBC]: Define memcpy using
+ bcopy if not already defined. Reported by Thomas Esken.
+ * bindtextdom.c: Likewise.
+ * l10nflist.c: Likewise.
+ * localealias.c: Likewise.
+ * textdomain.c: Likewise.
+
+Tue Oct 29 11:10:27 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.in (libdir): Change to use exec_prefix instead of
+ prefix. Reported by Knut-HåvardAksnes <etokna@eto.ericsson.se>.
+
+Sat Aug 31 03:07:09 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+ * l10nflist.c (_nl_normalize_codeset): We convert to lower case,
+ so don't prepend uppercase `ISO' for only numeric arg.
+
+Fri Jul 19 00:15:46 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+ * l10nflist.c: Move inclusion of argz.h, ctype.h, stdlib.h after
+ definition of _GNU_SOURCE. Patch by Roland McGrath.
+
+ * Makefile.in (uninstall): Fix another bug with `for' loop and
+ empty arguments. Patch by Jim Meyering. Correct name os
+ uninstalled files: no intl- prefix anymore.
+
+ * Makefile.in (install-data): Again work around shells which
+ cannot handle mpty for list. Reported by Jim Meyering.
+
+Sat Jul 13 18:11:35 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.in (install): Split goal. Now depend on install-exec
+ and install-data.
+ (install-exec, install-data): New goals. Created from former
+ install goal.
+ Reported by Karl Berry.
+
+Sat Jun 22 04:58:14 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.in (MKINSTALLDIRS): New variable. Path to
+ mkinstalldirs script.
+ (install): use MKINSTALLDIRS variable or if the script is not present
+ try to find it in the $top_scrdir).
+
+Wed Jun 19 02:56:56 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+ * l10nflist.c: Linux libc *partly* includes the argz_* functions.
+ Grr. Work around by renaming the static version and use macros
+ for renaming.
+
+Tue Jun 18 20:11:17 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+ * l10nflist.c: Correct presence test macros of __argz_* functions.
+
+ * l10nflist.c: Include <argz.h> based on test of it instead when
+ __argz_* functions are available.
+ Reported by Andreas Schwab.
+
+Thu Jun 13 15:17:44 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+ * explodename.c, l10nflist.c: Define NULL for dumb systems.
+
+Tue Jun 11 17:05:13 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+ * intlh.inst.in, libgettext.h (dcgettext): Rename local variable
+ result to __result to prevent name clash.
+
+ * l10nflist.c, localealias.c, dcgettext.c: Define _GNU_SOURCE to
+ get prototype for stpcpy and strcasecmp.
+
+ * intlh.inst.in, libgettext.h: Move declaration of
+ `_nl_msg_cat_cntr' outside __extension__ block to prevent warning
+ from gcc's -Wnested-extern option.
+
+Fri Jun 7 01:58:00 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.in (install): Remove comment.
+
+Thu Jun 6 17:28:17 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.in (install): Work around for another Buglix stupidity.
+ Always use an `else' close for `if's. Reported by Nelson Beebe.
+
+ * Makefile.in (intlh.inst): Correct typo in phony rule.
+ Reported by Nelson Beebe.
+
+Thu Jun 6 01:49:52 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+ * dcgettext.c (read_alias_file): Rename variable alloca_list to
+ block_list as the macro calls assume.
+ Patch by Eric Backus.
+
+ * localealias.c [!HAVE_ALLOCA]: Define alloca as macro using
+ malloc.
+ (read_alias_file): Rename varriabe alloca_list to block_list as the
+ macro calls assume.
+ Patch by Eric Backus.
+
+ * l10nflist.c: Correct conditional for <argz.h> inclusion.
+ Reported by Roland McGrath.
+
+ * Makefile.in (all): Depend on all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@, not
+ all-@USE_NLS@.
+
+ * Makefile.in (install): intlh.inst comes from local dir, not
+ $(srcdir).
+
+ * Makefile.in (intlh.inst): Special handling of this goal. If
+ used in gettext, this is really a rul to construct this file. If
+ used in any other package it is defined as a .PHONY rule with
+ empty body.
+
+ * finddomain.c: Extract locale file information handling into
+ l10nfile.c. Rename local stpcpy__ function to stpcpy.
+
+ * dcgettext.c (stpcpy): Add local definition.
+
+ * l10nflist.c: Solve some portability problems. Patches partly by
+ Thomas Esken. Add local definition of stpcpy.
+
+Tue Jun 4 02:47:49 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+ * intlh.inst.in: Don't depend including <locale.h> on
+ HAVE_LOCALE_H. Instead configure must rewrite this fiile
+ depending on the result of the configure run.
+
+ * Makefile.in (install): libintl.inst is now called intlh.inst.
+ Add rules for updating intlh.inst from intlh.inst.in.
+
+ * libintl.inst: Renamed to intlh.inst.in.
+
+ * localealias.c, dcgettext.c [__GNUC__]: Define HAVE_ALLOCA to 1
+ because gcc has __buitlin_alloca.
+ Reported by Roland McGrath.
+
+Mon Jun 3 00:32:16 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.in (installcheck): New goal to fulfill needs of
+ automake's distcheck.
+
+ * Makefile.in (install): Reorder commands so that VERSION is
+ found.
+
+ * Makefile.in (gettextsrcdir): Now use subdirectory intl/ in
+ @datadir@/gettext.
+ (COMSRCS): Add l10nfile.c.
+ (OBJECTS): Add l10nfile.o.
+ (DISTFILES): Rename to DISTFILE.normal. Remove $(DISTFILES.common).
+ (DISTFILE.gettext): Remove $(DISTFILES.common).
+ (all-gettext): Remove goal.
+ (install): If $(PACKAGE) = gettext install, otherwose do nothing. No
+ package but gettext itself should install libintl.h + headers.
+ (dist): Extend goal to work for gettext, too.
+ (dist-gettext): Remove goal.
+
+ * dcgettext.c [!HAVE_ALLOCA]: Define macro alloca by using malloc.
+
+Sun Jun 2 17:33:06 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+ * loadmsgcat.c (_nl_load_domain): Parameter is now comes from
+ find_l10nfile.
+
+Sat Jun 1 02:23:03 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+ * l10nflist.c (__argz_next): Add definition.
+
+ * dcgettext.c [!HAVE_ALLOCA]: Add code for handling missing alloca
+ code. Use new l10nfile handling.
+
+ * localealias.c [!HAVE_ALLOCA]: Add code for handling missing
+ alloca code.
+
+ * l10nflist.c: Initial revision.
+
+Tue Apr 2 18:51:18 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * Makefile.in (all-gettext): New goal. Same as all-yes.
+
+Thu Mar 28 23:01:22 1996 Karl Eichwalder <ke@ke.central.de>
+
+ * Makefile.in (gettextsrcdir): Define using @datadir@.
+
+Tue Mar 26 12:39:14 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * finddomain.c: Include <ctype.h>. Reported by Roland McGrath.
+
+Sat Mar 23 02:00:35 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * finddomain.c (stpcpy): Rename to stpcpy__ to prevent clashing
+ with external declaration.
+
+Sat Mar 2 00:47:09 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * Makefile.in (all-no): Rename from all_no.
+
+Sat Feb 17 00:25:59 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * gettextP.h [loaded_domain]: Array `successor' must now contain up
+ to 63 elements (because of codeset name normalization).
+
+ * finddomain.c: Implement codeset name normalization.
+
+Thu Feb 15 04:39:09 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * Makefile.in (all): Define to `all-@USE_NLS@'.
+ (all-yes, all_no): New goals. `all-no' is noop, `all-yes'
+ is former all.
+
+Mon Jan 15 21:46:01 1996 Howard Gayle <howard@hal.com>
+
+ * localealias.c (alias_compare): Increment string pointers in loop
+ of strcasecmp replacement.
+
+Fri Dec 29 21:16:34 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * Makefile.in (install-src): Who commented this goal out ? :-)
+
+Fri Dec 29 15:08:16 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * dcgettext.c (DCGETTEXT): Save `errno'. Failing system calls
+ should not effect it because a missing catalog is no error.
+ Reported by Harald K<o:>nig <koenig@tat.physik.uni-tuebingen.de>.
+
+Tue Dec 19 22:09:13 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * Makefile.in (Makefile): Explicitly use $(SHELL) for running
+ shell scripts.
+
+Fri Dec 15 17:34:59 1995 Andreas Schwab <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+ * Makefile.in (install-src): Only install library and header when
+ we use the own implementation. Don't do it when using the
+ system's gettext or catgets functions.
+
+ * dcgettext.c (find_msg): Must not swap domain->hash_size here.
+
+Sat Dec 9 16:24:37 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * localealias.c, libintl.inst, libgettext.h, hash-string.h,
+ gettextP.h, finddomain.c, dcgettext.c, cat-compat.c:
+ Use PARAMS instead of __P. Suggested by Roland McGrath.
+
+Tue Dec 5 11:39:14 1995 Larry Schwimmer <rosebud@cyclone.stanford.edu>
+
+ * libgettext.h: Use `#if !defined (_LIBINTL_H)' instead of `#if
+ !_LIBINTL_H' because Solaris defines _LIBINTL_H as empty.
+
+Mon Dec 4 15:42:07 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * Makefile.in (install-src):
+ Install libintl.inst instead of libintl.h.install.
+
+Sat Dec 2 22:51:38 1995 Marcus Daniels <marcus@sysc.pdx.edu>
+
+ * cat-compat.c (textdomain):
+ Reverse order in which files are tried you load. First
+ try local file, when this failed absolute path.
+
+Wed Nov 29 02:03:53 1995 Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>
+
+ * cat-compat.c (bindtextdomain): Add missing { }.
+
+Sun Nov 26 18:21:41 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * libintl.inst: Add missing __P definition. Reported by Nelson Beebe.
+
+ * Makefile.in:
+ Add dummy `all' and `dvi' goals. Reported by Tom Tromey.
+
+Sat Nov 25 16:12:01 1995 Franc,ois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>
+
+ * hash-string.h: Capitalize arguments of macros.
+
+Sat Nov 25 12:01:36 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Prevent files names longer than 13
+ characters. libintl.h.glibc->libintl.glibc,
+ libintl.h.install->libintl.inst. Reported by Joshua R. Poulson.
+
+Sat Nov 25 11:31:12 1995 Eric Backus <ericb@lsid.hp.com>
+
+ * dcgettext.c: Fix bug in preprocessor conditionals.
+
+Sat Nov 25 02:35:27 1995 Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>
+
+ * libgettext.h: Solaris cc does not understand
+ #if !SYMBOL1 && !SYMBOL2. Sad but true.
+
+Thu Nov 23 16:22:14 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * hash-string.h (hash_string):
+ Fix for machine with >32 bit `unsigned long's.
+
+ * dcgettext.c (DCGETTEXT):
+ Fix horrible bug in loop for alternative translation.
+
+Thu Nov 23 01:45:29 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * po2tbl.sed.in, linux-msg.sed, xopen-msg.sed:
+ Some further simplifications in message number generation.
+
+Mon Nov 20 21:08:43 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * libintl.h.glibc: Use __const instead of const in prototypes.
+
+ * Makefile.in (install-src):
+ Install libintl.h.install instead of libintl.h. This
+ is a stripped-down version. Suggested by Peter Miller.
+
+ * libintl.h.install, libintl.h.glibc: Initial revision.
+
+ * localealias.c (_nl_expand_alias, read_alias_file):
+ Protect prototypes in type casts by __P.
+
+Tue Nov 14 16:43:58 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * hash-string.h: Correct prototype for hash_string.
+
+Sun Nov 12 12:42:30 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * hash-string.h (hash_string): Add prototype.
+
+ * gettextP.h: Fix copyright.
+ (SWAP): Add prototype.
+
+Wed Nov 8 22:56:33 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * localealias.c (read_alias_file): Forgot sizeof.
+ Avoid calling *printf function. This introduces a big overhead.
+ Patch by Roland McGrath.
+
+Tue Nov 7 14:21:08 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * finddomain.c, cat-compat.c: Wrong indentation in #if for stpcpy.
+
+ * finddomain.c (stpcpy):
+ Define substitution function local. The macro was to flaky.
+
+ * cat-compat.c: Fix typo.
+
+ * xopen-msg.sed, linux-msg.sed:
+ While bringing message number to right place only accept digits.
+
+ * linux-msg.sed, xopen-msg.sed: Now that the counter does not have
+ leading 0s we don't need to remove them. Reported by Marcus
+ Daniels.
+
+ * Makefile.in (../po/cat-id-tbl.o): Use $(top_srdir) in
+ dependency. Reported by Marcus Daniels.
+
+ * cat-compat.c: (stpcpy) [!_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY]: Define replacement.
+ Generally cleanup using #if instead of #ifndef.
+
+ * Makefile.in: Correct typos in comment. By Franc,ois Pinard.
+
+Mon Nov 6 00:27:02 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * Makefile.in (install-src): Don't install libintl.h and libintl.a
+ if we use an available gettext implementation.
+
+Sun Nov 5 22:02:08 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * libgettext.h: Fix typo: HAVE_CATGETTS -> HAVE_CATGETS. Reported
+ by Franc,ois Pinard.
+
+ * libgettext.h: Use #if instead of #ifdef/#ifndef.
+
+ * finddomain.c:
+ Comments describing what has to be done should start with FIXME.
+
+Sun Nov 5 19:38:01 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Split. Use DISTFILES with normal meaning.
+ DISTFILES.common names the files common to both dist goals.
+ DISTFILES.gettext are the files only distributed in GNU gettext.
+
+Sun Nov 5 17:32:54 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * dcgettext.c (DCGETTEXT): Correct searching in derived locales.
+ This was necessary since a change in _nl_find_msg several weeks
+ ago. I really don't know this is still not fixed.
+
+Sun Nov 5 12:43:12 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * loadmsgcat.c (_nl_load_domain): Test for FILENAME == NULL. This
+ might mark a special condition.
+
+ * finddomain.c (make_entry_rec): Don't make illegal entry as decided.
+
+ * Makefile.in (dist): Suppress error message when ln failed.
+ Get files from $(srcdir) explicitly.
+
+ * libgettext.h (gettext_const): Rename to gettext_noop.
+
+Fri Nov 3 07:36:50 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * finddomain.c (make_entry_rec):
+ Protect against wrong locale names by testing mask.
+
+ * libgettext.h (gettext_const): Add macro definition.
+ Capitalize macro arguments.
+
+Thu Nov 2 23:15:51 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain):
+ Test for pointer != NULL before accessing value.
+ Reported by Tom Tromey.
+
+ * gettext.c (NULL):
+ Define as (void*)0 instad of 0. Reported by Franc,ois Pinard.
+
+Mon Oct 30 21:28:52 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * po2tbl.sed.in: Serious typo bug fixed by Jim Meyering.
+
+Sat Oct 28 23:20:47 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * libgettext.h: Disable dcgettext optimization for Solaris 2.3.
+
+ * localealias.c (alias_compare):
+ Peter Miller reported that tolower in some systems is
+ even dumber than I thought. Protect call by `isupper'.
+
+Fri Oct 27 22:22:51 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * Makefile.in (libdir, includedir): New variables.
+ (install-src): Install libintl.a and libintl.h in correct dirs.
+
+Fri Oct 27 22:07:29 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * Makefile.in (SOURCES): Fix typo: intrl.compat.c -> intl-compat.c.
+
+ * po2tbl.sed.in: Patch for buggy SEDs by Christian von Roques.
+
+ * localealias.c:
+ Fix typo and superflous test. Reported by Christian von Roques.
+
+Fri Oct 6 11:52:05 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain):
+ Correct some remainder from the pre-CEN syntax. Now
+ we don't have a constant number of successors anymore.
+
+Wed Sep 27 21:41:13 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Add libintl.h.glibc.
+
+ * Makefile.in (dist-libc): Add goal for packing sources for glibc.
+ (COMSRCS, COMHDRS): Splitted to separate sources shared with glibc.
+
+ * loadmsgcat.c: Forget to continue #if line.
+
+ * localealias.c:
+ [_LIBC]: Rename strcasecmp to __strcasecmp to keep ANSI C name
+ space clean.
+
+ * dcgettext.c, finddomain.c: Better comment to last change.
+
+ * loadmsgcat.c:
+ [_LIBC]: Rename fstat, open, close, read, mmap, and munmap to
+ __fstat, __open, __close, __read, __mmap, and __munmap resp
+ to keep ANSI C name space clean.
+
+ * finddomain.c:
+ [_LIBC]: Rename stpcpy to __stpcpy to keep ANSI C name space clean.
+
+ * dcgettext.c:
+ [_LIBC]: Rename getced and stpcpy to __getcwd and __stpcpy resp to
+ keep ANSI C name space clean.
+
+ * libgettext.h:
+ Include sys/types.h for those old SysV systems out there.
+ Reported by Francesco Potorti`.
+
+ * loadmsgcat.c (use_mmap): Define if compiled for glibc.
+
+ * bindtextdom.c: Include all those standard headers
+ unconditionally if _LIBC is defined.
+
+ * finddomain.c: Fix 2 times defiend -> defined.
+
+ * textdomain.c: Include libintl.h instead of libgettext.h when
+ compiling for glibc. Include all those standard headers
+ unconditionally if _LIBC is defined.
+
+ * localealias.c, loadmsgcat.c: Prepare to be compiled in glibc.
+
+ * gettext.c:
+ Include libintl.h instead of libgettext.h when compiling for glibc.
+ Get NULL from stddef.h if we compile for glibc.
+
+ * finddomain.c: Include libintl.h instead of libgettext.h when
+ compiling for glibc. Include all those standard headers
+ unconditionally if _LIBC is defined.
+
+ * dcgettext.c: Include all those standard headers unconditionally
+ if _LIBC is defined.
+
+ * dgettext.c: If compiled in glibc include libintl.h instead of
+ libgettext.h.
+ (locale.h): Don't rely on HAVE_LOCALE_H when compiling for glibc.
+
+ * dcgettext.c: If compiled in glibc include libintl.h instead of
+ libgettext.h.
+ (getcwd): Don't rely on HAVE_GETCWD when compiling for glibc.
+
+ * bindtextdom.c:
+ If compiled in glibc include libintl.h instead of libgettext.h.
+
+Mon Sep 25 22:23:06 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * localealias.c (_nl_expand_alias): Don't call bsearch if NMAP <= 0.
+ Reported by Marcus Daniels.
+
+ * cat-compat.c (bindtextdomain):
+ String used in putenv must not be recycled.
+ Reported by Marcus Daniels.
+
+ * libgettext.h (__USE_GNU_GETTEXT):
+ Additional symbol to signal that we use GNU gettext
+ library.
+
+ * cat-compat.c (bindtextdomain):
+ Fix bug with the strange stpcpy replacement.
+ Reported by Nelson Beebe.
+
+Sat Sep 23 08:23:51 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * cat-compat.c: Include <string.h> for stpcpy prototype.
+
+ * localealias.c (read_alias_file):
+ While expand strdup code temporary variable `cp' hided
+ higher level variable with same name. Rename to `tp'.
+
+ * textdomain.c (textdomain):
+ Avoid warning by using temporary variable in strdup code.
+
+ * finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain): Remove unused variable `application'.
+
+Thu Sep 21 15:51:44 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * localealias.c (alias_compare):
+ Use strcasecmp() only if available. Else use
+ implementation in place.
+
+ * intl-compat.c:
+ Wrapper functions now call *__ functions instead of __*.
+
+ * libgettext.h: Declare prototypes for *__ functions instead for __*.
+
+ * cat-compat.c, loadmsgcat.c:
+ Don't use xmalloc, xstrdup, and stpcpy. These functions are not part
+ of the standard libc and so prevent libintl.a from being used
+ standalone.
+
+ * bindtextdom.c:
+ Don't use xmalloc, xstrdup, and stpcpy. These functions are not part
+ of the standard libc and so prevent libintl.a from being used
+ standalone.
+ Rename to bindtextdomain__ if not used in GNU C Library.
+
+ * dgettext.c:
+ Rename function to dgettext__ if not used in GNU C Library.
+
+ * gettext.c:
+ Don't use xmalloc, xstrdup, and stpcpy. These functions are not part
+ of the standard libc and so prevent libintl.a from being used
+ standalone.
+ Functions now called gettext__ if not used in GNU C Library.
+
+ * dcgettext.c, localealias.c, textdomain.c, finddomain.c:
+ Don't use xmalloc, xstrdup, and stpcpy. These functions are not part
+ of the standard libc and so prevent libintl.a from being used
+ standalone.
+
+Sun Sep 17 23:14:49 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * finddomain.c: Correct some bugs in handling of CEN standard
+ locale definitions.
+
+Thu Sep 7 01:49:28 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * finddomain.c: Implement CEN syntax.
+
+ * gettextP.h (loaded_domain): Extend number of successors to 31.
+
+Sat Aug 19 19:25:29 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * Makefile.in (aliaspath): Remove path to X11 locale dir.
+
+ * Makefile.in: Make install-src depend on install. This helps
+ gettext to install the sources and other packages can use the
+ install goal.
+
+Sat Aug 19 15:19:33 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * Makefile.in (uninstall): Remove stuff installed by install-src.
+
+Tue Aug 15 13:13:53 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * VERSION.in: Initial revision.
+
+ * Makefile.in (DISTFILES):
+ Add VERSION file. This is not necessary for gettext, but
+ for other packages using this library.
+
+Tue Aug 15 06:16:44 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * gettextP.h (_nl_find_domain):
+ New prototype after changing search strategy.
+
+ * finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain):
+ We now try only to find a specified catalog. Fall back to other
+ catalogs listed in the locale list is now done in __dcgettext.
+
+ * dcgettext.c (__dcgettext):
+ Now we provide message fall back even to different languages.
+ I.e. if a message is not available in one language all the other
+ in the locale list a tried. Formerly fall back was only possible
+ within one language. Implemented by moving one loop from
+ _nl_find_domain to here.
+
+Mon Aug 14 23:45:50 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * Makefile.in (gettextsrcdir):
+ Directory where source of GNU gettext library are made
+ available.
+ (INSTALL, INSTALL_DATA): Programs used for installing sources.
+ (gettext-src): New. Rule to install GNU gettext sources for use in
+ gettextize shell script.
+
+Sun Aug 13 14:40:48 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * loadmsgcat.c (_nl_load_domain):
+ Use mmap for loading only when munmap function is
+ also available.
+
+ * Makefile.in (install): Depend on `all' goal.
+
+Wed Aug 9 11:04:33 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * localealias.c (read_alias_file):
+ Do not overwrite '\n' when terminating alias value string.
+
+ * localealias.c (read_alias_file):
+ Handle long lines. Ignore the rest not fitting in
+ the buffer after the initial `fgets' call.
+
+Wed Aug 9 00:54:29 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * gettextP.h (_nl_load_domain):
+ Add prototype, replacing prototype for _nl_load_msg_cat.
+
+ * finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain):
+ Remove unneeded variable filename and filename_len.
+ (expand_alias): Remove prototype because functions does not
+ exist anymore.
+
+ * localealias.c (read_alias_file):
+ Change type of fname_len parameter to int.
+ (xmalloc): Add prototype.
+
+ * loadmsgcat.c: Better prototypes for xmalloc.
+
+Tue Aug 8 22:30:39 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain):
+ Allow alias name to be constructed from the four components.
+
+ * Makefile.in (aliaspath): New variable. Set to preliminary value.
+ (SOURCES): Add localealias.c.
+ (OBJECTS): Add localealias.o.
+
+ * gettextP.h: Add prototype for _nl_expand_alias.
+
+ * finddomain.c: Aliasing handled in intl/localealias.c.
+
+ * localealias.c: Aliasing for locale names.
+
+ * bindtextdom.c: Better prototypes for xmalloc and xstrdup.
+
+Mon Aug 7 23:47:42 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): gettext.perl is now found in misc/.
+
+ * cat-compat.c (bindtextdomain):
+ Correct implementation. dirname parameter was not used.
+ Reported by Marcus Daniels.
+
+ * gettextP.h (loaded_domain):
+ New fields `successor' and `decided' for oo, lazy
+ message handling implementation.
+
+ * dcgettext.c:
+ Adopt for oo, lazy message handliing.
+ Now we can inherit translations from less specific locales.
+ (find_msg): New function.
+
+ * loadmsgcat.c, finddomain.c:
+ Complete rewrite. Implement oo, lazy message handling :-).
+ We now have an additional environment variable `LANGUAGE' with
+ a higher priority than LC_ALL for the LC_MESSAGE locale.
+ Here we can set a colon separated list of specifications each
+ of the form `language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier]'.
+
+Sat Aug 5 09:55:42 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * finddomain.c (unistd.h):
+ Include to get _PC_PATH_MAX defined on system having it.
+
+Fri Aug 4 22:42:00 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * finddomain.c (stpcpy): Include prototype.
+
+ * Makefile.in (dist): Remove `copying instead' message.
+
+Wed Aug 2 18:52:03 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * Makefile.in (ID, TAGS): Do not use $^.
+
+Tue Aug 1 20:07:11 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * Makefile.in (TAGS, ID): Use $^ as command argument.
+ (TAGS): Give etags -o option t write to current directory,
+ not $(srcdir).
+ (ID): Use $(srcdir) instead os $(top_srcdir)/src.
+ (distclean): Remove ID.
+
+Sun Jul 30 11:51:46 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * Makefile.in (gnulocaledir):
+ New variable, always using share/ for data directory.
+ (DEFS): Add GNULOCALEDIR, used in finddomain.c.
+
+ * finddomain.c (_nl_default_dirname):
+ Set to GNULOCALEDIR, because it always has to point
+ to the directory where GNU gettext Library writes it to.
+
+ * intl-compat.c (textdomain, bindtextdomain):
+ Undefine macros before function definition.
+
+Sat Jul 22 01:10:02 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * libgettext.h (_LIBINTL_H):
+ Protect definition in case where this file is included as
+ libgettext.h on Solaris machines. Add comment about this.
+
+Wed Jul 19 02:36:42 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * intl-compat.c (textdomain): Correct typo.
+
+Wed Jul 19 01:51:35 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * dcgettext.c (dcgettext): Function now called __dcgettext.
+
+ * dgettext.c (dgettext): Now called __dgettext and calls
+ __dcgettext.
+
+ * gettext.c (gettext):
+ Function now called __gettext and calls __dgettext.
+
+ * textdomain.c (textdomain): Function now called __textdomain.
+
+ * bindtextdom.c (bindtextdomain): Function now called
+ __bindtextdomain.
+
+ * intl-compat.c: Initial revision.
+
+ * Makefile.in (SOURCES): Add intl-compat.c.
+ (OBJECTS): We always compile the GNU gettext library functions.
+ OBJECTS contains all objects but cat-compat.o, ../po/cat-if-tbl.o,
+ and intl-compat.o.
+ (GETTOBJS): Contains now only intl-compat.o.
+
+ * libgettext.h:
+ Re-include protection matches dualistic character of libgettext.h.
+ For all functions in GNU gettext library define __ counter part.
+
+ * finddomain.c (strchr): Define as index if not found in C library.
+ (_nl_find_domain): For relative paths paste / in between.
+
+Tue Jul 18 16:37:45 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * loadmsgcat.c, finddomain.c: Add inclusion of sys/types.h.
+
+ * xopen-msg.sed: Fix bug with `msgstr ""' lines.
+ A little bit better comments.
+
+Tue Jul 18 01:18:27 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * Makefile.in:
+ po-mode.el, makelinks, combine-sh are now found in ../misc.
+
+ * po-mode.el, makelinks, combine-sh, elisp-comp:
+ Moved to ../misc/.
+
+ * libgettext.h, gettextP.h, gettext.h: Uniform test for __STDC__.
+
+Sun Jul 16 22:33:02 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * Makefile.in (INSTALL, INSTALL_DATA): New variables.
+ (install-data, uninstall): Install/uninstall .elc file.
+
+ * po-mode.el (Installation comment):
+ Add .pox as possible extension of .po files.
+
+Sun Jul 16 13:23:27 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * elisp-comp: Complete new version by Franc,ois: This does not
+ fail when not compiling in the source directory.
+
+Sun Jul 16 00:12:17 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * Makefile.in (../po/cat-id-tbl.o):
+ Use $(MAKE) instead of make for recursive make.
+
+ * Makefile.in (.el.elc): Use $(SHELL) instead of /bin/sh.
+ (install-exec): Add missing dummy goal.
+ (install-data, uninstall): @ in multi-line shell command at
+ beginning, not in front of echo. Reported by Eric Backus.
+
+Sat Jul 15 00:21:28 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * Makefile.in (DISTFILES):
+ Rename libgettext.perl to gettext.perl to fit in 14 chars
+ file systems.
+
+ * gettext.perl:
+ Rename to gettext.perl to fit in 14 chars file systems.
+
+Thu Jul 13 23:17:20 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * cat-compat.c: If !STDC_HEADERS try to include malloc.h.
+
+Thu Jul 13 20:55:02 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * po2tbl.sed.in: Pretty printing.
+
+ * linux-msg.sed, xopen-msg.sed:
+ Correct bugs with handling substitute flags in branches.
+
+ * hash-string.h (hash_string):
+ Old K&R compilers don't under stand `unsigned char'.
+
+ * gettext.h (nls_uint32):
+ Some old K&R compilers (eg HP) don't understand `unsigned int'.
+
+ * cat-compat.c (msg_to_cat_id): De-ANSI-fy prototypes.
+
+Thu Jul 13 01:34:33 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * Makefile.in (ELCFILES): New variable.
+ (DISTFILES): Add elisp-comp.
+ Add implicit rule for .el -> .elc compilation.
+ (install-data): install $ELCFILES
+ (clean): renamed po-to-tbl and po-to-msg to po2tbl and po2msg resp.
+
+ * elisp-comp: Initial revision
+
+Wed Jul 12 16:14:52 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * Makefile.in:
+ cat-id-tbl.c is now found in po/. This enables us to use an identical
+ intl/ directory in all packages.
+
+ * dcgettext.c (dcgettext): hashing does not work for table size <= 2.
+
+ * textdomain.c: fix typo (#if def -> #if defined)
+
+Tue Jul 11 18:44:43 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * Makefile.in (stamp-cat-id): use top_srcdir to address source files
+ (DISTFILES,distclean): move tupdate.perl to src/
+
+ * po-to-tbl.sed.in:
+ add additional jump to clear change flag to recognize multiline strings
+
+Tue Jul 11 01:32:50 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * textdomain.c: Protect inclusion of stdlib.h and string.h.
+
+ * loadmsgcat.c: Protect inclusion of stdlib.h.
+
+ * libgettext.h: Protect inclusion of locale.h.
+ Allow use in C++ programs.
+ Define NULL is not happened already.
+
+ * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): ship po-to-tbl.sed.in instead of
+ po-to-tbl.sed.
+ (distclean): remove po-to-tbl.sed and tupdate.perl.
+
+ * tupdate.perl.in: Substitute Perl path even in exec line.
+ Don't include entries without translation from old .po file.
+
+Tue Jul 4 00:41:51 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * tupdate.perl.in: use "Updated: " in msgid "".
+
+ * cat-compat.c: Fix typo (LOCALDIR -> LOCALEDIR).
+ Define getenv if !__STDC__.
+
+ * bindtextdom.c: Protect stdlib.h and string.h inclusion.
+ Define free if !__STDC__.
+
+ * finddomain.c: Change DEF_MSG_DOM_DIR to LOCALEDIR.
+ Define free if !__STDC__.
+
+ * cat-compat.c: Change DEF_MSG_DOM_DIR to LOCALEDIR.
+
+Mon Jul 3 23:56:30 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * Makefile.in: Use LOCALEDIR instead of DEF_MSG_DOM_DIR.
+ Remove unneeded $(srcdir) from Makefile.in dependency.
+
+ * makelinks: Add copyright and short description.
+
+ * po-mode.el: Last version for 0.7.
+
+ * tupdate.perl.in: Fix die message.
+
+ * dcgettext.c: Protect include of string.h.
+
+ * gettext.c: Protect include of stdlib.h and further tries to get NULL.
+
+ * finddomain.c: Some corrections in includes.
+
+ * Makefile.in (INCLUDES): Prune list correct path to Makefile.in.
+
+ * po-to-tbl.sed: Adopt for new .po file format.
+
+ * linux-msg.sed, xopen-msg.sed: Adopt for new .po file format.
+
+Sun Jul 2 23:55:03 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * tupdate.perl.in: Complete rewrite for new .po file format.
+
+Sun Jul 2 02:06:50 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
+
+ * First official release. This directory contains all the code
+ needed to internationalize own packages. It provides functions
+ which allow to use the X/Open catgets function with an interface
+ like the Uniforum gettext function. For system which does not
+ have neither of those a complete implementation is provided.
diff --git a/intl/Makefile.in b/intl/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f3664ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
+# Makefile for directory with message catalog handling in GNU NLS Utilities.
+# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+top_builddir = ..
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+transform = @program_transform_name@
+libdir = $(exec_prefix)/lib
+includedir = $(prefix)/include
+datadir = $(prefix)/@DATADIRNAME@
+localedir = $(datadir)/locale
+gnulocaledir = $(datadir)/locale
+gettextsrcdir = @datadir@/gettext/intl
+aliaspath = $(localedir):.
+subdir = intl
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
+
+l = @l@
+
+AR = ar
+CC = @CC@
+LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+
+DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DGNULOCALEDIR=\"$(gnulocaledir)\" \
+-DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\"$(aliaspath)\" @DEFS@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+
+COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS)
+
+HEADERS = $(COMHDRS) libgettext.h loadinfo.h
+COMHDRS = gettext.h gettextP.h hash-string.h
+SOURCES = $(COMSRCS) intl-compat.c cat-compat.c
+COMSRCS = bindtextdom.c dcgettext.c dgettext.c gettext.c \
+finddomain.c loadmsgcat.c localealias.c textdomain.c l10nflist.c \
+explodename.c
+OBJECTS = @INTLOBJS@ bindtextdom.$lo dcgettext.$lo dgettext.$lo gettext.$lo \
+finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo textdomain.$lo l10nflist.$lo \
+explodename.$lo
+CATOBJS = cat-compat.$lo ../po/cat-id-tbl.$lo
+GETTOBJS = intl-compat.$lo
+DISTFILES.common = ChangeLog Makefile.in linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in \
+xopen-msg.sed $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+DISTFILES.normal = VERSION
+DISTFILES.gettext = libintl.glibc intlh.inst.in
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .c .o .lo
+.c.o:
+ $(COMPILE) $<
+.c.lo:
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $<
+
+INCLUDES = -I. -I$(srcdir)
+
+all: all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+
+all-yes: libintl.$la intlh.inst
+all-no:
+install-info:
+
+libintl.a: $(OBJECTS)
+ rm -f $@
+ $(AR) cru $@ $(OBJECTS)
+ $(RANLIB) $@
+
+libintl.la: $(OBJECTS)
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=link $(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(OBJECTS) \
+ -version-info 1:0 -rpath $(libdir)
+
+../po/cat-id-tbl.$lo: ../po/cat-id-tbl.c $(top_srcdir)/po/$(PACKAGE).pot
+ cd ../po && $(MAKE) cat-id-tbl.$lo
+
+check: all
+
+# This installation goal is only used in GNU gettext. Packages which
+# only use the library should use install instead.
+
+# We must not install the libintl.h/libintl.a files if we are on a
+# system which has the gettext() function in its C library or in a
+# separate library or use the catgets interface. A special case is
+# where configure found a previously installed GNU gettext library.
+# If you want to use the one which comes with this version of the
+# package, you have to use `configure --with-included-gettext'.
+install: install-exec install-data
+install-exec: all
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext" \
+ && test '@INTLOBJS@' = '$(GETTOBJS)'; then \
+ if test -r $(MKINSTALLDIRS); then \
+ $(MKINSTALLDIRS) $(libdir) $(includedir); \
+ else \
+ $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(libdir) $(includedir); \
+ fi; \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) intlh.inst $(includedir)/libintl.h; \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.a $(libdir)/libintl.a; \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+install-data: all
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
+ if test -r $(MKINSTALLDIRS); then \
+ $(MKINSTALLDIRS) $(gettextsrcdir); \
+ else \
+ $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(gettextsrcdir); \
+ fi; \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) VERSION $(gettextsrcdir)/VERSION; \
+ dists="$(DISTFILES.common)"; \
+ for file in $$dists; do \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file $(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+ done; \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+
+# Define this as empty until I found a useful application.
+installcheck:
+
+uninstall:
+ dists="$(DISTFILES.common)"; \
+ for file in $$dists; do \
+ rm -f $(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+ done
+
+info dvi:
+
+$(OBJECTS): config.h libgettext.h
+bindtextdom.$lo finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h loadinfo.h
+dcgettext.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h hash-string.h loadinfo.h
+
+tags: TAGS
+
+TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+ here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && etags -o $$here/TAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+
+id: ID
+
+ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+ here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f$$here/ID $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+
+
+mostlyclean:
+ rm -f *.a *.o *.lo core core.*
+
+clean: mostlyclean
+
+distclean: clean
+ rm -f Makefile ID TAGS po2msg.sed po2tbl.sed libintl.h config.log
+
+maintainer-clean: distclean
+ @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
+ @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+
+
+# GNU gettext needs not contain the file `VERSION' but contains some
+# other files which should not be distributed in other packages.
+distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
+dist distdir: Makefile $(DISTFILES)
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = gettext; then \
+ additional="$(DISTFILES.gettext)"; \
+ else \
+ additional="$(DISTFILES.normal)"; \
+ fi; \
+ for file in $(DISTFILES.common) $$additional; do \
+ ln $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \
+ || cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir); \
+ done
+
+dist-libc:
+ tar zcvf intl-glibc.tar.gz $(COMSRCS) $(COMHDRS) libintl.h.glibc
+
+Makefile: Makefile.in config.status
+ CONFIG_FILES=$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
+
+# The dependency for intlh.inst is different in gettext and all other
+# packages. Because we cannot you GNU make features we have to solve
+# the problem while rewriting Makefile.in.
+@GT_YES@intlh.inst: intlh.inst.in ../config.status
+@GT_YES@ cd .. \
+@GT_YES@ && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= \
+@GT_YES@ $(SHELL) ./config.status
+@GT_NO@.PHONY: intlh.inst
+@GT_NO@intlh.inst:
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/intl/acconfig.h b/intl/acconfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..70f81f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/acconfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+/* Define to 1 if NLS is requested. */
+#undef ENABLE_NLS
+
+/* Define as 1 if you have catgets and don't want to use GNU gettext. */
+#undef HAVE_CATGETS
+
+/* Define as 1 if you have gettext and don't want to use GNU gettext. */
+#undef HAVE_GETTEXT
+
+/* Define as 1 if you have the stpcpy function. */
+#undef HAVE_STPCPY
+
+/* Define if your locale.h file contains LC_MESSAGES. */
+#undef HAVE_LC_MESSAGES
diff --git a/intl/aclocal.m4 b/intl/aclocal.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..225439f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/aclocal.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,387 @@
+dnl aclocal.m4 generated automatically by aclocal 1.3
+
+dnl Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+dnl but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+dnl even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+dnl PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+# Like AC_CONFIG_HEADER, but automatically create stamp file.
+
+AC_DEFUN(AM_CONFIG_HEADER,
+[AC_PREREQ([2.12])
+AC_CONFIG_HEADER([$1])
+dnl When config.status generates a header, we must update the stamp-h file.
+dnl This file resides in the same directory as the config header
+dnl that is generated. We must strip everything past the first ":",
+dnl and everything past the last "/".
+AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS(changequote(<<,>>)dnl
+ifelse(patsubst(<<$1>>, <<[^ ]>>, <<>>), <<>>,
+<<test -z "<<$>>CONFIG_HEADERS" || echo timestamp > patsubst(<<$1>>, <<^\([^:]*/\)?.*>>, <<\1>>)stamp-h<<>>dnl>>,
+<<am_indx=1
+for am_file in <<$1>>; do
+ case " <<$>>CONFIG_HEADERS " in
+ *" <<$>>am_file "*<<)>>
+ echo timestamp > `echo <<$>>am_file | sed -e 's%:.*%%' -e 's%[^/]*$%%'`stamp-h$am_indx
+ ;;
+ esac
+ am_indx=`expr "<<$>>am_indx" + 1`
+done<<>>dnl>>)
+changequote([,]))])
+
+
+# serial 1
+
+AC_DEFUN(AM_PROG_INSTALL,
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])
+test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL_PROGRAM}'
+AC_SUBST(INSTALL_SCRIPT)dnl
+])
+
+# This file is derived from `gettext.m4'. The difference is that the
+# included macros assume Cygnus-style source and build trees.
+
+# Macro to add for using GNU gettext.
+# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
+#
+# This file file be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can
+# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License
+# but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
+# Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available.
+
+# serial 3
+
+AC_DEFUN(CY_WITH_NLS,
+ [AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested])
+ dnl Default is enabled NLS
+ AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls,
+ [ --disable-nls do not use Native Language Support],
+ USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes)
+ AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS)
+ AC_SUBST(USE_NLS)
+
+ USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
+
+ dnl If we use NLS figure out what method
+ if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
+ AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS)
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested])
+ AC_ARG_WITH(included-gettext,
+ [ --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here],
+ nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval,
+ nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no)
+ AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext)
+
+ nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext"
+ if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then
+ dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library. Figure out what
+ dnl to use. If gettext or catgets are available (in this order) we
+ dnl use this. Else we have to fall back to GNU NLS library.
+ dnl catgets is only used if permitted by option --with-catgets.
+ nls_cv_header_intl=
+ nls_cv_header_libgt=
+ CATOBJEXT=NONE
+
+ AC_CHECK_HEADER(libintl.h,
+ [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gettext in libc], gt_cv_func_gettext_libc,
+ [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>], [return (int) gettext ("")],
+ gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=yes, gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=no)])
+
+ if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" != "yes"; then
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, bindtextdomain,
+ [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gettext in libintl],
+ gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl,
+ [AC_TRY_LINK([], [return (int) gettext ("")],
+ gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=yes,
+ gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=no)])])
+ fi
+
+ if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" = "yes" \
+ || test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT)
+ AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
+ [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], no)dnl
+ if test "$MSGFMT" != "no"; then
+ AC_CHECK_FUNCS(dcgettext)
+ AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
+ AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
+ [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
+ AC_TRY_LINK(, [extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+ return _nl_msg_cat_cntr],
+ [CATOBJEXT=.gmo
+ DATADIRNAME=share],
+ [CATOBJEXT=.mo
+ DATADIRNAME=lib])
+ INSTOBJEXT=.mo
+ fi
+ fi
+ ])
+
+ dnl In the standard gettext, we would now check for catgets.
+ dnl However, we never want to use catgets for our releases.
+
+ if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then
+ dnl Neither gettext nor catgets in included in the C library.
+ dnl Fall back on GNU gettext library.
+ nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
+ dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library.
+ INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)"
+ AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
+ [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], msgfmt)
+ AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
+ AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
+ [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
+ AC_SUBST(MSGFMT)
+ USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
+ CATOBJEXT=.gmo
+ INSTOBJEXT=.mo
+ DATADIRNAME=share
+ INTLDEPS='$(top_builddir)/../intl/libintl.a'
+ INTLLIBS=$INTLDEPS
+ LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'`
+ nls_cv_header_intl=libintl.h
+ nls_cv_header_libgt=libgettext.h
+ fi
+
+ dnl Test whether we really found GNU xgettext.
+ if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then
+ dnl If it is no GNU xgettext we define it as : so that the
+ dnl Makefiles still can work.
+ if $XGETTEXT --omit-header /dev/null 2> /dev/null; then
+ : ;
+ else
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(
+ [found xgettext programs is not GNU xgettext; ignore it])
+ XGETTEXT=":"
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ # We need to process the po/ directory.
+ POSUB=po
+ else
+ DATADIRNAME=share
+ nls_cv_header_intl=libintl.h
+ nls_cv_header_libgt=libgettext.h
+ fi
+
+ # If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set USE_NLS to `yes'
+ # because some of the sources are only built for this goal.
+ if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext; then
+ USE_NLS=yes
+ USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
+ fi
+
+ dnl These rules are solely for the distribution goal. While doing this
+ dnl we only have to keep exactly one list of the available catalogs
+ dnl in configure.in.
+ for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
+ GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $lang.gmo"
+ POFILES="$POFILES $lang.po"
+ done
+
+ dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf.
+ AC_SUBST(USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
+ AC_SUBST(CATALOGS)
+ AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT)
+ AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME)
+ AC_SUBST(GMOFILES)
+ AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT)
+ AC_SUBST(INTLDEPS)
+ AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS)
+ AC_SUBST(INTLOBJS)
+ AC_SUBST(POFILES)
+ AC_SUBST(POSUB)
+ ])
+
+AC_DEFUN(CY_GNU_GETTEXT,
+ [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_ISC_POSIX])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_CONST])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_OFF_T])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MMAP])dnl
+
+ AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h string.h \
+unistd.h values.h sys/param.h])
+ AC_CHECK_FUNCS([getcwd munmap putenv setenv setlocale strchr strcasecmp \
+__argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next])
+
+ if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy+set}" != "set"; then
+ AC_CHECK_FUNCS(stpcpy)
+ fi
+ if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy}" = "yes"; then
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STPCPY)
+ fi
+
+ AM_LC_MESSAGES
+ CY_WITH_NLS
+
+ if test "x$CATOBJEXT" != "x"; then
+ if test "x$ALL_LINGUAS" = "x"; then
+ LINGUAS=
+ else
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING(for catalogs to be installed)
+ NEW_LINGUAS=
+ for lang in ${LINGUAS=$ALL_LINGUAS}; do
+ case "$ALL_LINGUAS" in
+ *$lang*) NEW_LINGUAS="$NEW_LINGUAS $lang" ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ LINGUAS=$NEW_LINGUAS
+ AC_MSG_RESULT($LINGUAS)
+ fi
+
+ dnl Construct list of names of catalog files to be constructed.
+ if test -n "$LINGUAS"; then
+ for lang in $LINGUAS; do CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang$CATOBJEXT"; done
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ dnl The reference to <locale.h> in the installed <libintl.h> file
+ dnl must be resolved because we cannot expect the users of this
+ dnl to define HAVE_LOCALE_H.
+ if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then
+ INCLUDE_LOCALE_H="#include <locale.h>"
+ else
+ INCLUDE_LOCALE_H="\
+/* The system does not provide the header <locale.h>. Take care yourself. */"
+ fi
+ AC_SUBST(INCLUDE_LOCALE_H)
+
+ dnl Determine which catalog format we have (if any is needed)
+ dnl For now we know about two different formats:
+ dnl Linux libc-5 and the normal X/Open format
+ if test -f $srcdir/po2tbl.sed.in; then
+ if test "$CATOBJEXT" = ".cat"; then
+ AC_CHECK_HEADER(linux/version.h, msgformat=linux, msgformat=xopen)
+
+ dnl Transform the SED scripts while copying because some dumb SEDs
+ dnl cannot handle comments.
+ sed -e '/^#/d' $srcdir/$msgformat-msg.sed > po2msg.sed
+ fi
+ dnl po2tbl.sed is always needed.
+ sed -e '/^#.*[^\\]$/d' -e '/^#$/d' \
+ $srcdir/po2tbl.sed.in > po2tbl.sed
+ fi
+
+ dnl In the intl/Makefile.in we have a special dependency which makes
+ dnl only sense for gettext. We comment this out for non-gettext
+ dnl packages.
+ if test "$PACKAGE" = "gettext"; then
+ GT_NO="#NO#"
+ GT_YES=
+ else
+ GT_NO=
+ GT_YES="#YES#"
+ fi
+ AC_SUBST(GT_NO)
+ AC_SUBST(GT_YES)
+
+ MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(srcdir)/../../mkinstalldirs"
+ AC_SUBST(MKINSTALLDIRS)
+
+ dnl *** For now the libtool support in intl/Makefile is not for real.
+ l=
+ AC_SUBST(l)
+
+ dnl Generate list of files to be processed by xgettext which will
+ dnl be included in po/Makefile. But only do this if the po directory
+ dnl exists in srcdir.
+ if test -d $srcdir/po; then
+ test -d po || mkdir po
+ if test "x$srcdir" != "x."; then
+ if test "x`echo $srcdir | sed 's@/.*@@'`" = "x"; then
+ posrcprefix="$srcdir/"
+ else
+ posrcprefix="../$srcdir/"
+ fi
+ else
+ posrcprefix="../"
+ fi
+ rm -f po/POTFILES
+ sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^\$/d" -e "s,.*, $posrcprefix& \\\\," -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" \
+ < $srcdir/po/POTFILES.in > po/POTFILES
+ fi
+ ])
+
+# Search path for a program which passes the given test.
+# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
+#
+# This file file be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can
+# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License
+# but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
+# Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available.
+
+# serial 1
+
+dnl AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(VARIABLE, PROG-TO-CHECK-FOR,
+dnl TEST-PERFORMED-ON-FOUND_PROGRAM [, VALUE-IF-NOT-FOUND [, PATH]])
+AC_DEFUN(AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST,
+[# Extract the first word of "$2", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $2; ac_word=[$]2
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $ac_word])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_$1,
+[case "[$]$1" in
+ /*)
+ ac_cv_path_$1="[$]$1" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+ ;;
+ *)
+ IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+ for ac_dir in ifelse([$5], , $PATH, [$5]); do
+ test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+ if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+ if [$3]; then
+ ac_cv_path_$1="$ac_dir/$ac_word"
+ break
+ fi
+ fi
+ done
+ IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+dnl If no 4th arg is given, leave the cache variable unset,
+dnl so AC_PATH_PROGS will keep looking.
+ifelse([$4], , , [ test -z "[$]ac_cv_path_$1" && ac_cv_path_$1="$4"
+])dnl
+ ;;
+esac])dnl
+$1="$ac_cv_path_$1"
+if test -n "[$]$1"; then
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([$]$1)
+else
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+fi
+AC_SUBST($1)dnl
+])
+
+# Check whether LC_MESSAGES is available in <locale.h>.
+# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
+#
+# This file file be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can
+# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License
+# but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
+# Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available.
+
+# serial 1
+
+AC_DEFUN(AM_LC_MESSAGES,
+ [if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for LC_MESSAGES], am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES,
+ [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <locale.h>], [return LC_MESSAGES],
+ am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=yes, am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=no)])
+ if test $am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES = yes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LC_MESSAGES)
+ fi
+ fi])
+
diff --git a/intl/bindtextdom.c b/intl/bindtextdom.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..42b87d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/bindtextdom.c
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+/* Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function
+ Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
+# include <malloc.h>
+# else
+void free ();
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+# ifndef memcpy
+# define memcpy(Dst, Src, Num) bcopy (Src, Dst, Num)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgettext.h"
+#endif
+#include "gettext.h"
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */
+extern const char _nl_default_dirname[];
+
+/* List with bindings of specific domains. */
+extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
+
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN __bindtextdomain
+# ifndef strdup
+# define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
+# endif
+#else
+# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN bindtextdomain__
+#endif
+
+/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
+ in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
+char *
+BINDTEXTDOMAIN (domainname, dirname)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *dirname;
+{
+ struct binding *binding;
+
+ /* Some sanity checks. */
+ if (domainname == NULL || domainname[0] == '\0')
+ return NULL;
+
+ for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
+ {
+ int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
+ if (compare == 0)
+ /* We found it! */
+ break;
+ if (compare < 0)
+ {
+ /* It is not in the list. */
+ binding = NULL;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (dirname == NULL)
+ /* The current binding has be to returned. */
+ return binding == NULL ? (char *) _nl_default_dirname : binding->dirname;
+
+ if (binding != NULL)
+ {
+ /* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old
+ one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the
+ old binding. */
+ if (strcmp (dirname, binding->dirname) != 0)
+ {
+ char *new_dirname;
+
+ if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
+ new_dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
+ else
+ {
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+ new_dirname = strdup (dirname);
+ if (new_dirname == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+#else
+ size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
+ new_dirname = (char *) malloc (len);
+ if (new_dirname == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ memcpy (new_dirname, dirname, len);
+#endif
+ }
+
+ if (binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
+ free (binding->dirname);
+
+ binding->dirname = new_dirname;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* We have to create a new binding. */
+#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE_STRDUP
+ size_t len;
+#endif
+ struct binding *new_binding =
+ (struct binding *) malloc (sizeof (*new_binding));
+
+ if (new_binding == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+ new_binding->domainname = strdup (domainname);
+ if (new_binding->domainname == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+#else
+ len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
+ new_binding->domainname = (char *) malloc (len);
+ if (new_binding->domainname == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ memcpy (new_binding->domainname, domainname, len);
+#endif
+
+ if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
+ new_binding->dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
+ else
+ {
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+ new_binding->dirname = strdup (dirname);
+ if (new_binding->dirname == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+#else
+ len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
+ new_binding->dirname = (char *) malloc (len);
+ if (new_binding->dirname == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ memcpy (new_binding->dirname, dirname, len);
+#endif
+ }
+
+ /* Now enqueue it. */
+ if (_nl_domain_bindings == NULL
+ || strcmp (domainname, _nl_domain_bindings->domainname) < 0)
+ {
+ new_binding->next = _nl_domain_bindings;
+ _nl_domain_bindings = new_binding;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ binding = _nl_domain_bindings;
+ while (binding->next != NULL
+ && strcmp (domainname, binding->next->domainname) > 0)
+ binding = binding->next;
+
+ new_binding->next = binding->next;
+ binding->next = new_binding;
+ }
+
+ binding = new_binding;
+ }
+
+ return binding->dirname;
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
+weak_alias (__bindtextdomain, bindtextdomain);
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/cat-compat.c b/intl/cat-compat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..be4afff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/cat-compat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,262 @@
+/* Compatibility code for gettext-using-catgets interface.
+ Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+char *getenv ();
+# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
+# include <malloc.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_NL_TYPES_H
+# include <nl_types.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "libgettext.h"
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* XPG3 defines the result of `setlocale (category, NULL)' as:
+ ``Directs `setlocale()' to query `category' and return the current
+ setting of `local'.''
+ However it does not specify the exact format. And even worse: POSIX
+ defines this not at all. So we can use this feature only on selected
+ system (e.g. those using GNU C Library). */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
+#endif
+
+/* The catalog descriptor. */
+static nl_catd catalog = (nl_catd) -1;
+
+/* Name of the default catalog. */
+static const char default_catalog_name[] = "messages";
+
+/* Name of currently used catalog. */
+static const char *catalog_name = default_catalog_name;
+
+/* Get ID for given string. If not found return -1. */
+static int msg_to_cat_id PARAMS ((const char *msg));
+
+/* Substitution for systems lacking this function in their C library. */
+#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
+#endif
+
+
+/* Set currently used domain/catalog. */
+char *
+textdomain (domainname)
+ const char *domainname;
+{
+ nl_catd new_catalog;
+ char *new_name;
+ size_t new_name_len;
+ char *lang;
+
+#if defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES \
+ && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
+ lang = setlocale (LC_MESSAGES, NULL);
+#else
+ lang = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+ if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ lang = getenv ("LC_MESSAGES");
+ if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0')
+ lang = getenv ("LANG");
+ }
+#endif
+ if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0')
+ lang = "C";
+
+ /* See whether name of currently used domain is asked. */
+ if (domainname == NULL)
+ return (char *) catalog_name;
+
+ if (domainname[0] == '\0')
+ domainname = default_catalog_name;
+
+ /* Compute length of added path element. */
+ new_name_len = sizeof (LOCALEDIR) - 1 + 1 + strlen (lang)
+ + sizeof ("/LC_MESSAGES/") - 1 + sizeof (PACKAGE) - 1
+ + sizeof (".cat");
+
+ new_name = (char *) malloc (new_name_len);
+ if (new_name == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ strcpy (new_name, PACKAGE);
+ new_catalog = catopen (new_name, 0);
+
+ if (new_catalog == (nl_catd) -1)
+ {
+ /* NLSPATH search didn't work, try absolute path */
+ sprintf (new_name, "%s/%s/LC_MESSAGES/%s.cat", LOCALEDIR, lang,
+ PACKAGE);
+ new_catalog = catopen (new_name, 0);
+
+ if (new_catalog == (nl_catd) -1)
+ {
+ free (new_name);
+ return (char *) catalog_name;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Close old catalog. */
+ if (catalog != (nl_catd) -1)
+ catclose (catalog);
+ if (catalog_name != default_catalog_name)
+ free ((char *) catalog_name);
+
+ catalog = new_catalog;
+ catalog_name = new_name;
+
+ return (char *) catalog_name;
+}
+
+char *
+bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *dirname;
+{
+#if HAVE_SETENV || HAVE_PUTENV
+ char *old_val, *new_val, *cp;
+ size_t new_val_len;
+
+ /* This does not make much sense here but to be compatible do it. */
+ if (domainname == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ /* Compute length of added path element. If we use setenv we don't need
+ the first byts for NLSPATH=, but why complicate the code for this
+ peanuts. */
+ new_val_len = sizeof ("NLSPATH=") - 1 + strlen (dirname)
+ + sizeof ("/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
+
+ old_val = getenv ("NLSPATH");
+ if (old_val == NULL || old_val[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ old_val = NULL;
+ new_val_len += 1 + sizeof (LOCALEDIR) - 1
+ + sizeof ("/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
+ }
+ else
+ new_val_len += strlen (old_val);
+
+ new_val = (char *) malloc (new_val_len);
+ if (new_val == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+# if HAVE_SETENV
+ cp = new_val;
+# else
+ cp = stpcpy (new_val, "NLSPATH=");
+# endif
+
+ cp = stpcpy (cp, dirname);
+ cp = stpcpy (cp, "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat:");
+
+ if (old_val == NULL)
+ {
+# if __STDC__
+ stpcpy (cp, LOCALEDIR "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
+# else
+
+ cp = stpcpy (cp, LOCALEDIR);
+ stpcpy (cp, "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
+# endif
+ }
+ else
+ stpcpy (cp, old_val);
+
+# if HAVE_SETENV
+ setenv ("NLSPATH", new_val, 1);
+ free (new_val);
+# else
+ putenv (new_val);
+ /* Do *not* free the environment entry we just entered. It is used
+ from now on. */
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+ return (char *) domainname;
+}
+
+#undef gettext
+char *
+gettext (msg)
+ const char *msg;
+{
+ int msgid;
+
+ if (msg == NULL || catalog == (nl_catd) -1)
+ return (char *) msg;
+
+ /* Get the message from the catalog. We always use set number 1.
+ The message ID is computed by the function `msg_to_cat_id'
+ which works on the table generated by `po-to-tbl'. */
+ msgid = msg_to_cat_id (msg);
+ if (msgid == -1)
+ return (char *) msg;
+
+ return catgets (catalog, 1, msgid, (char *) msg);
+}
+
+/* Look through the table `_msg_tbl' which has `_msg_tbl_length' entries
+ for the one equal to msg. If it is found return the ID. In case when
+ the string is not found return -1. */
+static int
+msg_to_cat_id (msg)
+ const char *msg;
+{
+ int cnt;
+
+ for (cnt = 0; cnt < _msg_tbl_length; ++cnt)
+ if (strcmp (msg, _msg_tbl[cnt]._msg) == 0)
+ return _msg_tbl[cnt]._msg_number;
+
+ return -1;
+}
+
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we
+ avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this
+ function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
+ to be defined. */
+#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *
+stpcpy (dest, src)
+ char *dest;
+ const char *src;
+{
+ while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
+ /* Do nothing. */ ;
+ return dest - 1;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/config.in b/intl/config.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a9049b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/config.in
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/* config.in. Generated automatically from configure.in by autoheader. */
+
+/* Define if using alloca.c. */
+#undef C_ALLOCA
+
+/* Define to empty if the keyword does not work. */
+#undef const
+
+/* Define to one of _getb67, GETB67, getb67 for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP systems.
+ This function is required for alloca.c support on those systems. */
+#undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END
+
+/* Define if you have alloca, as a function or macro. */
+#undef HAVE_ALLOCA
+
+/* Define if you have <alloca.h> and it should be used (not on Ultrix). */
+#undef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
+
+/* Define if you have a working `mmap' system call. */
+#undef HAVE_MMAP
+
+/* Define as __inline if that's what the C compiler calls it. */
+#undef inline
+
+/* Define to `long' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
+#undef off_t
+
+/* Define if you need to in order for stat and other things to work. */
+#undef _POSIX_SOURCE
+
+/* Define to `unsigned' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
+#undef size_t
+
+/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the
+ direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be
+ automatically deduced at run-time.
+ STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
+ STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
+ STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown
+ */
+#undef STACK_DIRECTION
+
+/* Define if you have the ANSI C header files. */
+#undef STDC_HEADERS
+
+/* Define to 1 if NLS is requested. */
+#undef ENABLE_NLS
+
+/* Define as 1 if you have catgets and don't want to use GNU gettext. */
+#undef HAVE_CATGETS
+
+/* Define as 1 if you have gettext and don't want to use GNU gettext. */
+#undef HAVE_GETTEXT
+
+/* Define as 1 if you have the stpcpy function. */
+#undef HAVE_STPCPY
+
+/* Define if your locale.h file contains LC_MESSAGES. */
+#undef HAVE_LC_MESSAGES
+
+/* Define if you have the __argz_count function. */
+#undef HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT
+
+/* Define if you have the __argz_next function. */
+#undef HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT
+
+/* Define if you have the __argz_stringify function. */
+#undef HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY
+
+/* Define if you have the dcgettext function. */
+#undef HAVE_DCGETTEXT
+
+/* Define if you have the getcwd function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETCWD
+
+/* Define if you have the getpagesize function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE
+
+/* Define if you have the munmap function. */
+#undef HAVE_MUNMAP
+
+/* Define if you have the putenv function. */
+#undef HAVE_PUTENV
+
+/* Define if you have the setenv function. */
+#undef HAVE_SETENV
+
+/* Define if you have the setlocale function. */
+#undef HAVE_SETLOCALE
+
+/* Define if you have the stpcpy function. */
+#undef HAVE_STPCPY
+
+/* Define if you have the strcasecmp function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRCASECMP
+
+/* Define if you have the strchr function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRCHR
+
+/* Define if you have the <argz.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_ARGZ_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <limits.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_LIMITS_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <locale.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_LOCALE_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <malloc.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_MALLOC_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <nl_types.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_NL_TYPES_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <string.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STRING_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/param.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <values.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_VALUES_H
+
+/* Define if you have the i library (-li). */
+#undef HAVE_LIBI
diff --git a/intl/configure b/intl/configure
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..341eea0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/configure
@@ -0,0 +1,2950 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+
+# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
+# Generated automatically using autoconf version 2.12.1
+# Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+
+# Defaults:
+ac_help=
+ac_default_prefix=/usr/local
+# Any additions from configure.in:
+ac_help="$ac_help
+ --disable-nls do not use Native Language Support"
+ac_help="$ac_help
+ --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here"
+
+# Initialize some variables set by options.
+# The variables have the same names as the options, with
+# dashes changed to underlines.
+build=NONE
+cache_file=./config.cache
+exec_prefix=NONE
+host=NONE
+no_create=
+nonopt=NONE
+no_recursion=
+prefix=NONE
+program_prefix=NONE
+program_suffix=NONE
+program_transform_name=s,x,x,
+silent=
+site=
+srcdir=
+target=NONE
+verbose=
+x_includes=NONE
+x_libraries=NONE
+bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin'
+sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin'
+libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec'
+datadir='${prefix}/share'
+sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc'
+sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com'
+localstatedir='${prefix}/var'
+libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib'
+includedir='${prefix}/include'
+oldincludedir='/usr/include'
+infodir='${prefix}/info'
+mandir='${prefix}/man'
+
+# Initialize some other variables.
+subdirs=
+MFLAGS= MAKEFLAGS=
+SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
+# Maximum number of lines to put in a shell here document.
+ac_max_here_lines=12
+
+ac_prev=
+for ac_option
+do
+
+ # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
+ if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+ eval "$ac_prev=\$ac_option"
+ ac_prev=
+ continue
+ fi
+
+ case "$ac_option" in
+ -*=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_option" | sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]*=//'` ;;
+ *) ac_optarg= ;;
+ esac
+
+ # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos.
+
+ case "$ac_option" in
+
+ -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi)
+ ac_prev=bindir ;;
+ -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*)
+ bindir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu)
+ ac_prev=build ;;
+ -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*)
+ build="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \
+ | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c)
+ ac_prev=cache_file ;;
+ -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
+ | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
+ cache_file="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad | --data | --dat | --da)
+ ac_prev=datadir ;;
+ -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=* | --data=* | --dat=* \
+ | --da=*)
+ datadir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -disable-* | --disable-*)
+ ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*disable-//'`
+ # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+ if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then
+ { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+ fi
+ ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+ eval "enable_${ac_feature}=no" ;;
+
+ -enable-* | --enable-*)
+ ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*enable-//' -e 's/=.*//'`
+ # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+ if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then
+ { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+ fi
+ ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+ case "$ac_option" in
+ *=*) ;;
+ *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
+ esac
+ eval "enable_${ac_feature}='$ac_optarg'" ;;
+
+ -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \
+ | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \
+ | --exec | --exe | --ex)
+ ac_prev=exec_prefix ;;
+ -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \
+ | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \
+ | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*)
+ exec_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -gas | --gas | --ga | --g)
+ # Obsolete; use --with-gas.
+ with_gas=yes ;;
+
+ -help | --help | --hel | --he)
+ # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
+ # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
+ cat << EOF
+Usage: configure [options] [host]
+Options: [defaults in brackets after descriptions]
+Configuration:
+ --cache-file=FILE cache test results in FILE
+ --help print this message
+ --no-create do not create output files
+ --quiet, --silent do not print \`checking...' messages
+ --version print the version of autoconf that created configure
+Directory and file names:
+ --prefix=PREFIX install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
+ [$ac_default_prefix]
+ --exec-prefix=EPREFIX install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
+ [same as prefix]
+ --bindir=DIR user executables in DIR [EPREFIX/bin]
+ --sbindir=DIR system admin executables in DIR [EPREFIX/sbin]
+ --libexecdir=DIR program executables in DIR [EPREFIX/libexec]
+ --datadir=DIR read-only architecture-independent data in DIR
+ [PREFIX/share]
+ --sysconfdir=DIR read-only single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/etc]
+ --sharedstatedir=DIR modifiable architecture-independent data in DIR
+ [PREFIX/com]
+ --localstatedir=DIR modifiable single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/var]
+ --libdir=DIR object code libraries in DIR [EPREFIX/lib]
+ --includedir=DIR C header files in DIR [PREFIX/include]
+ --oldincludedir=DIR C header files for non-gcc in DIR [/usr/include]
+ --infodir=DIR info documentation in DIR [PREFIX/info]
+ --mandir=DIR man documentation in DIR [PREFIX/man]
+ --srcdir=DIR find the sources in DIR [configure dir or ..]
+ --program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names
+ --program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names
+ --program-transform-name=PROGRAM
+ run sed PROGRAM on installed program names
+EOF
+ cat << EOF
+Host type:
+ --build=BUILD configure for building on BUILD [BUILD=HOST]
+ --host=HOST configure for HOST [guessed]
+ --target=TARGET configure for TARGET [TARGET=HOST]
+Features and packages:
+ --disable-FEATURE do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
+ --enable-FEATURE[=ARG] include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
+ --with-PACKAGE[=ARG] use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
+ --without-PACKAGE do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
+ --x-includes=DIR X include files are in DIR
+ --x-libraries=DIR X library files are in DIR
+EOF
+ if test -n "$ac_help"; then
+ echo "--enable and --with options recognized:$ac_help"
+ fi
+ exit 0 ;;
+
+ -host | --host | --hos | --ho)
+ ac_prev=host ;;
+ -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
+ host="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \
+ | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc)
+ ac_prev=includedir ;;
+ -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \
+ | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*)
+ includedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf)
+ ac_prev=infodir ;;
+ -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*)
+ infodir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd)
+ ac_prev=libdir ;;
+ -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*)
+ libdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
+ | --libexe | --libex | --libe)
+ ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
+ -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
+ | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
+ libexecdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \
+ | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst \
+ | --locals | --local | --loca | --loc | --lo)
+ ac_prev=localstatedir ;;
+ -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \
+ | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* \
+ | --locals=* | --local=* | --loca=* | --loc=* | --lo=*)
+ localstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m)
+ ac_prev=mandir ;;
+ -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*)
+ mandir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -nfp | --nfp | --nf)
+ # Obsolete; use --without-fp.
+ with_fp=no ;;
+
+ -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+ | --no-cr | --no-c)
+ no_create=yes ;;
+
+ -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+ | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r)
+ no_recursion=yes ;;
+
+ -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \
+ | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \
+ | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o)
+ ac_prev=oldincludedir ;;
+ -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \
+ | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \
+ | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*)
+ oldincludedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p)
+ ac_prev=prefix ;;
+ -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*)
+ prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \
+ | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p)
+ ac_prev=program_prefix ;;
+ -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \
+ | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*)
+ program_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \
+ | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s)
+ ac_prev=program_suffix ;;
+ -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \
+ | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*)
+ program_suffix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \
+ | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \
+ | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \
+ | --program-transform | --program-transfor \
+ | --program-transfo | --program-transf \
+ | --program-trans | --program-tran \
+ | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t)
+ ac_prev=program_transform_name ;;
+ -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \
+ | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \
+ | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
+ | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
+ | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
+ | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
+ | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
+ program_transform_name="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+ | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
+ silent=yes ;;
+
+ -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb)
+ ac_prev=sbindir ;;
+ -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \
+ | --sbi=* | --sb=*)
+ sbindir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \
+ | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \
+ | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \
+ | --sha | --sh)
+ ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;;
+ -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \
+ | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \
+ | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \
+ | --sha=* | --sh=*)
+ sharedstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -site | --site | --sit)
+ ac_prev=site ;;
+ -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*)
+ site="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr)
+ ac_prev=srcdir ;;
+ -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*)
+ srcdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \
+ | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy)
+ ac_prev=sysconfdir ;;
+ -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \
+ | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*)
+ sysconfdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t)
+ ac_prev=target ;;
+ -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*)
+ target="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
+ verbose=yes ;;
+
+ -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers)
+ echo "configure generated by autoconf version 2.12.1"
+ exit 0 ;;
+
+ -with-* | --with-*)
+ ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*with-//' -e 's/=.*//'`
+ # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+ if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then
+ { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+ fi
+ ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+ case "$ac_option" in
+ *=*) ;;
+ *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
+ esac
+ eval "with_${ac_package}='$ac_optarg'" ;;
+
+ -without-* | --without-*)
+ ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*without-//'`
+ # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+ if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then
+ { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+ fi
+ ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+ eval "with_${ac_package}=no" ;;
+
+ --x)
+ # Obsolete; use --with-x.
+ with_x=yes ;;
+
+ -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \
+ | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i)
+ ac_prev=x_includes ;;
+ -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \
+ | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*)
+ x_includes="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \
+ | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l)
+ ac_prev=x_libraries ;;
+ -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \
+ | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*)
+ x_libraries="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -*) { echo "configure: error: $ac_option: invalid option; use --help to show usage" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+ ;;
+
+ *)
+ if test -n "`echo $ac_option| sed 's/[-a-z0-9.]//g'`"; then
+ echo "configure: warning: $ac_option: invalid host type" 1>&2
+ fi
+ if test "x$nonopt" != xNONE; then
+ { echo "configure: error: can only configure for one host and one target at a time" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+ fi
+ nonopt="$ac_option"
+ ;;
+
+ esac
+done
+
+if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+ { echo "configure: error: missing argument to --`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+
+trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+# File descriptor usage:
+# 0 standard input
+# 1 file creation
+# 2 errors and warnings
+# 3 some systems may open it to /dev/tty
+# 4 used on the Kubota Titan
+# 6 checking for... messages and results
+# 5 compiler messages saved in config.log
+if test "$silent" = yes; then
+ exec 6>/dev/null
+else
+ exec 6>&1
+fi
+exec 5>./config.log
+
+echo "\
+This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
+running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
+" 1>&5
+
+# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
+# Also quote any args containing shell metacharacters.
+ac_configure_args=
+for ac_arg
+do
+ case "$ac_arg" in
+ -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+ | --no-cr | --no-c) ;;
+ -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+ | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) ;;
+ *" "*|*" "*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?]*)
+ ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;;
+ *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args $ac_arg" ;;
+ esac
+done
+
+# NLS nuisances.
+# Only set these to C if already set. These must not be set unconditionally
+# because not all systems understand e.g. LANG=C (notably SCO).
+# Fixing LC_MESSAGES prevents Solaris sh from translating var values in `set'!
+# Non-C LC_CTYPE values break the ctype check.
+if test "${LANG+set}" = set; then LANG=C; export LANG; fi
+if test "${LC_ALL+set}" = set; then LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; fi
+if test "${LC_MESSAGES+set}" = set; then LC_MESSAGES=C; export LC_MESSAGES; fi
+if test "${LC_CTYPE+set}" = set; then LC_CTYPE=C; export LC_CTYPE; fi
+
+# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed.
+rm -rf conftest* confdefs.h
+# AIX cpp loses on an empty file, so make sure it contains at least a newline.
+echo > confdefs.h
+
+# A filename unique to this package, relative to the directory that
+# configure is in, which we can look for to find out if srcdir is correct.
+ac_unique_file=dgettext.c
+
+# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
+if test -z "$srcdir"; then
+ ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes
+ # Try the directory containing this script, then its parent.
+ ac_prog=$0
+ ac_confdir=`echo $ac_prog|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+ test "x$ac_confdir" = "x$ac_prog" && ac_confdir=.
+ srcdir=$ac_confdir
+ if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
+ srcdir=..
+ fi
+else
+ ac_srcdir_defaulted=no
+fi
+if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
+ if test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes; then
+ { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $ac_confdir or .." 1>&2; exit 1; }
+ else
+ { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $srcdir" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+ fi
+fi
+srcdir=`echo "${srcdir}" | sed 's%\([^/]\)/*$%\1%'`
+
+# Prefer explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones.
+if test -z "$CONFIG_SITE"; then
+ if test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then
+ CONFIG_SITE="$prefix/share/config.site $prefix/etc/config.site"
+ else
+ CONFIG_SITE="$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site $ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site"
+ fi
+fi
+for ac_site_file in $CONFIG_SITE; do
+ if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then
+ echo "loading site script $ac_site_file"
+ . "$ac_site_file"
+ fi
+done
+
+if test -r "$cache_file"; then
+ echo "loading cache $cache_file"
+ . $cache_file
+else
+ echo "creating cache $cache_file"
+ > $cache_file
+fi
+
+ac_ext=c
+# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options.
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5'
+ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5'
+cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
+
+if (echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3) | grep c >/dev/null; then
+ # Stardent Vistra SVR4 grep lacks -e, says ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu.
+ if (echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3) | sed s/-n/xn/ | grep xn >/dev/null; then
+ ac_n= ac_c='
+' ac_t=' '
+ else
+ ac_n=-n ac_c= ac_t=
+ fi
+else
+ ac_n= ac_c='\c' ac_t=
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ac_aux_dir=
+for ac_dir in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../..; do
+ if test -f $ac_dir/install-sh; then
+ ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+ ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c"
+ break
+ elif test -f $ac_dir/install.sh; then
+ ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+ ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c"
+ break
+ fi
+done
+if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then
+ { echo "configure: error: can not find install-sh or install.sh in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../.." 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+ac_config_guess=$ac_aux_dir/config.guess
+ac_config_sub=$ac_aux_dir/config.sub
+ac_configure=$ac_aux_dir/configure # This should be Cygnus configure.
+
+# Find a good install program. We prefer a C program (faster),
+# so one script is as good as another. But avoid the broken or
+# incompatible versions:
+# SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install
+# SunOS /usr/etc/install
+# IRIX /sbin/install
+# AIX /bin/install
+# AIX 4 /usr/bin/installbsd, which doesn't work without a -g flag
+# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args
+# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff"
+# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh.
+echo $ac_n "checking for a BSD compatible install""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:562: checking for a BSD compatible install" >&5
+if test -z "$INSTALL"; then
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_install'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+ for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+ # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements.
+ case "$ac_dir/" in
+ /|./|.//|/etc/*|/usr/sbin/*|/usr/etc/*|/sbin/*|/usr/afsws/bin/*|/usr/ucb/*) ;;
+ *)
+ # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install.
+ # Don't use installbsd from OSF since it installs stuff as root
+ # by default.
+ for ac_prog in ginstall scoinst install; do
+ if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_prog; then
+ if test $ac_prog = install &&
+ grep dspmsg $ac_dir/$ac_prog >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ # AIX install. It has an incompatible calling convention.
+ :
+ else
+ ac_cv_path_install="$ac_dir/$ac_prog -c"
+ break 2
+ fi
+ fi
+ done
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ IFS="$ac_save_IFS"
+
+fi
+ if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then
+ INSTALL="$ac_cv_path_install"
+ else
+ # As a last resort, use the slow shell script. We don't cache a
+ # path for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will
+ # break other packages using the cache if that directory is
+ # removed, or if the path is relative.
+ INSTALL="$ac_install_sh"
+ fi
+fi
+echo "$ac_t""$INSTALL" 1>&6
+
+# Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}.
+# It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution.
+test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}'
+
+test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644'
+
+
+test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL_PROGRAM}'
+
+echo $ac_n "checking how to run the C preprocessor""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:616: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5
+# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory.
+if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then
+ CPP=
+fi
+if test -z "$CPP"; then
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CPP'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ # This must be in double quotes, not single quotes, because CPP may get
+ # substituted into the Makefile and "${CC-cc}" will confuse make.
+ CPP="${CC-cc} -E"
+ # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
+ # not just through cpp.
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 631 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+Syntax Error
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:637: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+ :
+else
+ echo "$ac_err" >&5
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ CPP="${CC-cc} -E -traditional-cpp"
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 648 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+Syntax Error
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:654: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+ :
+else
+ echo "$ac_err" >&5
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ CPP=/lib/cpp
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+ ac_cv_prog_CPP="$CPP"
+fi
+ CPP="$ac_cv_prog_CPP"
+else
+ ac_cv_prog_CPP="$CPP"
+fi
+echo "$ac_t""$CPP" 1>&6
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \${MAKE}""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:677: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \${MAKE}" >&5
+set dummy ${MAKE-make}; ac_make=`echo "$2" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ cat > conftestmake <<\EOF
+all:
+ @echo 'ac_maketemp="${MAKE}"'
+EOF
+# GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering...", which would confuse us.
+eval `${MAKE-make} -f conftestmake 2>/dev/null | grep temp=`
+if test -n "$ac_maketemp"; then
+ eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes
+else
+ eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no
+fi
+rm -f conftestmake
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_prog_make_'${ac_make}_set`\" = yes"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+ SET_MAKE=
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+ SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}"
+fi
+
+# Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:706: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ if test -n "$CC"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+ IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+ for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+ test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+ if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+ ac_cv_prog_CC="gcc"
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+fi
+fi
+CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""$CC" 1>&6
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+ # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:735: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ if test -n "$CC"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+ IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+ ac_prog_rejected=no
+ for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+ test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+ if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+ if test "$ac_dir/$ac_word" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then
+ ac_prog_rejected=yes
+ continue
+ fi
+ ac_cv_prog_CC="cc"
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then
+ # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it.
+ set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC
+ shift
+ if test $# -gt 0; then
+ # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one.
+ # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen
+ # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name.
+ shift
+ set dummy "$ac_dir/$ac_word" "$@"
+ shift
+ ac_cv_prog_CC="$@"
+ fi
+fi
+fi
+fi
+CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""$CC" 1>&6
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+ test -z "$CC" && { echo "configure: error: no acceptable cc found in \$PATH" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) works""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:783: checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) works" >&5
+
+ac_ext=c
+# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options.
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5'
+ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5'
+cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
+
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 793 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+main(){return(0);}
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:797: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+ ac_cv_prog_cc_works=yes
+ # If we can't run a trivial program, we are probably using a cross compiler.
+ if (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null; then
+ ac_cv_prog_cc_cross=no
+ else
+ ac_cv_prog_cc_cross=yes
+ fi
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ ac_cv_prog_cc_works=no
+fi
+rm -fr conftest*
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_works" 1>&6
+if test $ac_cv_prog_cc_works = no; then
+ { echo "configure: error: installation or configuration problem: C compiler cannot create executables." 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+echo $ac_n "checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) is a cross-compiler""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:817: checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) is a cross-compiler" >&5
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross" 1>&6
+cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether we are using GNU C""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:822: checking whether we are using GNU C" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_gcc'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ cat > conftest.c <<EOF
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+ yes;
+#endif
+EOF
+if { ac_try='${CC-cc} -E conftest.c'; { (eval echo configure:831: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }; } | egrep yes >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ ac_cv_prog_gcc=yes
+else
+ ac_cv_prog_gcc=no
+fi
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_gcc" 1>&6
+
+if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc = yes; then
+ GCC=yes
+ ac_test_CFLAGS="${CFLAGS+set}"
+ ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+ CFLAGS=
+ echo $ac_n "checking whether ${CC-cc} accepts -g""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:846: checking whether ${CC-cc} accepts -g" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_cc_g'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ echo 'void f(){}' > conftest.c
+if test -z "`${CC-cc} -g -c conftest.c 2>&1`"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
+else
+ ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" 1>&6
+ if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then
+ CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+ elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then
+ CFLAGS="-g -O2"
+ else
+ CFLAGS="-O2"
+ fi
+else
+ GCC=
+ test "${CFLAGS+set}" = set || CFLAGS="-g"
+fi
+
+# Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:876: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_RANLIB'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+ IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+ for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+ test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+ if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+ ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="ranlib"
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+ test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB" && ac_cv_prog_RANLIB=":"
+fi
+fi
+RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"
+if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""$RANLIB" 1>&6
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for POSIXized ISC""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:903: checking for POSIXized ISC" >&5
+if test -d /etc/conf/kconfig.d &&
+ grep _POSIX_VERSION /usr/include/sys/unistd.h >/dev/null 2>&1
+then
+ echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+ ISC=yes # If later tests want to check for ISC.
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define _POSIX_SOURCE 1
+EOF
+
+ if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+ CC="$CC -posix"
+ else
+ CC="$CC -Xp"
+ fi
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+ ISC=
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for ANSI C header files""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:924: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_stdc'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 929 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <float.h>
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:937: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ ac_cv_header_stdc=yes
+else
+ echo "$ac_err" >&5
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+ # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI.
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 954 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <string.h>
+EOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+ egrep "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ :
+else
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+ # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI.
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 972 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+EOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+ egrep "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ :
+else
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+ # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi.
+if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
+ :
+else
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 993 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+#define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')
+#define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c))
+#define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f)))
+int main () { int i; for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
+if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i)) || toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i)) exit(2);
+exit (0); }
+
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1004: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null
+then
+ :
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -fr conftest*
+ ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -fr conftest*
+fi
+
+fi
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_header_stdc" 1>&6
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define STDC_HEADERS 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for working const""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1028: checking for working const" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_c_const'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1033 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+int main() {
+
+/* Ultrix mips cc rejects this. */
+typedef int charset[2]; const charset x;
+/* SunOS 4.1.1 cc rejects this. */
+char const *const *ccp;
+char **p;
+/* NEC SVR4.0.2 mips cc rejects this. */
+struct point {int x, y;};
+static struct point const zero = {0,0};
+/* AIX XL C 1.02.0.0 rejects this.
+ It does not let you subtract one const X* pointer from another in an arm
+ of an if-expression whose if-part is not a constant expression */
+const char *g = "string";
+ccp = &g + (g ? g-g : 0);
+/* HPUX 7.0 cc rejects these. */
+++ccp;
+p = (char**) ccp;
+ccp = (char const *const *) p;
+{ /* SCO 3.2v4 cc rejects this. */
+ char *t;
+ char const *s = 0 ? (char *) 0 : (char const *) 0;
+
+ *t++ = 0;
+}
+{ /* Someone thinks the Sun supposedly-ANSI compiler will reject this. */
+ int x[] = {25, 17};
+ const int *foo = &x[0];
+ ++foo;
+}
+{ /* Sun SC1.0 ANSI compiler rejects this -- but not the above. */
+ typedef const int *iptr;
+ iptr p = 0;
+ ++p;
+}
+{ /* AIX XL C 1.02.0.0 rejects this saying
+ "k.c", line 2.27: 1506-025 (S) Operand must be a modifiable lvalue. */
+ struct s { int j; const int *ap[3]; };
+ struct s *b; b->j = 5;
+}
+{ /* ULTRIX-32 V3.1 (Rev 9) vcc rejects this */
+ const int foo = 10;
+}
+
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1082: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ ac_cv_c_const=yes
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ ac_cv_c_const=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_c_const" 1>&6
+if test $ac_cv_c_const = no; then
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define const
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for inline""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1103: checking for inline" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_c_inline'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ ac_cv_c_inline=no
+for ac_kw in inline __inline__ __inline; do
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1110 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+int main() {
+} $ac_kw foo() {
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1117: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ ac_cv_c_inline=$ac_kw; break
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+done
+
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_c_inline" 1>&6
+case "$ac_cv_c_inline" in
+ inline | yes) ;;
+ no) cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define inline
+EOF
+ ;;
+ *) cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define inline $ac_cv_c_inline
+EOF
+ ;;
+esac
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for off_t""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1143: checking for off_t" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_type_off_t'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1148 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#if STDC_HEADERS
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+EOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+ egrep "off_t[^a-zA-Z_0-9]" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ ac_cv_type_off_t=yes
+else
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ ac_cv_type_off_t=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_type_off_t" 1>&6
+if test $ac_cv_type_off_t = no; then
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define off_t long
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for size_t""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1176: checking for size_t" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_type_size_t'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1181 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#if STDC_HEADERS
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+EOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+ egrep "size_t[^a-zA-Z_0-9]" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ ac_cv_type_size_t=yes
+else
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ ac_cv_type_size_t=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_type_size_t" 1>&6
+if test $ac_cv_type_size_t = no; then
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define size_t unsigned
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+# The Ultrix 4.2 mips builtin alloca declared by alloca.h only works
+# for constant arguments. Useless!
+echo $ac_n "checking for working alloca.h""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1211: checking for working alloca.h" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_alloca_h'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1216 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <alloca.h>
+int main() {
+char *p = alloca(2 * sizeof(int));
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1223: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ ac_cv_header_alloca_h=yes
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ ac_cv_header_alloca_h=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_header_alloca_h" 1>&6
+if test $ac_cv_header_alloca_h = yes; then
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define HAVE_ALLOCA_H 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for alloca""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1244: checking for alloca" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_alloca_works'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1249 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+#else
+# if HAVE_ALLOCA_H
+# include <alloca.h>
+# else
+# ifdef _AIX
+ #pragma alloca
+# else
+# ifndef alloca /* predefined by HP cc +Olibcalls */
+char *alloca ();
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+int main() {
+char *p = (char *) alloca(1);
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1272: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ ac_cv_func_alloca_works=yes
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ ac_cv_func_alloca_works=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_func_alloca_works" 1>&6
+if test $ac_cv_func_alloca_works = yes; then
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+if test $ac_cv_func_alloca_works = no; then
+ # The SVR3 libPW and SVR4 libucb both contain incompatible functions
+ # that cause trouble. Some versions do not even contain alloca or
+ # contain a buggy version. If you still want to use their alloca,
+ # use ar to extract alloca.o from them instead of compiling alloca.c.
+ ALLOCA=alloca.o
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define C_ALLOCA 1
+EOF
+
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether alloca needs Cray hooks""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1304: checking whether alloca needs Cray hooks" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_os_cray'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1309 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#if defined(CRAY) && ! defined(CRAY2)
+webecray
+#else
+wenotbecray
+#endif
+
+EOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+ egrep "webecray" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ ac_cv_os_cray=yes
+else
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ ac_cv_os_cray=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_os_cray" 1>&6
+if test $ac_cv_os_cray = yes; then
+for ac_func in _getb67 GETB67 getb67; do
+ echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1334: checking for $ac_func" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1339 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+ which can conflict with char $ac_func(); below. */
+#include <assert.h>
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+ builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
+char $ac_func();
+
+int main() {
+
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+ to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named
+ something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */
+#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func)
+choke me
+#else
+$ac_func();
+#endif
+
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1362: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes"
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define CRAY_STACKSEG_END $ac_func
+EOF
+
+ break
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+done
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking stack direction for C alloca""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1389: checking stack direction for C alloca" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_c_stack_direction'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
+ ac_cv_c_stack_direction=0
+else
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1397 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+find_stack_direction ()
+{
+ static char *addr = 0;
+ auto char dummy;
+ if (addr == 0)
+ {
+ addr = &dummy;
+ return find_stack_direction ();
+ }
+ else
+ return (&dummy > addr) ? 1 : -1;
+}
+main ()
+{
+ exit (find_stack_direction() < 0);
+}
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1416: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null
+then
+ ac_cv_c_stack_direction=1
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -fr conftest*
+ ac_cv_c_stack_direction=-1
+fi
+rm -fr conftest*
+fi
+
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_c_stack_direction" 1>&6
+cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define STACK_DIRECTION $ac_cv_c_stack_direction
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+for ac_hdr in unistd.h
+do
+ac_safe=`echo "$ac_hdr" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_hdr""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1441: checking for $ac_hdr" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1446 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <$ac_hdr>
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:1451: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes"
+else
+ echo "$ac_err" >&5
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+ ac_tr_hdr=HAVE_`echo $ac_hdr | sed 'y%abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-%ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___%'`
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $ac_tr_hdr 1
+EOF
+
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+done
+
+for ac_func in getpagesize
+do
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1480: checking for $ac_func" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1485 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+ which can conflict with char $ac_func(); below. */
+#include <assert.h>
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+ builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
+char $ac_func();
+
+int main() {
+
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+ to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named
+ something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */
+#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func)
+choke me
+#else
+$ac_func();
+#endif
+
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1508: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes"
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+ ac_tr_func=HAVE_`echo $ac_func | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'`
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $ac_tr_func 1
+EOF
+
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+done
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for working mmap""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1533: checking for working mmap" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
+ ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped=no
+else
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1541 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+/* Thanks to Mike Haertel and Jim Avera for this test.
+ Here is a matrix of mmap possibilities:
+ mmap private not fixed
+ mmap private fixed at somewhere currently unmapped
+ mmap private fixed at somewhere already mapped
+ mmap shared not fixed
+ mmap shared fixed at somewhere currently unmapped
+ mmap shared fixed at somewhere already mapped
+ For private mappings, we should verify that changes cannot be read()
+ back from the file, nor mmap's back from the file at a different
+ address. (There have been systems where private was not correctly
+ implemented like the infamous i386 svr4.0, and systems where the
+ VM page cache was not coherent with the filesystem buffer cache
+ like early versions of FreeBSD and possibly contemporary NetBSD.)
+ For shared mappings, we should conversely verify that changes get
+ propogated back to all the places they're supposed to be.
+
+ Grep wants private fixed already mapped.
+ The main things grep needs to know about mmap are:
+ * does it exist and is it safe to write into the mmap'd area
+ * how to use it (BSD variants) */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <sys/mman.h>
+
+/* This mess was copied from the GNU getpagesize.h. */
+#ifndef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE
+# ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+# endif
+
+/* Assume that all systems that can run configure have sys/param.h. */
+# ifndef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+# define HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H 1
+# endif
+
+# ifdef _SC_PAGESIZE
+# define getpagesize() sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE)
+# else /* no _SC_PAGESIZE */
+# ifdef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+# include <sys/param.h>
+# ifdef EXEC_PAGESIZE
+# define getpagesize() EXEC_PAGESIZE
+# else /* no EXEC_PAGESIZE */
+# ifdef NBPG
+# define getpagesize() NBPG * CLSIZE
+# ifndef CLSIZE
+# define CLSIZE 1
+# endif /* no CLSIZE */
+# else /* no NBPG */
+# ifdef NBPC
+# define getpagesize() NBPC
+# else /* no NBPC */
+# ifdef PAGESIZE
+# define getpagesize() PAGESIZE
+# endif /* PAGESIZE */
+# endif /* no NBPC */
+# endif /* no NBPG */
+# endif /* no EXEC_PAGESIZE */
+# else /* no HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H */
+# define getpagesize() 8192 /* punt totally */
+# endif /* no HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H */
+# endif /* no _SC_PAGESIZE */
+
+#endif /* no HAVE_GETPAGESIZE */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" { void *malloc(unsigned); }
+#else
+char *malloc();
+#endif
+
+int
+main()
+{
+ char *data, *data2, *data3;
+ int i, pagesize;
+ int fd;
+
+ pagesize = getpagesize();
+
+ /*
+ * First, make a file with some known garbage in it.
+ */
+ data = malloc(pagesize);
+ if (!data)
+ exit(1);
+ for (i = 0; i < pagesize; ++i)
+ *(data + i) = rand();
+ umask(0);
+ fd = creat("conftestmmap", 0600);
+ if (fd < 0)
+ exit(1);
+ if (write(fd, data, pagesize) != pagesize)
+ exit(1);
+ close(fd);
+
+ /*
+ * Next, try to mmap the file at a fixed address which
+ * already has something else allocated at it. If we can,
+ * also make sure that we see the same garbage.
+ */
+ fd = open("conftestmmap", O_RDWR);
+ if (fd < 0)
+ exit(1);
+ data2 = malloc(2 * pagesize);
+ if (!data2)
+ exit(1);
+ data2 += (pagesize - ((int) data2 & (pagesize - 1))) & (pagesize - 1);
+ if (data2 != mmap(data2, pagesize, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE,
+ MAP_PRIVATE | MAP_FIXED, fd, 0L))
+ exit(1);
+ for (i = 0; i < pagesize; ++i)
+ if (*(data + i) != *(data2 + i))
+ exit(1);
+
+ /*
+ * Finally, make sure that changes to the mapped area
+ * do not percolate back to the file as seen by read().
+ * (This is a bug on some variants of i386 svr4.0.)
+ */
+ for (i = 0; i < pagesize; ++i)
+ *(data2 + i) = *(data2 + i) + 1;
+ data3 = malloc(pagesize);
+ if (!data3)
+ exit(1);
+ if (read(fd, data3, pagesize) != pagesize)
+ exit(1);
+ for (i = 0; i < pagesize; ++i)
+ if (*(data + i) != *(data3 + i))
+ exit(1);
+ close(fd);
+ unlink("conftestmmap");
+ exit(0);
+}
+
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1681: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null
+then
+ ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped=yes
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -fr conftest*
+ ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped=no
+fi
+rm -fr conftest*
+fi
+
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped" 1>&6
+if test $ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped = yes; then
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define HAVE_MMAP 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+
+ for ac_hdr in argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h string.h \
+unistd.h values.h sys/param.h
+do
+ac_safe=`echo "$ac_hdr" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_hdr""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1709: checking for $ac_hdr" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1714 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <$ac_hdr>
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:1719: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes"
+else
+ echo "$ac_err" >&5
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+ ac_tr_hdr=HAVE_`echo $ac_hdr | sed 'y%abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-%ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___%'`
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $ac_tr_hdr 1
+EOF
+
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+done
+
+ for ac_func in getcwd munmap putenv setenv setlocale strchr strcasecmp \
+__argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next
+do
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1749: checking for $ac_func" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1754 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+ which can conflict with char $ac_func(); below. */
+#include <assert.h>
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+ builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
+char $ac_func();
+
+int main() {
+
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+ to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named
+ something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */
+#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func)
+choke me
+#else
+$ac_func();
+#endif
+
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1777: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes"
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+ ac_tr_func=HAVE_`echo $ac_func | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'`
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $ac_tr_func 1
+EOF
+
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+done
+
+
+ if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy+set}" != "set"; then
+ for ac_func in stpcpy
+do
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1806: checking for $ac_func" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1811 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+ which can conflict with char $ac_func(); below. */
+#include <assert.h>
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+ builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
+char $ac_func();
+
+int main() {
+
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+ to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named
+ something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */
+#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func)
+choke me
+#else
+$ac_func();
+#endif
+
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1834: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes"
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+ ac_tr_func=HAVE_`echo $ac_func | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'`
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $ac_tr_func 1
+EOF
+
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+done
+
+ fi
+ if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy}" = "yes"; then
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define HAVE_STPCPY 1
+EOF
+
+ fi
+
+ if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then
+ echo $ac_n "checking for LC_MESSAGES""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1868: checking for LC_MESSAGES" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1873 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <locale.h>
+int main() {
+return LC_MESSAGES
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1880: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=yes
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES" 1>&6
+ if test $am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES = yes; then
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define HAVE_LC_MESSAGES 1
+EOF
+
+ fi
+ fi
+ echo $ac_n "checking whether NLS is requested""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1901: checking whether NLS is requested" >&5
+ # Check whether --enable-nls or --disable-nls was given.
+if test "${enable_nls+set}" = set; then
+ enableval="$enable_nls"
+ USE_NLS=$enableval
+else
+ USE_NLS=yes
+fi
+
+ echo "$ac_t""$USE_NLS" 1>&6
+
+
+ USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
+
+ if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define ENABLE_NLS 1
+EOF
+
+ echo $ac_n "checking whether included gettext is requested""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1921: checking whether included gettext is requested" >&5
+ # Check whether --with-included-gettext or --without-included-gettext was given.
+if test "${with_included_gettext+set}" = set; then
+ withval="$with_included_gettext"
+ nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval
+else
+ nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no
+fi
+
+ echo "$ac_t""$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" 1>&6
+
+ nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext"
+ if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then
+ nls_cv_header_intl=
+ nls_cv_header_libgt=
+ CATOBJEXT=NONE
+
+ ac_safe=`echo "libintl.h" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
+echo $ac_n "checking for libintl.h""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1940: checking for libintl.h" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1945 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <libintl.h>
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:1950: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes"
+else
+ echo "$ac_err" >&5
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+ echo $ac_n "checking for gettext in libc""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1967: checking for gettext in libc" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'gt_cv_func_gettext_libc'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1972 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <libintl.h>
+int main() {
+return (int) gettext ("")
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1979: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=yes
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" 1>&6
+
+ if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" != "yes"; then
+ echo $ac_n "checking for bindtextdomain in -lintl""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1995: checking for bindtextdomain in -lintl" >&5
+ac_lib_var=`echo intl'_'bindtextdomain | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+LIBS="-lintl $LIBS"
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 2003 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+ builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
+char bindtextdomain();
+
+int main() {
+bindtextdomain()
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:2014: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+ echo $ac_n "checking for gettext in libintl""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2030: checking for gettext in libintl" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 2035 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+int main() {
+return (int) gettext ("")
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:2042: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=yes
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl" 1>&6
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+ fi
+
+ if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" = "yes" \
+ || test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define HAVE_GETTEXT 1
+EOF
+
+ # Extract the first word of "msgfmt", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy msgfmt; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2070: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_MSGFMT'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ case "$MSGFMT" in
+ /*)
+ ac_cv_path_MSGFMT="$MSGFMT" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+ ;;
+ *)
+ IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+ for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+ test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+ if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+ if test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"; then
+ ac_cv_path_MSGFMT="$ac_dir/$ac_word"
+ break
+ fi
+ fi
+ done
+ IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+ test -z "$ac_cv_path_MSGFMT" && ac_cv_path_MSGFMT="no"
+ ;;
+esac
+fi
+MSGFMT="$ac_cv_path_MSGFMT"
+if test -n "$MSGFMT"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""$MSGFMT" 1>&6
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+ if test "$MSGFMT" != "no"; then
+ for ac_func in dcgettext
+do
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2104: checking for $ac_func" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 2109 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+ which can conflict with char $ac_func(); below. */
+#include <assert.h>
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+ builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
+char $ac_func();
+
+int main() {
+
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+ to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named
+ something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */
+#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func)
+choke me
+#else
+$ac_func();
+#endif
+
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:2132: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes"
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+ ac_tr_func=HAVE_`echo $ac_func | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'`
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $ac_tr_func 1
+EOF
+
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+done
+
+ # Extract the first word of "gmsgfmt", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy gmsgfmt; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2159: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ case "$GMSGFMT" in
+ /*)
+ ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$GMSGFMT" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+ ;;
+ ?:/*)
+ ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$GMSGFMT" # Let the user override the test with a dos path.
+ ;;
+ *)
+ IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+ for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+ test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+ if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+ ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$ac_dir/$ac_word"
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+ test -z "$ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT" && ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$MSGFMT"
+ ;;
+esac
+fi
+GMSGFMT="$ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT"
+if test -n "$GMSGFMT"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""$GMSGFMT" 1>&6
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+ # Extract the first word of "xgettext", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy xgettext; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2194: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ case "$XGETTEXT" in
+ /*)
+ ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT="$XGETTEXT" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+ ;;
+ *)
+ IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+ for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+ test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+ if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+ if test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"; then
+ ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT="$ac_dir/$ac_word"
+ break
+ fi
+ fi
+ done
+ IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+ test -z "$ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT" && ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT=":"
+ ;;
+esac
+fi
+XGETTEXT="$ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT"
+if test -n "$XGETTEXT"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""$XGETTEXT" 1>&6
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 2226 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+int main() {
+extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+ return _nl_msg_cat_cntr
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:2234: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ CATOBJEXT=.gmo
+ DATADIRNAME=share
+else
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ CATOBJEXT=.mo
+ DATADIRNAME=lib
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+ INSTOBJEXT=.mo
+ fi
+ fi
+
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+
+
+ if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then
+ nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
+ INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)"
+ # Extract the first word of "msgfmt", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy msgfmt; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2266: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_MSGFMT'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ case "$MSGFMT" in
+ /*)
+ ac_cv_path_MSGFMT="$MSGFMT" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+ ;;
+ *)
+ IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+ for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+ test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+ if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+ if test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"; then
+ ac_cv_path_MSGFMT="$ac_dir/$ac_word"
+ break
+ fi
+ fi
+ done
+ IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+ test -z "$ac_cv_path_MSGFMT" && ac_cv_path_MSGFMT="msgfmt"
+ ;;
+esac
+fi
+MSGFMT="$ac_cv_path_MSGFMT"
+if test -n "$MSGFMT"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""$MSGFMT" 1>&6
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+ # Extract the first word of "gmsgfmt", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy gmsgfmt; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2300: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ case "$GMSGFMT" in
+ /*)
+ ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$GMSGFMT" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+ ;;
+ ?:/*)
+ ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$GMSGFMT" # Let the user override the test with a dos path.
+ ;;
+ *)
+ IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+ for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+ test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+ if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+ ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$ac_dir/$ac_word"
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+ test -z "$ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT" && ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$MSGFMT"
+ ;;
+esac
+fi
+GMSGFMT="$ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT"
+if test -n "$GMSGFMT"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""$GMSGFMT" 1>&6
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+ # Extract the first word of "xgettext", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy xgettext; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2335: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ case "$XGETTEXT" in
+ /*)
+ ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT="$XGETTEXT" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+ ;;
+ *)
+ IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+ for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+ test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+ if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+ if test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"; then
+ ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT="$ac_dir/$ac_word"
+ break
+ fi
+ fi
+ done
+ IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+ test -z "$ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT" && ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT=":"
+ ;;
+esac
+fi
+XGETTEXT="$ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT"
+if test -n "$XGETTEXT"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""$XGETTEXT" 1>&6
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+
+ USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
+ CATOBJEXT=.gmo
+ INSTOBJEXT=.mo
+ DATADIRNAME=share
+ INTLDEPS='$(top_builddir)/../intl/libintl.a'
+ INTLLIBS=$INTLDEPS
+ LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'`
+ nls_cv_header_intl=libintl.h
+ nls_cv_header_libgt=libgettext.h
+ fi
+
+ if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then
+ if $XGETTEXT --omit-header /dev/null 2> /dev/null; then
+ : ;
+ else
+ echo "$ac_t""found xgettext programs is not GNU xgettext; ignore it" 1>&6
+ XGETTEXT=":"
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ # We need to process the po/ directory.
+ POSUB=po
+ else
+ DATADIRNAME=share
+ nls_cv_header_intl=libintl.h
+ nls_cv_header_libgt=libgettext.h
+ fi
+
+ # If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set USE_NLS to `yes'
+ # because some of the sources are only built for this goal.
+ if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext; then
+ USE_NLS=yes
+ USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
+ fi
+
+ for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
+ GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $lang.gmo"
+ POFILES="$POFILES $lang.po"
+ done
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ if test "x$CATOBJEXT" != "x"; then
+ if test "x$ALL_LINGUAS" = "x"; then
+ LINGUAS=
+ else
+ echo $ac_n "checking for catalogs to be installed""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2425: checking for catalogs to be installed" >&5
+ NEW_LINGUAS=
+ for lang in ${LINGUAS=$ALL_LINGUAS}; do
+ case "$ALL_LINGUAS" in
+ *$lang*) NEW_LINGUAS="$NEW_LINGUAS $lang" ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ LINGUAS=$NEW_LINGUAS
+ echo "$ac_t""$LINGUAS" 1>&6
+ fi
+
+ if test -n "$LINGUAS"; then
+ for lang in $LINGUAS; do CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang$CATOBJEXT"; done
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then
+ INCLUDE_LOCALE_H="#include <locale.h>"
+ else
+ INCLUDE_LOCALE_H="\
+/* The system does not provide the header <locale.h>. Take care yourself. */"
+ fi
+
+
+ if test -f $srcdir/po2tbl.sed.in; then
+ if test "$CATOBJEXT" = ".cat"; then
+ ac_safe=`echo "linux/version.h" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
+echo $ac_n "checking for linux/version.h""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2453: checking for linux/version.h" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+ echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+ cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 2458 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <linux/version.h>
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:2463: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes"
+else
+ echo "$ac_err" >&5
+ echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+ cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then
+ echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+ msgformat=linux
+else
+ echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+msgformat=xopen
+fi
+
+
+ sed -e '/^#/d' $srcdir/$msgformat-msg.sed > po2msg.sed
+ fi
+ sed -e '/^#.*[^\\]$/d' -e '/^#$/d' \
+ $srcdir/po2tbl.sed.in > po2tbl.sed
+ fi
+
+ if test "$PACKAGE" = "gettext"; then
+ GT_NO="#NO#"
+ GT_YES=
+ else
+ GT_NO=
+ GT_YES="#YES#"
+ fi
+
+
+
+ MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(srcdir)/../../mkinstalldirs"
+
+
+ l=
+
+
+ if test -d $srcdir/po; then
+ test -d po || mkdir po
+ if test "x$srcdir" != "x."; then
+ if test "x`echo $srcdir | sed 's@/.*@@'`" = "x"; then
+ posrcprefix="$srcdir/"
+ else
+ posrcprefix="../$srcdir/"
+ fi
+ else
+ posrcprefix="../"
+ fi
+ rm -f po/POTFILES
+ sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^\$/d" -e "s,.*, $posrcprefix& \\\\," -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" \
+ < $srcdir/po/POTFILES.in > po/POTFILES
+ fi
+
+
+
+trap '' 1 2 15
+cat > confcache <<\EOF
+# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
+# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
+# scripts and configure runs. It is not useful on other systems.
+# If it contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
+#
+# By default, configure uses ./config.cache as the cache file,
+# creating it if it does not exist already. You can give configure
+# the --cache-file=FILE option to use a different cache file; that is
+# what configure does when it calls configure scripts in
+# subdirectories, so they share the cache.
+# Giving --cache-file=/dev/null disables caching, for debugging configure.
+# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it the
+# --recheck option to rerun configure.
+#
+EOF
+# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
+# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient.
+# So, don't put newlines in cache variables' values.
+# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly,
+# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
+(set) 2>&1 |
+ case `(ac_space=' '; set) 2>&1 | grep ac_space` in
+ *ac_space=\ *)
+ # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote substitution
+ # turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \).
+ sed -n \
+ -e "s/'/'\\\\''/g" \
+ -e "s/^\\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\${\\1='\\2'}/p"
+ ;;
+ *)
+ # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes.
+ sed -n -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=\(.*\)/\1=${\1=\2}/p'
+ ;;
+ esac >> confcache
+if cmp -s $cache_file confcache; then
+ :
+else
+ if test -w $cache_file; then
+ echo "updating cache $cache_file"
+ cat confcache > $cache_file
+ else
+ echo "not updating unwritable cache $cache_file"
+ fi
+fi
+rm -f confcache
+
+trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
+# Let make expand exec_prefix.
+test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}'
+
+# Any assignment to VPATH causes Sun make to only execute
+# the first set of double-colon rules, so remove it if not needed.
+# If there is a colon in the path, we need to keep it.
+if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then
+ ac_vpsub='/^[ ]*VPATH[ ]*=[^:]*$/d'
+fi
+
+trap 'rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+DEFS=-DHAVE_CONFIG_H
+
+# Without the "./", some shells look in PATH for config.status.
+: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}
+
+echo creating $CONFIG_STATUS
+rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS
+cat > $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+#! /bin/sh
+# Generated automatically by configure.
+# Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
+# This directory was configured as follows,
+# on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`:
+#
+# $0 $ac_configure_args
+#
+# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
+# configure, is in ./config.log if it exists.
+
+ac_cs_usage="Usage: $CONFIG_STATUS [--recheck] [--version] [--help]"
+for ac_option
+do
+ case "\$ac_option" in
+ -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
+ echo "running \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion"
+ exec \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion ;;
+ -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v)
+ echo "$CONFIG_STATUS generated by autoconf version 2.12.1"
+ exit 0 ;;
+ -help | --help | --hel | --he | --h)
+ echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;;
+ *) echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 1 ;;
+ esac
+done
+
+ac_given_srcdir=$srcdir
+ac_given_INSTALL="$INSTALL"
+
+trap 'rm -fr `echo "Makefile config.h:config.in" | sed "s/:[^ ]*//g"` conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+
+# Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status.
+sed 's/%@/@@/; s/@%/@@/; s/%g\$/@g/; /@g\$/s/[\\\\&%]/\\\\&/g;
+ s/@@/%@/; s/@@/@%/; s/@g\$/%g/' > conftest.subs <<\\CEOF
+$ac_vpsub
+$extrasub
+s%@SHELL@%$SHELL%g
+s%@CFLAGS@%$CFLAGS%g
+s%@CPPFLAGS@%$CPPFLAGS%g
+s%@CXXFLAGS@%$CXXFLAGS%g
+s%@DEFS@%$DEFS%g
+s%@LDFLAGS@%$LDFLAGS%g
+s%@LIBS@%$LIBS%g
+s%@exec_prefix@%$exec_prefix%g
+s%@prefix@%$prefix%g
+s%@program_transform_name@%$program_transform_name%g
+s%@bindir@%$bindir%g
+s%@sbindir@%$sbindir%g
+s%@libexecdir@%$libexecdir%g
+s%@datadir@%$datadir%g
+s%@sysconfdir@%$sysconfdir%g
+s%@sharedstatedir@%$sharedstatedir%g
+s%@localstatedir@%$localstatedir%g
+s%@libdir@%$libdir%g
+s%@includedir@%$includedir%g
+s%@oldincludedir@%$oldincludedir%g
+s%@infodir@%$infodir%g
+s%@mandir@%$mandir%g
+s%@INSTALL_PROGRAM@%$INSTALL_PROGRAM%g
+s%@INSTALL_DATA@%$INSTALL_DATA%g
+s%@INSTALL_SCRIPT@%$INSTALL_SCRIPT%g
+s%@SET_MAKE@%$SET_MAKE%g
+s%@CC@%$CC%g
+s%@RANLIB@%$RANLIB%g
+s%@CPP@%$CPP%g
+s%@ALLOCA@%$ALLOCA%g
+s%@USE_NLS@%$USE_NLS%g
+s%@MSGFMT@%$MSGFMT%g
+s%@GMSGFMT@%$GMSGFMT%g
+s%@XGETTEXT@%$XGETTEXT%g
+s%@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@%$USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL%g
+s%@CATALOGS@%$CATALOGS%g
+s%@CATOBJEXT@%$CATOBJEXT%g
+s%@DATADIRNAME@%$DATADIRNAME%g
+s%@GMOFILES@%$GMOFILES%g
+s%@INSTOBJEXT@%$INSTOBJEXT%g
+s%@INTLDEPS@%$INTLDEPS%g
+s%@INTLLIBS@%$INTLLIBS%g
+s%@INTLOBJS@%$INTLOBJS%g
+s%@POFILES@%$POFILES%g
+s%@POSUB@%$POSUB%g
+s%@INCLUDE_LOCALE_H@%$INCLUDE_LOCALE_H%g
+s%@GT_NO@%$GT_NO%g
+s%@GT_YES@%$GT_YES%g
+s%@MKINSTALLDIRS@%$MKINSTALLDIRS%g
+s%@l@%$l%g
+
+CEOF
+EOF
+
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+
+# Split the substitutions into bite-sized pieces for seds with
+# small command number limits, like on Digital OSF/1 and HP-UX.
+ac_max_sed_cmds=90 # Maximum number of lines to put in a sed script.
+ac_file=1 # Number of current file.
+ac_beg=1 # First line for current file.
+ac_end=$ac_max_sed_cmds # Line after last line for current file.
+ac_more_lines=:
+ac_sed_cmds=""
+while $ac_more_lines; do
+ if test $ac_beg -gt 1; then
+ sed "1,${ac_beg}d; ${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file
+ else
+ sed "${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file
+ fi
+ if test ! -s conftest.s$ac_file; then
+ ac_more_lines=false
+ rm -f conftest.s$ac_file
+ else
+ if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
+ ac_sed_cmds="sed -f conftest.s$ac_file"
+ else
+ ac_sed_cmds="$ac_sed_cmds | sed -f conftest.s$ac_file"
+ fi
+ ac_file=`expr $ac_file + 1`
+ ac_beg=$ac_end
+ ac_end=`expr $ac_end + $ac_max_sed_cmds`
+ fi
+done
+if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
+ ac_sed_cmds=cat
+fi
+EOF
+
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+
+CONFIG_FILES=\${CONFIG_FILES-"Makefile"}
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+for ac_file in .. $CONFIG_FILES; do if test "x$ac_file" != x..; then
+ # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in".
+ case "$ac_file" in
+ *:*) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%[^:]*:%%'`
+ ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
+ *) ac_file_in="${ac_file}.in" ;;
+ esac
+
+ # Adjust a relative srcdir, top_srcdir, and INSTALL for subdirectories.
+
+ # Remove last slash and all that follows it. Not all systems have dirname.
+ ac_dir=`echo $ac_file|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+ if test "$ac_dir" != "$ac_file" && test "$ac_dir" != .; then
+ # The file is in a subdirectory.
+ test ! -d "$ac_dir" && mkdir "$ac_dir"
+ ac_dir_suffix="/`echo $ac_dir|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
+ # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
+ ac_dots=`echo $ac_dir_suffix|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
+ else
+ ac_dir_suffix= ac_dots=
+ fi
+
+ case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
+ .) srcdir=.
+ if test -z "$ac_dots"; then top_srcdir=.
+ else top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'`; fi ;;
+ /*) srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"; top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+ *) # Relative path.
+ srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"
+ top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+ esac
+
+ case "$ac_given_INSTALL" in
+ [/$]*) INSTALL="$ac_given_INSTALL" ;;
+ *) INSTALL="$ac_dots$ac_given_INSTALL" ;;
+ esac
+
+ echo creating "$ac_file"
+ rm -f "$ac_file"
+ configure_input="Generated automatically from `echo $ac_file_in|sed 's%.*/%%'` by configure."
+ case "$ac_file" in
+ *Makefile*) ac_comsub="1i\\
+# $configure_input" ;;
+ *) ac_comsub= ;;
+ esac
+
+ ac_file_inputs=`echo $ac_file_in|sed -e "s%^%$ac_given_srcdir/%" -e "s%:% $ac_given_srcdir/%g"`
+ sed -e "$ac_comsub
+s%@configure_input@%$configure_input%g
+s%@srcdir@%$srcdir%g
+s%@top_srcdir@%$top_srcdir%g
+s%@INSTALL@%$INSTALL%g
+" $ac_file_inputs | (eval "$ac_sed_cmds") > $ac_file
+fi; done
+rm -f conftest.s*
+
+# These sed commands are passed to sed as "A NAME B NAME C VALUE D", where
+# NAME is the cpp macro being defined and VALUE is the value it is being given.
+#
+# ac_d sets the value in "#define NAME VALUE" lines.
+ac_dA='s%^\([ ]*\)#\([ ]*define[ ][ ]*\)'
+ac_dB='\([ ][ ]*\)[^ ]*%\1#\2'
+ac_dC='\3'
+ac_dD='%g'
+# ac_u turns "#undef NAME" with trailing blanks into "#define NAME VALUE".
+ac_uA='s%^\([ ]*\)#\([ ]*\)undef\([ ][ ]*\)'
+ac_uB='\([ ]\)%\1#\2define\3'
+ac_uC=' '
+ac_uD='\4%g'
+# ac_e turns "#undef NAME" without trailing blanks into "#define NAME VALUE".
+ac_eA='s%^\([ ]*\)#\([ ]*\)undef\([ ][ ]*\)'
+ac_eB='$%\1#\2define\3'
+ac_eC=' '
+ac_eD='%g'
+
+if test "${CONFIG_HEADERS+set}" != set; then
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+ CONFIG_HEADERS="config.h:config.in"
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+fi
+for ac_file in .. $CONFIG_HEADERS; do if test "x$ac_file" != x..; then
+ # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in".
+ case "$ac_file" in
+ *:*) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%[^:]*:%%'`
+ ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
+ *) ac_file_in="${ac_file}.in" ;;
+ esac
+
+ echo creating $ac_file
+
+ rm -f conftest.frag conftest.in conftest.out
+ ac_file_inputs=`echo $ac_file_in|sed -e "s%^%$ac_given_srcdir/%" -e "s%:% $ac_given_srcdir/%g"`
+ cat $ac_file_inputs > conftest.in
+
+EOF
+
+# Transform confdefs.h into a sed script conftest.vals that substitutes
+# the proper values into config.h.in to produce config.h. And first:
+# Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status.
+# Protect against being in an unquoted here document in config.status.
+rm -f conftest.vals
+cat > conftest.hdr <<\EOF
+s/[\\&%]/\\&/g
+s%[\\$`]%\\&%g
+s%#define \([A-Za-z_][A-Za-z0-9_]*\) *\(.*\)%${ac_dA}\1${ac_dB}\1${ac_dC}\2${ac_dD}%gp
+s%ac_d%ac_u%gp
+s%ac_u%ac_e%gp
+EOF
+sed -n -f conftest.hdr confdefs.h > conftest.vals
+rm -f conftest.hdr
+
+# This sed command replaces #undef with comments. This is necessary, for
+# example, in the case of _POSIX_SOURCE, which is predefined and required
+# on some systems where configure will not decide to define it.
+cat >> conftest.vals <<\EOF
+s%^[ ]*#[ ]*undef[ ][ ]*[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*%/* & */%
+EOF
+
+# Break up conftest.vals because some shells have a limit on
+# the size of here documents, and old seds have small limits too.
+
+rm -f conftest.tail
+while :
+do
+ ac_lines=`grep -c . conftest.vals`
+ # grep -c gives empty output for an empty file on some AIX systems.
+ if test -z "$ac_lines" || test "$ac_lines" -eq 0; then break; fi
+ # Write a limited-size here document to conftest.frag.
+ echo ' cat > conftest.frag <<CEOF' >> $CONFIG_STATUS
+ sed ${ac_max_here_lines}q conftest.vals >> $CONFIG_STATUS
+ echo 'CEOF
+ sed -f conftest.frag conftest.in > conftest.out
+ rm -f conftest.in
+ mv conftest.out conftest.in
+' >> $CONFIG_STATUS
+ sed 1,${ac_max_here_lines}d conftest.vals > conftest.tail
+ rm -f conftest.vals
+ mv conftest.tail conftest.vals
+done
+rm -f conftest.vals
+
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+ rm -f conftest.frag conftest.h
+ echo "/* $ac_file. Generated automatically by configure. */" > conftest.h
+ cat conftest.in >> conftest.h
+ rm -f conftest.in
+ if cmp -s $ac_file conftest.h 2>/dev/null; then
+ echo "$ac_file is unchanged"
+ rm -f conftest.h
+ else
+ # Remove last slash and all that follows it. Not all systems have dirname.
+ ac_dir=`echo $ac_file|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+ if test "$ac_dir" != "$ac_file" && test "$ac_dir" != .; then
+ # The file is in a subdirectory.
+ test ! -d "$ac_dir" && mkdir "$ac_dir"
+ fi
+ rm -f $ac_file
+ mv conftest.h $ac_file
+ fi
+fi; done
+
+EOF
+
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+ac_sources="$nls_cv_header_libgt"
+ac_dests="$nls_cv_header_intl"
+EOF
+
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+srcdir=$ac_given_srcdir
+while test -n "$ac_sources"; do
+ set $ac_dests; ac_dest=$1; shift; ac_dests=$*
+ set $ac_sources; ac_source=$1; shift; ac_sources=$*
+
+ echo "linking $srcdir/$ac_source to $ac_dest"
+
+ if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_source; then
+ { echo "configure: error: $srcdir/$ac_source: File not found" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+ fi
+ rm -f $ac_dest
+
+ # Make relative symlinks.
+ # Remove last slash and all that follows it. Not all systems have dirname.
+ ac_dest_dir=`echo $ac_dest|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+ if test "$ac_dest_dir" != "$ac_dest" && test "$ac_dest_dir" != .; then
+ # The dest file is in a subdirectory.
+ test ! -d "$ac_dest_dir" && mkdir "$ac_dest_dir"
+ ac_dest_dir_suffix="/`echo $ac_dest_dir|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
+ # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dest_dir_suffix.
+ ac_dots=`echo $ac_dest_dir_suffix|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
+ else
+ ac_dest_dir_suffix= ac_dots=
+ fi
+
+ case "$srcdir" in
+ [/$]*) ac_rel_source="$srcdir/$ac_source" ;;
+ *) ac_rel_source="$ac_dots$srcdir/$ac_source" ;;
+ esac
+
+ # Make a symlink if possible; otherwise try a hard link.
+ if ln -s $ac_rel_source $ac_dest 2>/dev/null ||
+ ln $srcdir/$ac_source $ac_dest; then :
+ else
+ { echo "configure: error: can not link $ac_dest to $srcdir/$ac_source" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+ fi
+done
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+
+
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+test -z "$CONFIG_HEADERS" || echo timestamp > stamp-h
+
+exit 0
+EOF
+chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS
+rm -fr confdefs* $ac_clean_files
+test "$no_create" = yes || ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $CONFIG_STATUS || exit 1
+
diff --git a/intl/configure.in b/intl/configure.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4ba9c24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/configure.in
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
+
+AC_INIT(dgettext.c)
+AM_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h:config.in)
+
+AM_PROG_INSTALL
+CY_GNU_GETTEXT
+AC_LINK_FILES($nls_cv_header_libgt, $nls_cv_header_intl)
+
+AC_OUTPUT(Makefile)
diff --git a/intl/dcgettext.c b/intl/dcgettext.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..27586e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/dcgettext.c
@@ -0,0 +1,624 @@
+/* Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function.
+ Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+#else
+# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <alloca.h>
+# else
+# ifdef _AIX
+ #pragma alloca
+# else
+# ifndef alloca
+char *alloca ();
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+#ifndef __set_errno
+# define __set_errno(val) errno = (val)
+#endif
+
+#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+char *getenv ();
+# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
+# include <malloc.h>
+# else
+void free ();
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
+# ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
+# endif
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
+# ifndef strchr
+# define strchr index
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgettext.h"
+#endif
+#include "hash-string.h"
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
+ because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
+ file and the name space must not be polluted. */
+# define getcwd __getcwd
+# ifndef stpcpy
+# define stpcpy __stpcpy
+# endif
+#else
+# if !defined HAVE_GETCWD
+char *getwd ();
+# define getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf)
+# else
+char *getcwd ();
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Amount to increase buffer size by in each try. */
+#define PATH_INCR 32
+
+/* The following is from pathmax.h. */
+/* Non-POSIX BSD systems might have gcc's limits.h, which doesn't define
+ PATH_MAX but might cause redefinition warnings when sys/param.h is
+ later included (as on MORE/BSD 4.3). */
+#if defined(_POSIX_VERSION) || (defined(HAVE_LIMITS_H) && !defined(__GNUC__))
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _POSIX_PATH_MAX
+# define _POSIX_PATH_MAX 255
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(PATH_MAX) && defined(_PC_PATH_MAX)
+# define PATH_MAX (pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX) < 1 ? 1024 : pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX))
+#endif
+
+/* Don't include sys/param.h if it already has been. */
+#if defined(HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H) && !defined(PATH_MAX) && !defined(MAXPATHLEN)
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(PATH_MAX) && defined(MAXPATHLEN)
+# define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PATH_MAX
+# define PATH_MAX _POSIX_PATH_MAX
+#endif
+
+/* XPG3 defines the result of `setlocale (category, NULL)' as:
+ ``Directs `setlocale()' to query `category' and return the current
+ setting of `local'.''
+ However it does not specify the exact format. And even worse: POSIX
+ defines this not at all. So we can use this feature only on selected
+ system (e.g. those using GNU C Library). */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
+#endif
+
+/* Name of the default domain used for gettext(3) prior any call to
+ textdomain(3). The default value for this is "messages". */
+const char _nl_default_default_domain[] = "messages";
+
+/* Value used as the default domain for gettext(3). */
+const char *_nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
+
+/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */
+const char _nl_default_dirname[] = GNULOCALEDIR;
+
+/* List with bindings of specific domains created by bindtextdomain()
+ calls. */
+struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions. */
+static char *find_msg PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
+ const char *msgid)) internal_function;
+static const char *category_to_name PARAMS ((int category)) internal_function;
+static const char *guess_category_value PARAMS ((int category,
+ const char *categoryname))
+ internal_function;
+
+
+/* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
+ some additional code emulating it. */
+#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
+/* Nothing has to be done. */
+# define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */
+# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */
+#else
+struct block_list
+{
+ void *address;
+ struct block_list *next;
+};
+# define ADD_BLOCK(list, addr) \
+ do { \
+ struct block_list *newp = (struct block_list *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); \
+ /* If we cannot get a free block we cannot add the new element to \
+ the list. */ \
+ if (newp != NULL) { \
+ newp->address = (addr); \
+ newp->next = (list); \
+ (list) = newp; \
+ } \
+ } while (0)
+# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) \
+ do { \
+ while (list != NULL) { \
+ struct block_list *old = list; \
+ list = list->next; \
+ free (old); \
+ } \
+ } while (0)
+# undef alloca
+# define alloca(size) (malloc (size))
+#endif /* have alloca */
+
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
+#else
+# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+ locale. */
+char *
+DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, category)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *msgid;
+ int category;
+{
+#ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA
+ struct block_list *block_list = NULL;
+#endif
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
+ struct binding *binding;
+ const char *categoryname;
+ const char *categoryvalue;
+ char *dirname, *xdomainname;
+ char *single_locale;
+ char *retval;
+ int saved_errno = errno;
+
+ /* If no real MSGID is given return NULL. */
+ if (msgid == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ /* If DOMAINNAME is NULL, we are interested in the default domain. If
+ CATEGORY is not LC_MESSAGES this might not make much sense but the
+ defintion left this undefined. */
+ if (domainname == NULL)
+ domainname = _nl_current_default_domain;
+
+ /* First find matching binding. */
+ for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
+ {
+ int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
+ if (compare == 0)
+ /* We found it! */
+ break;
+ if (compare < 0)
+ {
+ /* It is not in the list. */
+ binding = NULL;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (binding == NULL)
+ dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
+ else if (binding->dirname[0] == '/')
+ dirname = binding->dirname;
+ else
+ {
+ /* We have a relative path. Make it absolute now. */
+ size_t dirname_len = strlen (binding->dirname) + 1;
+ size_t path_max;
+ char *ret;
+
+ path_max = (unsigned) PATH_MAX;
+ path_max += 2; /* The getcwd docs say to do this. */
+
+ dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len);
+ ADD_BLOCK (block_list, dirname);
+
+ __set_errno (0);
+ while ((ret = getcwd (dirname, path_max)) == NULL && errno == ERANGE)
+ {
+ path_max += PATH_INCR;
+ dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len);
+ ADD_BLOCK (block_list, dirname);
+ __set_errno (0);
+ }
+
+ if (ret == NULL)
+ {
+ /* We cannot get the current working directory. Don't signal an
+ error but simply return the default string. */
+ FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
+ __set_errno (saved_errno);
+ return (char *) msgid;
+ }
+
+ stpcpy (stpcpy (strchr (dirname, '\0'), "/"), binding->dirname);
+ }
+
+ /* Now determine the symbolic name of CATEGORY and its value. */
+ categoryname = category_to_name (category);
+ categoryvalue = guess_category_value (category, categoryname);
+
+ xdomainname = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryname)
+ + strlen (domainname) + 5);
+ ADD_BLOCK (block_list, xdomainname);
+
+ stpcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (xdomainname, categoryname), "/"),
+ domainname),
+ ".mo");
+
+ /* Creating working area. */
+ single_locale = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryvalue) + 1);
+ ADD_BLOCK (block_list, single_locale);
+
+
+ /* Search for the given string. This is a loop because we perhaps
+ got an ordered list of languages to consider for th translation. */
+ while (1)
+ {
+ /* Make CATEGORYVALUE point to the next element of the list. */
+ while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] == ':')
+ ++categoryvalue;
+ if (categoryvalue[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ /* The whole contents of CATEGORYVALUE has been searched but
+ no valid entry has been found. We solve this situation
+ by implicitly appending a "C" entry, i.e. no translation
+ will take place. */
+ single_locale[0] = 'C';
+ single_locale[1] = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ char *cp = single_locale;
+ while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] != ':')
+ *cp++ = *categoryvalue++;
+ *cp = '\0';
+ }
+
+ /* If the current locale value is C (or POSIX) we don't load a
+ domain. Return the MSGID. */
+ if (strcmp (single_locale, "C") == 0
+ || strcmp (single_locale, "POSIX") == 0)
+ {
+ FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
+ __set_errno (saved_errno);
+ return (char *) msgid;
+ }
+
+
+ /* Find structure describing the message catalog matching the
+ DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY. */
+ domain = _nl_find_domain (dirname, single_locale, xdomainname);
+
+ if (domain != NULL)
+ {
+ retval = find_msg (domain, msgid);
+
+ if (retval == NULL)
+ {
+ int cnt;
+
+ for (cnt = 0; domain->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
+ {
+ retval = find_msg (domain->successor[cnt], msgid);
+
+ if (retval != NULL)
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (retval != NULL)
+ {
+ FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
+ __set_errno (saved_errno);
+ return retval;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
+weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext);
+#endif
+
+
+static char *
+internal_function
+find_msg (domain_file, msgid)
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
+ const char *msgid;
+{
+ size_t top, act, bottom;
+ struct loaded_domain *domain;
+
+ if (domain_file->decided == 0)
+ _nl_load_domain (domain_file);
+
+ if (domain_file->data == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ domain = (struct loaded_domain *) domain_file->data;
+
+ /* Locate the MSGID and its translation. */
+ if (domain->hash_size > 2 && domain->hash_tab != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Use the hashing table. */
+ nls_uint32 len = strlen (msgid);
+ nls_uint32 hash_val = hash_string (msgid);
+ nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size;
+ nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2));
+ nls_uint32 nstr = W (domain->must_swap, domain->hash_tab[idx]);
+
+ if (nstr == 0)
+ /* Hash table entry is empty. */
+ return NULL;
+
+ if (W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].length) == len
+ && strcmp (msgid,
+ domain->data + W (domain->must_swap,
+ domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].offset)) == 0)
+ return (char *) domain->data + W (domain->must_swap,
+ domain->trans_tab[nstr - 1].offset);
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr)
+ idx -= domain->hash_size - incr;
+ else
+ idx += incr;
+
+ nstr = W (domain->must_swap, domain->hash_tab[idx]);
+ if (nstr == 0)
+ /* Hash table entry is empty. */
+ return NULL;
+
+ if (W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].length) == len
+ && strcmp (msgid,
+ domain->data + W (domain->must_swap,
+ domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].offset))
+ == 0)
+ return (char *) domain->data
+ + W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[nstr - 1].offset);
+ }
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ }
+
+ /* Now we try the default method: binary search in the sorted
+ array of messages. */
+ bottom = 0;
+ top = domain->nstrings;
+ while (bottom < top)
+ {
+ int cmp_val;
+
+ act = (bottom + top) / 2;
+ cmp_val = strcmp (msgid, domain->data
+ + W (domain->must_swap,
+ domain->orig_tab[act].offset));
+ if (cmp_val < 0)
+ top = act;
+ else if (cmp_val > 0)
+ bottom = act + 1;
+ else
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* If an translation is found return this. */
+ return bottom >= top ? NULL : (char *) domain->data
+ + W (domain->must_swap,
+ domain->trans_tab[act].offset);
+}
+
+
+/* Return string representation of locale CATEGORY. */
+static const char *
+internal_function
+category_to_name (category)
+ int category;
+{
+ const char *retval;
+
+ switch (category)
+ {
+#ifdef LC_COLLATE
+ case LC_COLLATE:
+ retval = "LC_COLLATE";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_CTYPE
+ case LC_CTYPE:
+ retval = "LC_CTYPE";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_MONETARY
+ case LC_MONETARY:
+ retval = "LC_MONETARY";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_NUMERIC
+ case LC_NUMERIC:
+ retval = "LC_NUMERIC";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_TIME
+ case LC_TIME:
+ retval = "LC_TIME";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_MESSAGES
+ case LC_MESSAGES:
+ retval = "LC_MESSAGES";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_RESPONSE
+ case LC_RESPONSE:
+ retval = "LC_RESPONSE";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_ALL
+ case LC_ALL:
+ /* This might not make sense but is perhaps better than any other
+ value. */
+ retval = "LC_ALL";
+ break;
+#endif
+ default:
+ /* If you have a better idea for a default value let me know. */
+ retval = "LC_XXX";
+ }
+
+ return retval;
+}
+
+/* Guess value of current locale from value of the environment variables. */
+static const char *
+internal_function
+guess_category_value (category, categoryname)
+ int category;
+ const char *categoryname;
+{
+ const char *retval;
+
+ /* The highest priority value is the `LANGUAGE' environment
+ variable. This is a GNU extension. */
+ retval = getenv ("LANGUAGE");
+ if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
+ return retval;
+
+ /* `LANGUAGE' is not set. So we have to proceed with the POSIX
+ methods of looking to `LC_ALL', `LC_xxx', and `LANG'. On some
+ systems this can be done by the `setlocale' function itself. */
+#if defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
+ return setlocale (category, NULL);
+#else
+ /* Setting of LC_ALL overwrites all other. */
+ retval = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+ if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
+ return retval;
+
+ /* Next comes the name of the desired category. */
+ retval = getenv (categoryname);
+ if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
+ return retval;
+
+ /* Last possibility is the LANG environment variable. */
+ retval = getenv ("LANG");
+ if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
+ return retval;
+
+ /* We use C as the default domain. POSIX says this is implementation
+ defined. */
+ return "C";
+#endif
+}
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we
+ avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this
+ function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
+ to be defined. */
+#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *
+stpcpy (dest, src)
+ char *dest;
+ const char *src;
+{
+ while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
+ /* Do nothing. */ ;
+ return dest - 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* If we want to free all resources we have to do some work at
+ program's end. */
+static void __attribute__ ((unused))
+free_mem (void)
+{
+ struct binding *runp;
+
+ for (runp = _nl_domain_bindings; runp != NULL; runp = runp->next)
+ {
+ free (runp->domainname);
+ if (runp->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
+ /* Yes, this is a pointer comparison. */
+ free (runp->dirname);
+ }
+
+ if (_nl_current_default_domain != _nl_default_default_domain)
+ /* Yes, again a pointer comparison. */
+ free ((char *) _nl_current_default_domain);
+}
+
+text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/dgettext.c b/intl/dgettext.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e4a0cfd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/dgettext.c
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/* Implementation of the dgettext(3) function
+ Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined HAVE_LOCALE_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgettext.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DGETTEXT __dgettext
+# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
+#else
+# define DGETTEXT dgettext__
+# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
+ LC_MESSAGES locale. */
+char *
+DGETTEXT (domainname, msgid)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *msgid;
+{
+ return DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
+weak_alias (__dgettext, dgettext);
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/explodename.c b/intl/explodename.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a911ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/explodename.c
@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include "loadinfo.h"
+
+/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */
+#ifndef NULL
+# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+# define NULL ((void *) 0)
+# else
+# define NULL 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+int
+_nl_explode_name (name, language, modifier, territory, codeset,
+ normalized_codeset, special, sponsor, revision)
+ char *name;
+ const char **language;
+ const char **modifier;
+ const char **territory;
+ const char **codeset;
+ const char **normalized_codeset;
+ const char **special;
+ const char **sponsor;
+ const char **revision;
+{
+ enum { undecided, xpg, cen } syntax;
+ char *cp;
+ int mask;
+
+ *modifier = NULL;
+ *territory = NULL;
+ *codeset = NULL;
+ *normalized_codeset = NULL;
+ *special = NULL;
+ *sponsor = NULL;
+ *revision = NULL;
+
+ /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First
+ look for the language. Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
+ we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax. */
+ mask = 0;
+ syntax = undecided;
+ *language = cp = name;
+ while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '_' && cp[0] != '@'
+ && cp[0] != '+' && cp[0] != ',')
+ ++cp;
+
+ if (*language == cp)
+ /* This does not make sense: language has to be specified. Use
+ this entry as it is without exploding. Perhaps it is an alias. */
+ cp = strchr (*language, '\0');
+ else if (cp[0] == '_')
+ {
+ /* Next is the territory. */
+ cp[0] = '\0';
+ *territory = ++cp;
+
+ while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '.' && cp[0] != '@'
+ && cp[0] != '+' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
+ ++cp;
+
+ mask |= TERRITORY;
+
+ if (cp[0] == '.')
+ {
+ /* Next is the codeset. */
+ syntax = xpg;
+ cp[0] = '\0';
+ *codeset = ++cp;
+
+ while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '@')
+ ++cp;
+
+ mask |= XPG_CODESET;
+
+ if (*codeset != cp && (*codeset)[0] != '\0')
+ {
+ *normalized_codeset = _nl_normalize_codeset (*codeset,
+ cp - *codeset);
+ if (strcmp (*codeset, *normalized_codeset) == 0)
+ free ((char *) *normalized_codeset);
+ else
+ mask |= XPG_NORM_CODESET;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (cp[0] == '@' || (syntax != xpg && cp[0] == '+'))
+ {
+ /* Next is the modifier. */
+ syntax = cp[0] == '@' ? xpg : cen;
+ cp[0] = '\0';
+ *modifier = ++cp;
+
+ while (syntax == cen && cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '+'
+ && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
+ ++cp;
+
+ mask |= XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE;
+ }
+
+ if (syntax != xpg && (cp[0] == '+' || cp[0] == ',' || cp[0] == '_'))
+ {
+ syntax = cen;
+
+ if (cp[0] == '+')
+ {
+ /* Next is special application (CEN syntax). */
+ cp[0] = '\0';
+ *special = ++cp;
+
+ while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
+ ++cp;
+
+ mask |= CEN_SPECIAL;
+ }
+
+ if (cp[0] == ',')
+ {
+ /* Next is sponsor (CEN syntax). */
+ cp[0] = '\0';
+ *sponsor = ++cp;
+
+ while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '_')
+ ++cp;
+
+ mask |= CEN_SPONSOR;
+ }
+
+ if (cp[0] == '_')
+ {
+ /* Next is revision (CEN syntax). */
+ cp[0] = '\0';
+ *revision = ++cp;
+
+ mask |= CEN_REVISION;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* For CEN syntax values it might be important to have the
+ separator character in the file name, not for XPG syntax. */
+ if (syntax == xpg)
+ {
+ if (*territory != NULL && (*territory)[0] == '\0')
+ mask &= ~TERRITORY;
+
+ if (*codeset != NULL && (*codeset)[0] == '\0')
+ mask &= ~XPG_CODESET;
+
+ if (*modifier != NULL && (*modifier)[0] == '\0')
+ mask &= ~XPG_MODIFIER;
+ }
+
+ return mask;
+}
diff --git a/intl/finddomain.c b/intl/finddomain.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5409565
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/finddomain.c
@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
+/* Handle list of needed message catalogs
+ Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
+# include <malloc.h>
+# else
+void free ();
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+# ifndef memcpy
+# define memcpy(Dst, Src, Num) bcopy (Src, Dst, Num)
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
+# ifndef strchr
+# define strchr index
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgettext.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+/* List of already loaded domains. */
+static struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_loaded_domains;
+
+
+/* Return a data structure describing the message catalog described by
+ the DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY parameters with respect to the currently
+ established bindings. */
+struct loaded_l10nfile *
+internal_function
+_nl_find_domain (dirname, locale, domainname)
+ const char *dirname;
+ char *locale;
+ const char *domainname;
+{
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
+ const char *language;
+ const char *modifier;
+ const char *territory;
+ const char *codeset;
+ const char *normalized_codeset;
+ const char *special;
+ const char *sponsor;
+ const char *revision;
+ const char *alias_value;
+ int mask;
+
+ /* LOCALE can consist of up to four recognized parts for the XPG syntax:
+
+ language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier]
+
+ and six parts for the CEN syntax:
+
+ language[_territory][+audience][+special][,[sponsor][_revision]]
+
+ Beside the first part all of them are allowed to be missing. If
+ the full specified locale is not found, the less specific one are
+ looked for. The various parts will be stripped off according to
+ the following order:
+ (1) revision
+ (2) sponsor
+ (3) special
+ (4) codeset
+ (5) normalized codeset
+ (6) territory
+ (7) audience/modifier
+ */
+
+ /* If we have already tested for this locale entry there has to
+ be one data set in the list of loaded domains. */
+ retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
+ strlen (dirname) + 1, 0, locale, NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, domainname, 0);
+ if (retval != NULL)
+ {
+ /* We know something about this locale. */
+ int cnt;
+
+ if (retval->decided == 0)
+ _nl_load_domain (retval);
+
+ if (retval->data != NULL)
+ return retval;
+
+ for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
+ {
+ if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
+ _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt]);
+
+ if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
+ break;
+ }
+ return cnt >= 0 ? retval : NULL;
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ }
+
+ /* See whether the locale value is an alias. If yes its value
+ *overwrites* the alias name. No test for the original value is
+ done. */
+ alias_value = _nl_expand_alias (locale);
+ if (alias_value != NULL)
+ {
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+ locale = strdup (alias_value);
+ if (locale == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+#else
+ size_t len = strlen (alias_value) + 1;
+ locale = (char *) malloc (len);
+ if (locale == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ memcpy (locale, alias_value, len);
+#endif
+ }
+
+ /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First
+ look for the language. Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
+ we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax. */
+ mask = _nl_explode_name (locale, &language, &modifier, &territory,
+ &codeset, &normalized_codeset, &special,
+ &sponsor, &revision);
+
+ /* Create all possible locale entries which might be interested in
+ generalization. */
+ retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
+ strlen (dirname) + 1, mask, language, territory,
+ codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
+ sponsor, revision, domainname, 1);
+ if (retval == NULL)
+ /* This means we are out of core. */
+ return NULL;
+
+ if (retval->decided == 0)
+ _nl_load_domain (retval);
+ if (retval->data == NULL)
+ {
+ int cnt;
+ for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
+ {
+ if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
+ _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt]);
+ if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* The room for an alias was dynamically allocated. Free it now. */
+ if (alias_value != NULL)
+ free (locale);
+
+ return retval;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+static void __attribute__ ((unused))
+free_mem (void)
+{
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *runp = _nl_loaded_domains;
+
+ while (runp != NULL)
+ {
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *here = runp;
+ if (runp->data != NULL)
+ _nl_unload_domain ((struct loaded_domain *) runp->data);
+ runp = runp->next;
+ free (here);
+ }
+}
+
+text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/gettext.c b/intl/gettext.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6bc5b94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/gettext.c
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/* Implementation of gettext(3) function.
+ Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define __need_NULL
+# include <stddef.h>
+#else
+# ifdef STDC_HEADERS
+# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */
+# else
+# ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+# else
+# define NULL ((void *) 0)
+# endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgettext.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define GETTEXT __gettext
+# define DGETTEXT __dgettext
+#else
+# define GETTEXT gettext__
+# define DGETTEXT dgettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+ LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+ text). */
+char *
+GETTEXT (msgid)
+ const char *msgid;
+{
+ return DGETTEXT (NULL, msgid);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
+weak_alias (__gettext, gettext);
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/gettext.h b/intl/gettext.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3887e87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/gettext.h
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+/* Internal header for GNU gettext internationalization functions.
+ Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not,
+ write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
+ Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
+
+#ifndef _GETTEXT_H
+#define _GETTEXT_H 1
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if HAVE_LIMITS_H || _LIBC
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* The magic number of the GNU message catalog format. */
+#define _MAGIC 0x950412de
+#define _MAGIC_SWAPPED 0xde120495
+
+/* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format. */
+#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0
+
+/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor
+ to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide. An
+ alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but
+ doing that would require that the configure script compile and *run*
+ the resulting executable. Locally running cross-compiled executables
+ is usually not possible. */
+
+#if __STDC__
+# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U
+#else
+# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF
+#endif
+
+/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type.
+ This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because
+ that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems
+ (that certainly have <limits.h>) have 64+-bit integral types. */
+
+#ifndef UINT_MAX
+# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+#endif
+
+#if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+typedef unsigned nls_uint32;
+#else
+# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+typedef unsigned short nls_uint32;
+# else
+# if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+typedef unsigned long nls_uint32;
+# else
+ /* The following line is intended to throw an error. Using #error is
+ not portable enough. */
+ "Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type."
+# endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Header for binary .mo file format. */
+struct mo_file_header
+{
+ /* The magic number. */
+ nls_uint32 magic;
+ /* The revision number of the file format. */
+ nls_uint32 revision;
+ /* The number of strings pairs. */
+ nls_uint32 nstrings;
+ /* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings. */
+ nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset;
+ /* Offset of table with start offsets of translation strings. */
+ nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset;
+ /* Size of hashing table. */
+ nls_uint32 hash_tab_size;
+ /* Offset of first hashing entry. */
+ nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset;
+};
+
+struct string_desc
+{
+ /* Length of addressed string. */
+ nls_uint32 length;
+ /* Offset of string in file. */
+ nls_uint32 offset;
+};
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+#endif /* gettext.h */
diff --git a/intl/gettextP.h b/intl/gettextP.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..61e2f87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/gettextP.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/* Header describing internals of gettext library
+ Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
+
+#ifndef _GETTEXTP_H
+#define _GETTEXTP_H
+
+#include "loadinfo.h"
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__
+# define PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+# define PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef internal_function
+# define internal_function
+#endif
+
+#ifndef W
+# define W(flag, data) ((flag) ? SWAP (data) : (data))
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <byteswap.h>
+# define SWAP(i) bswap_32 (i)
+#else
+static nls_uint32 SWAP PARAMS ((nls_uint32 i));
+
+static inline nls_uint32
+SWAP (i)
+ nls_uint32 i;
+{
+ return (i << 24) | ((i & 0xff00) << 8) | ((i >> 8) & 0xff00) | (i >> 24);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+struct loaded_domain
+{
+ const char *data;
+ int use_mmap;
+ size_t mmap_size;
+ int must_swap;
+ nls_uint32 nstrings;
+ struct string_desc *orig_tab;
+ struct string_desc *trans_tab;
+ nls_uint32 hash_size;
+ nls_uint32 *hash_tab;
+};
+
+struct binding
+{
+ struct binding *next;
+ char *domainname;
+ char *dirname;
+};
+
+struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain PARAMS ((const char *__dirname,
+ char *__locale,
+ const char *__domainname))
+ internal_function;
+void _nl_load_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain))
+ internal_function;
+void _nl_unload_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
+ internal_function;
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+#endif /* gettextP.h */
diff --git a/intl/hash-string.h b/intl/hash-string.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6628107
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/hash-string.h
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/* Implements a string hashing function.
+ Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not,
+ write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
+ Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__
+# define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+# define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* We assume to have `unsigned long int' value with at least 32 bits. */
+#define HASHWORDBITS 32
+
+
+/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger
+ [see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools,
+ 1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */
+static unsigned long hash_string PARAMS ((const char *__str_param));
+
+static inline unsigned long
+hash_string (str_param)
+ const char *str_param;
+{
+ unsigned long int hval, g;
+ const char *str = str_param;
+
+ /* Compute the hash value for the given string. */
+ hval = 0;
+ while (*str != '\0')
+ {
+ hval <<= 4;
+ hval += (unsigned long) *str++;
+ g = hval & ((unsigned long) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4));
+ if (g != 0)
+ {
+ hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8);
+ hval ^= g;
+ }
+ }
+ return hval;
+}
diff --git a/intl/intl-compat.c b/intl/intl-compat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..415a0f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/intl-compat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/* intl-compat.c - Stub functions to call gettext functions from GNU gettext
+ Library.
+ Copyright (C) 1995 Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "libgettext.h"
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+
+#undef gettext
+#undef dgettext
+#undef dcgettext
+#undef textdomain
+#undef bindtextdomain
+
+
+char *
+bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *dirname;
+{
+ return bindtextdomain__ (domainname, dirname);
+}
+
+
+char *
+dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *msgid;
+ int category;
+{
+ return dcgettext__ (domainname, msgid, category);
+}
+
+
+char *
+dgettext (domainname, msgid)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *msgid;
+{
+ return dgettext__ (domainname, msgid);
+}
+
+
+char *
+gettext (msgid)
+ const char *msgid;
+{
+ return gettext__ (msgid);
+}
+
+
+char *
+textdomain (domainname)
+ const char *domainname;
+{
+ return textdomain__ (domainname);
+}
diff --git a/intl/intlh.inst.in b/intl/intlh.inst.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..95e15a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/intlh.inst.in
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
+ Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+ USA. */
+
+#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
+#define _LIBINTL_H 1
+
+@INCLUDE_LOCALE_H@
+
+/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
+ implementation of gettext. */
+#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus
+# define PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+# define PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+ LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+ text). */
+extern char *gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
+ LC_MESSAGES locale. */
+extern char *dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid));
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+ locale. */
+extern char *dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
+ int __category));
+
+
+/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
+ If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
+ If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
+extern char *textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
+
+/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
+ in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
+extern char *bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__dirname));
+
+
+/* Optimized version of the functions above. */
+#if defined __OPTIMIZED
+/* These must be a macro. Inlined functions are useless because the
+ `__builtin_constant_p' predicate in dcgettext would always return
+ false. */
+
+# define gettext(msgid) dgettext ((char *) 0, msgid)
+
+# define dgettext(domainname, msgid) \
+ dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+
+# if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7)
+/* This global variable is defined in loadmsgcat.c. We need a sign,
+ whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated with all
+ translations. */
+extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+# define dcgettext(domainname, msgid, category) \
+ (__extension__ \
+ ({ \
+ char *__result; \
+ if (__builtin_constant_p (msgid)) \
+ { \
+ static char *__translation__; \
+ static int __catalog_counter__; \
+ if (! __translation__ || __catalog_counter__ != _nl_msg_cat_cntr) \
+ { \
+ __translation__ = \
+ (dcgettext) ((domainname), (msgid), (category)); \
+ __catalog_counter__ = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; \
+ } \
+ __result = __translation__; \
+ } \
+ else \
+ __result = (dcgettext) ((domainname), (msgid), (category)); \
+ __result; \
+ }))
+# endif
+#endif /* Optimizing. */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* libintl.h */
diff --git a/intl/l10nflist.c b/intl/l10nflist.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ef93b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/l10nflist.c
@@ -0,0 +1,411 @@
+/* Handle list of needed message catalogs
+ Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
+# ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
+# endif
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+# ifndef memcpy
+# define memcpy(Dst, Src, Num) bcopy (Src, Dst, Num)
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
+# ifndef strchr
+# define strchr index
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_ARGZ_H
+# include <argz.h>
+#endif
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "loadinfo.h"
+
+/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */
+#ifndef NULL
+# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+# define NULL ((void *) 0)
+# else
+# define NULL 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
+ because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
+ file and the name space must not be polluted. */
+# ifndef stpcpy
+# define stpcpy(dest, src) __stpcpy(dest, src)
+# endif
+#else
+# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Define function which are usually not available. */
+
+#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT
+/* Returns the number of strings in ARGZ. */
+static size_t argz_count__ PARAMS ((const char *argz, size_t len));
+
+static size_t
+argz_count__ (argz, len)
+ const char *argz;
+ size_t len;
+{
+ size_t count = 0;
+ while (len > 0)
+ {
+ size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
+ argz += part_len + 1;
+ len -= part_len + 1;
+ count++;
+ }
+ return count;
+}
+# undef __argz_count
+# define __argz_count(argz, len) argz_count__ (argz, len)
+#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT */
+
+#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY
+/* Make '\0' separated arg vector ARGZ printable by converting all the '\0's
+ except the last into the character SEP. */
+static void argz_stringify__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t len, int sep));
+
+static void
+argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
+ char *argz;
+ size_t len;
+ int sep;
+{
+ while (len > 0)
+ {
+ size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
+ argz += part_len;
+ len -= part_len + 1;
+ if (len > 0)
+ *argz++ = sep;
+ }
+}
+# undef __argz_stringify
+# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
+#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY */
+
+#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT
+static char *argz_next__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t argz_len,
+ const char *entry));
+
+static char *
+argz_next__ (argz, argz_len, entry)
+ char *argz;
+ size_t argz_len;
+ const char *entry;
+{
+ if (entry)
+ {
+ if (entry < argz + argz_len)
+ entry = strchr (entry, '\0') + 1;
+
+ return entry >= argz + argz_len ? NULL : (char *) entry;
+ }
+ else
+ if (argz_len > 0)
+ return argz;
+ else
+ return 0;
+}
+# undef __argz_next
+# define __argz_next(argz, len, entry) argz_next__ (argz, len, entry)
+#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT */
+
+
+/* Return number of bits set in X. */
+static int pop PARAMS ((int x));
+
+static inline int
+pop (x)
+ int x;
+{
+ /* We assume that no more than 16 bits are used. */
+ x = ((x & ~0x5555) >> 1) + (x & 0x5555);
+ x = ((x & ~0x3333) >> 2) + (x & 0x3333);
+ x = ((x >> 4) + x) & 0x0f0f;
+ x = ((x >> 8) + x) & 0xff;
+
+ return x;
+}
+
+
+struct loaded_l10nfile *
+_nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language,
+ territory, codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
+ sponsor, revision, filename, do_allocate)
+ struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list;
+ const char *dirlist;
+ size_t dirlist_len;
+ int mask;
+ const char *language;
+ const char *territory;
+ const char *codeset;
+ const char *normalized_codeset;
+ const char *modifier;
+ const char *special;
+ const char *sponsor;
+ const char *revision;
+ const char *filename;
+ int do_allocate;
+{
+ char *abs_filename;
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *last = NULL;
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
+ char *cp;
+ size_t entries;
+ int cnt;
+
+ /* Allocate room for the full file name. */
+ abs_filename = (char *) malloc (dirlist_len
+ + strlen (language)
+ + ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0
+ ? strlen (territory) + 1 : 0)
+ + ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
+ ? strlen (codeset) + 1 : 0)
+ + ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0
+ ? strlen (normalized_codeset) + 1 : 0)
+ + (((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0
+ || (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0)
+ ? strlen (modifier) + 1 : 0)
+ + ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0
+ ? strlen (special) + 1 : 0)
+ + (((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
+ || (mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
+ ? (1 + ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
+ ? strlen (sponsor) + 1 : 0)
+ + ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0
+ ? strlen (revision) + 1 : 0)) : 0)
+ + 1 + strlen (filename) + 1);
+
+ if (abs_filename == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ retval = NULL;
+ last = NULL;
+
+ /* Construct file name. */
+ memcpy (abs_filename, dirlist, dirlist_len);
+ __argz_stringify (abs_filename, dirlist_len, ':');
+ cp = abs_filename + (dirlist_len - 1);
+ *cp++ = '/';
+ cp = stpcpy (cp, language);
+
+ if ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0)
+ {
+ *cp++ = '_';
+ cp = stpcpy (cp, territory);
+ }
+ if ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0)
+ {
+ *cp++ = '.';
+ cp = stpcpy (cp, codeset);
+ }
+ if ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0)
+ {
+ *cp++ = '.';
+ cp = stpcpy (cp, normalized_codeset);
+ }
+ if ((mask & (XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE)) != 0)
+ {
+ /* This component can be part of both syntaces but has different
+ leading characters. For CEN we use `+', else `@'. */
+ *cp++ = (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0 ? '+' : '@';
+ cp = stpcpy (cp, modifier);
+ }
+ if ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0)
+ {
+ *cp++ = '+';
+ cp = stpcpy (cp, special);
+ }
+ if ((mask & (CEN_SPONSOR | CEN_REVISION)) != 0)
+ {
+ *cp++ = ',';
+ if ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0)
+ cp = stpcpy (cp, sponsor);
+ if ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
+ {
+ *cp++ = '_';
+ cp = stpcpy (cp, revision);
+ }
+ }
+
+ *cp++ = '/';
+ stpcpy (cp, filename);
+
+ /* Look in list of already loaded domains whether it is already
+ available. */
+ last = NULL;
+ for (retval = *l10nfile_list; retval != NULL; retval = retval->next)
+ if (retval->filename != NULL)
+ {
+ int compare = strcmp (retval->filename, abs_filename);
+ if (compare == 0)
+ /* We found it! */
+ break;
+ if (compare < 0)
+ {
+ /* It's not in the list. */
+ retval = NULL;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ last = retval;
+ }
+
+ if (retval != NULL || do_allocate == 0)
+ {
+ free (abs_filename);
+ return retval;
+ }
+
+ retval = (struct loaded_l10nfile *)
+ malloc (sizeof (*retval) + (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len)
+ * (1 << pop (mask))
+ * sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *)));
+ if (retval == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ retval->filename = abs_filename;
+ retval->decided = (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) != 1
+ || ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
+ && (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0));
+ retval->data = NULL;
+
+ if (last == NULL)
+ {
+ retval->next = *l10nfile_list;
+ *l10nfile_list = retval;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ retval->next = last->next;
+ last->next = retval;
+ }
+
+ entries = 0;
+ /* If the DIRLIST is a real list the RETVAL entry corresponds not to
+ a real file. So we have to use the DIRLIST separation mechanism
+ of the inner loop. */
+ cnt = __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) == 1 ? mask - 1 : mask;
+ for (; cnt >= 0; --cnt)
+ if ((cnt & ~mask) == 0
+ && ((cnt & CEN_SPECIFIC) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_SPECIFIC) == 0)
+ && ((cnt & XPG_CODESET) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_NORM_CODESET) == 0))
+ {
+ /* Iterate over all elements of the DIRLIST. */
+ char *dir = NULL;
+
+ while ((dir = __argz_next ((char *) dirlist, dirlist_len, dir))
+ != NULL)
+ retval->successor[entries++]
+ = _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1, cnt,
+ language, territory, codeset,
+ normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
+ sponsor, revision, filename, 1);
+ }
+ retval->successor[entries] = NULL;
+
+ return retval;
+}
+
+/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset
+ names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
+ names. */
+const char *
+_nl_normalize_codeset (codeset, name_len)
+ const unsigned char *codeset;
+ size_t name_len;
+{
+ int len = 0;
+ int only_digit = 1;
+ char *retval;
+ char *wp;
+ size_t cnt;
+
+ for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
+ if (isalnum (codeset[cnt]))
+ {
+ ++len;
+
+ if (isalpha (codeset[cnt]))
+ only_digit = 0;
+ }
+
+ retval = (char *) malloc ((only_digit ? 3 : 0) + len + 1);
+
+ if (retval != NULL)
+ {
+ if (only_digit)
+ wp = stpcpy (retval, "iso");
+ else
+ wp = retval;
+
+ for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
+ if (isalpha (codeset[cnt]))
+ *wp++ = tolower (codeset[cnt]);
+ else if (isdigit (codeset[cnt]))
+ *wp++ = codeset[cnt];
+
+ *wp = '\0';
+ }
+
+ return (const char *) retval;
+}
+
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we
+ avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this
+ function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
+ to be defined. */
+#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *
+stpcpy (dest, src)
+ char *dest;
+ const char *src;
+{
+ while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
+ /* Do nothing. */ ;
+ return dest - 1;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/libgettext.h b/intl/libgettext.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f8c224e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/libgettext.h
@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
+/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
+ Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
+
+/* Because on some systems (e.g. Solaris) we sometimes have to include
+ the systems libintl.h as well as this file we have more complex
+ include protection above. But the systems header might perhaps also
+ define _LIBINTL_H and therefore we have to protect the definition here. */
+
+#if !defined _LIBINTL_H || !defined _LIBGETTEXT_H
+#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
+# define _LIBINTL_H 1
+#endif
+#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1
+
+/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
+ implementation of gettext. */
+#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if HAVE_LOCALE_H
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus
+# define PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+# define PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NULL
+# if !defined __cplusplus || defined __GNUC__
+# define NULL ((void *) 0)
+# else
+# define NULL (0)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !HAVE_LC_MESSAGES
+/* This value determines the behaviour of the gettext() and dgettext()
+ function. But some system does not have this defined. Define it
+ to a default value. */
+# define LC_MESSAGES (-1)
+#endif
+
+
+/* Declarations for gettext-using-catgets interface. Derived from
+ Jim Meyering's libintl.h. */
+struct _msg_ent
+{
+ const char *_msg;
+ int _msg_number;
+};
+
+
+#if HAVE_CATGETS
+/* These two variables are defined in the automatically by po-to-tbl.sed
+ generated file `cat-id-tbl.c'. */
+extern const struct _msg_ent _msg_tbl[];
+extern int _msg_tbl_length;
+#endif
+
+
+/* For automatical extraction of messages sometimes no real
+ translation is needed. Instead the string itself is the result. */
+#define gettext_noop(Str) (Str)
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+ LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+ text). */
+extern char *gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
+extern char *gettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
+ LC_MESSAGES locale. */
+extern char *dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid));
+extern char *dgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__msgid));
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+ locale. */
+extern char *dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
+ int __category));
+extern char *dcgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__msgid, int __category));
+
+
+/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
+ If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
+ If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
+extern char *textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
+extern char *textdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
+
+/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
+ in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
+extern char *bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__dirname));
+extern char *bindtextdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__dirname));
+
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+
+/* Solaris 2.3 has the gettext function but dcgettext is missing.
+ So we omit this optimization for Solaris 2.3. BTW, Solaris 2.4
+ has dcgettext. */
+# if !HAVE_CATGETS && (!HAVE_GETTEXT || HAVE_DCGETTEXT)
+
+# define gettext(Msgid) \
+ dgettext (NULL, Msgid)
+
+# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) \
+ dcgettext (Domainname, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+
+# if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7
+/* This global variable is defined in loadmsgcat.c. We need a sign,
+ whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated with all
+ translations. */
+extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) \
+ (__extension__ \
+ ({ \
+ char *__result; \
+ if (__builtin_constant_p (Msgid)) \
+ { \
+ static char *__translation__; \
+ static int __catalog_counter__; \
+ if (! __translation__ || __catalog_counter__ != _nl_msg_cat_cntr) \
+ { \
+ __translation__ = \
+ dcgettext__ (Domainname, Msgid, Category); \
+ __catalog_counter__ = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; \
+ } \
+ __result = __translation__; \
+ } \
+ else \
+ __result = dcgettext__ (Domainname, Msgid, Category); \
+ __result; \
+ }))
+# endif
+# endif
+
+#else
+
+# define gettext(Msgid) (Msgid)
+# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) (Msgid)
+# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) (Msgid)
+# define textdomain(Domainname) ((char *) Domainname)
+# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) ((char *) Dirname)
+
+#endif
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/libintl.glibc b/intl/libintl.glibc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c55b447
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/libintl.glibc
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
+ Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+ This file is derived from the file libgettext.h in the GNU gettext package.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU C Library. Its master source is NOT part of
+ the C library, however.
+
+ The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+ published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+ License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+ The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not,
+ write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
+ Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
+
+#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
+#define _LIBINTL_H 1
+
+#include <features.h>
+
+/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
+ implementation of gettext. */
+#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+ LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+ text). */
+extern char *gettext __P ((__const char *__msgid));
+extern char *__gettext __P ((__const char *__msgid));
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
+ LC_MESSAGES locale. */
+extern char *dgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname,
+ __const char *__msgid));
+extern char *__dgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname,
+ __const char *__msgid));
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+ locale. */
+extern char *dcgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname,
+ __const char *__msgid, int __category));
+extern char *__dcgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname,
+ __const char *__msgid, int __category));
+
+
+/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
+ If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
+ If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
+extern char *textdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname));
+extern char *__textdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname));
+
+/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
+ in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
+extern char *bindtextdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname,
+ __const char *__dirname));
+extern char *__bindtextdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname,
+ __const char *__dirname));
+
+
+/* Optimized version of the function above. */
+#if defined __OPTIMIZE__
+
+/* We need NULL for `gettext'. */
+# define __need_NULL
+# include <stddef.h>
+
+/* We need LC_MESSAGES for `dgettext'. */
+# include <locale.h>
+
+/* These must be macros. Inlined functions are useless because the
+ `__builtin_constant_p' predicate in dcgettext would always return
+ false. */
+
+# define gettext(msgid) dgettext (NULL, msgid)
+
+# define dgettext(domainname, msgid) \
+ dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+
+# if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7)
+/* Variable defined in loadmsgcat.c which gets incremented every time a
+ new catalog is loaded. */
+extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+# define dcgettext(domainname, msgid, category) \
+ (__extension__ \
+ ({ \
+ char *__result; \
+ if (__builtin_constant_p (msgid)) \
+ { \
+ static char *__translation__; \
+ static int __catalog_counter__; \
+ if (! __translation__ || __catalog_counter__ != _nl_msg_cat_cntr) \
+ { \
+ __translation__ = \
+ __dcgettext ((domainname), (msgid), (category)); \
+ __catalog_counter__ = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; \
+ } \
+ __result = __translation__; \
+ } \
+ else \
+ __result = __dcgettext ((domainname), (msgid), (category)); \
+ __result; \
+ }))
+# endif
+#endif /* Optimizing. */
+
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /* libintl.h */
diff --git a/intl/linux-msg.sed b/intl/linux-msg.sed
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f9b8188
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/linux-msg.sed
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+# po2msg.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to Linux style .msg file
+# Copyright 1995, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+#
+#
+# The first directive in the .msg should be the definition of the
+# message set number. We use always set number 1.
+#
+1 {
+ i\
+$set 1 # Automatically created by po2msg.sed
+ h
+ s/.*/0/
+ x
+}
+#
+# Mitch's old catalog format does not allow comments.
+#
+# We copy the original message as a comment into the .msg file.
+#
+/^msgid/ {
+ s/msgid[ ]*"//
+#
+# This does not work now with the new format.
+# /"$/! {
+# s/\\$//
+# s/$/ ... (more lines following)"/
+# }
+ x
+# The following nice solution is by
+# Bruno <Haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de>
+ td
+# Increment a decimal number in pattern space.
+# First hide trailing `9' digits.
+ :d
+ s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/
+ td
+# Assure at least one digit is available.
+ s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/
+# Increment the last digit.
+ s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/
+ s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/
+ s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/
+ s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/
+ s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/
+ s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/
+ s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/
+ s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/
+ s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/
+# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's.
+ s/_/0/g
+ x
+ G
+ s/\(.*\)"\n\([0-9]*\)/$ #\2 Original Message:(\1)/p
+}
+#
+# The .msg file contains, other than the .po file, only the translations
+# but each given a unique ID. Starting from 1 and incrementing by 1 for
+# each message we assign them to the messages.
+# It is important that the .po file used to generate the cat-id-tbl.c file
+# (with po-to-tbl) is the same as the one used here. (At least the order
+# of declarations must not be changed.)
+#
+/^msgstr/ {
+ s/msgstr[ ]*"\(.*\)"/# \1/
+# Clear substitution flag.
+ tb
+# Append the next line.
+ :b
+ N
+# Look whether second part is continuation line.
+ s/\(.*\n\)"\(.*\)"/\1\2/
+# Yes, then branch.
+ ta
+ P
+ D
+# Note that D includes a jump to the start!!
+# We found a continuation line. But before printing insert '\'.
+ :a
+ s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/
+ P
+# We cannot use D here.
+ s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/
+ tb
+}
+d
diff --git a/intl/loadinfo.h b/intl/loadinfo.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b797c0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/loadinfo.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+ Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__
+# define PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+# define PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Encoding of locale name parts. */
+#define CEN_REVISION 1
+#define CEN_SPONSOR 2
+#define CEN_SPECIAL 4
+#define XPG_NORM_CODESET 8
+#define XPG_CODESET 16
+#define TERRITORY 32
+#define CEN_AUDIENCE 64
+#define XPG_MODIFIER 128
+
+#define CEN_SPECIFIC (CEN_REVISION|CEN_SPONSOR|CEN_SPECIAL|CEN_AUDIENCE)
+#define XPG_SPECIFIC (XPG_CODESET|XPG_NORM_CODESET|XPG_MODIFIER)
+
+
+struct loaded_l10nfile
+{
+ const char *filename;
+ int decided;
+
+ const void *data;
+
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *next;
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *successor[1];
+};
+
+
+extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset PARAMS ((const unsigned char *codeset,
+ size_t name_len));
+
+extern struct loaded_l10nfile *
+_nl_make_l10nflist PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
+ const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask,
+ const char *language, const char *territory,
+ const char *codeset,
+ const char *normalized_codeset,
+ const char *modifier, const char *special,
+ const char *sponsor, const char *revision,
+ const char *filename, int do_allocate));
+
+
+extern const char *_nl_expand_alias PARAMS ((const char *name));
+
+extern int _nl_explode_name PARAMS ((char *name, const char **language,
+ const char **modifier,
+ const char **territory,
+ const char **codeset,
+ const char **normalized_codeset,
+ const char **special,
+ const char **sponsor,
+ const char **revision));
diff --git a/intl/loadmsgcat.c b/intl/loadmsgcat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab11bc9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/loadmsgcat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
+/* Load needed message catalogs.
+ Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP) || defined _LIBC
+# include <sys/mman.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Rename the non ISO C functions. This is required by the standard
+ because some ISO C functions will require linking with this object
+ file and the name space must not be polluted. */
+# define open __open
+# define close __close
+# define read __read
+# define mmap __mmap
+# define munmap __munmap
+#endif
+
+/* We need a sign, whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated
+ with all translations. This is important if the translations are
+ cached by one of GCC's features. */
+int _nl_msg_cat_cntr = 0;
+
+
+/* Load the message catalogs specified by FILENAME. If it is no valid
+ message catalog do nothing. */
+void
+internal_function
+_nl_load_domain (domain_file)
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
+{
+ int fd;
+ size_t size;
+ struct stat st;
+ struct mo_file_header *data = (struct mo_file_header *) -1;
+#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
+ || defined _LIBC
+ int use_mmap = 0;
+#endif
+ struct loaded_domain *domain;
+
+ domain_file->decided = 1;
+ domain_file->data = NULL;
+
+ /* If the record does not represent a valid locale the FILENAME
+ might be NULL. This can happen when according to the given
+ specification the locale file name is different for XPG and CEN
+ syntax. */
+ if (domain_file->filename == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ /* Try to open the addressed file. */
+ fd = open (domain_file->filename, O_RDONLY);
+ if (fd == -1)
+ return;
+
+ /* We must know about the size of the file. */
+ if (fstat (fd, &st) != 0
+ || (size = (size_t) st.st_size) != st.st_size
+ || size < sizeof (struct mo_file_header))
+ {
+ /* Something went wrong. */
+ close (fd);
+ return;
+ }
+
+#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
+ || defined _LIBC
+ /* Now we are ready to load the file. If mmap() is available we try
+ this first. If not available or it failed we try to load it. */
+ data = (struct mo_file_header *) mmap (NULL, size, PROT_READ,
+ MAP_PRIVATE, fd, 0);
+
+ if (data != (struct mo_file_header *) -1)
+ {
+ /* mmap() call was successful. */
+ close (fd);
+ use_mmap = 1;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* If the data is not yet available (i.e. mmap'ed) we try to load
+ it manually. */
+ if (data == (struct mo_file_header *) -1)
+ {
+ size_t to_read;
+ char *read_ptr;
+
+ data = (struct mo_file_header *) malloc (size);
+ if (data == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ to_read = size;
+ read_ptr = (char *) data;
+ do
+ {
+ long int nb = (long int) read (fd, read_ptr, to_read);
+ if (nb == -1)
+ {
+ close (fd);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ read_ptr += nb;
+ to_read -= nb;
+ }
+ while (to_read > 0);
+
+ close (fd);
+ }
+
+ /* Using the magic number we can test whether it really is a message
+ catalog file. */
+ if (data->magic != _MAGIC && data->magic != _MAGIC_SWAPPED)
+ {
+ /* The magic number is wrong: not a message catalog file. */
+#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
+ || defined _LIBC
+ if (use_mmap)
+ munmap ((caddr_t) data, size);
+ else
+#endif
+ free (data);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ domain_file->data
+ = (struct loaded_domain *) malloc (sizeof (struct loaded_domain));
+ if (domain_file->data == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ domain = (struct loaded_domain *) domain_file->data;
+ domain->data = (char *) data;
+#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
+ || defined _LIBC
+ domain->use_mmap = use_mmap;
+#endif
+ domain->mmap_size = size;
+ domain->must_swap = data->magic != _MAGIC;
+
+ /* Fill in the information about the available tables. */
+ switch (W (domain->must_swap, data->revision))
+ {
+ case 0:
+ domain->nstrings = W (domain->must_swap, data->nstrings);
+ domain->orig_tab = (struct string_desc *)
+ ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_tab_offset));
+ domain->trans_tab = (struct string_desc *)
+ ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_tab_offset));
+ domain->hash_size = W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_size);
+ domain->hash_tab = (nls_uint32 *)
+ ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_offset));
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* This is an illegal revision. */
+#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
+ || defined _LIBC
+ if (use_mmap)
+ munmap ((caddr_t) data, size);
+ else
+#endif
+ free (data);
+ free (domain);
+ domain_file->data = NULL;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Show that one domain is changed. This might make some cached
+ translations invalid. */
+ ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+void
+internal_function
+_nl_unload_domain (domain)
+ struct loaded_domain *domain;
+{
+ if (domain->use_mmap)
+ munmap ((caddr_t) domain->data, domain->mmap_size);
+ else
+ free ((void *) domain->data);
+
+ free (domain);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/localealias.c b/intl/localealias.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..833df03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/localealias.c
@@ -0,0 +1,424 @@
+/* Handle aliases for locale names.
+ Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+#else
+# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <alloca.h>
+# else
+# ifdef _AIX
+ #pragma alloca
+# else
+# ifndef alloca
+char *alloca ();
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+char *getenv ();
+# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
+# include <malloc.h>
+# else
+void free ();
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
+# ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
+# endif
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+# ifndef memcpy
+# define memcpy(Dst, Src, Num) bcopy (Src, Dst, Num)
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
+# ifndef strchr
+# define strchr index
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
+ because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
+ file and the name space must not be polluted. */
+# define strcasecmp __strcasecmp
+
+# define mempcpy __mempcpy
+# define HAVE_MEMPCPY 1
+
+/* We need locking here since we can be called from different places. */
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+
+__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock);
+#endif
+
+
+/* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
+ some additional code emulating it. */
+#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
+/* Nothing has to be done. */
+# define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */
+# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */
+#else
+struct block_list
+{
+ void *address;
+ struct block_list *next;
+};
+# define ADD_BLOCK(list, addr) \
+ do { \
+ struct block_list *newp = (struct block_list *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); \
+ /* If we cannot get a free block we cannot add the new element to \
+ the list. */ \
+ if (newp != NULL) { \
+ newp->address = (addr); \
+ newp->next = (list); \
+ (list) = newp; \
+ } \
+ } while (0)
+# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) \
+ do { \
+ while (list != NULL) { \
+ struct block_list *old = list; \
+ list = list->next; \
+ free (old); \
+ } \
+ } while (0)
+# undef alloca
+# define alloca(size) (malloc (size))
+#endif /* have alloca */
+
+
+struct alias_map
+{
+ const char *alias;
+ const char *value;
+};
+
+
+static char *string_space = NULL;
+static size_t string_space_act = 0;
+static size_t string_space_max = 0;
+static struct alias_map *map;
+static size_t nmap = 0;
+static size_t maxmap = 0;
+
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions. */
+static size_t read_alias_file PARAMS ((const char *fname, int fname_len))
+ internal_function;
+static void extend_alias_table PARAMS ((void));
+static int alias_compare PARAMS ((const struct alias_map *map1,
+ const struct alias_map *map2));
+
+
+const char *
+_nl_expand_alias (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ static const char *locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
+ struct alias_map *retval;
+ const char *result = NULL;
+ size_t added;
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+ __libc_lock_lock (lock);
+#endif
+
+ do
+ {
+ struct alias_map item;
+
+ item.alias = name;
+
+ if (nmap > 0)
+ retval = (struct alias_map *) bsearch (&item, map, nmap,
+ sizeof (struct alias_map),
+ (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *,
+ const void *))
+ ) alias_compare);
+ else
+ retval = NULL;
+
+ /* We really found an alias. Return the value. */
+ if (retval != NULL)
+ {
+ result = retval->value;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Perhaps we can find another alias file. */
+ added = 0;
+ while (added == 0 && locale_alias_path[0] != '\0')
+ {
+ const char *start;
+
+ while (locale_alias_path[0] == ':')
+ ++locale_alias_path;
+ start = locale_alias_path;
+
+ while (locale_alias_path[0] != '\0' && locale_alias_path[0] != ':')
+ ++locale_alias_path;
+
+ if (start < locale_alias_path)
+ added = read_alias_file (start, locale_alias_path - start);
+ }
+ }
+ while (added != 0);
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+ __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+#endif
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+
+static size_t
+internal_function
+read_alias_file (fname, fname_len)
+ const char *fname;
+ int fname_len;
+{
+#ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA
+ struct block_list *block_list = NULL;
+#endif
+ FILE *fp;
+ char *full_fname;
+ size_t added;
+ static const char aliasfile[] = "/locale.alias";
+
+ full_fname = (char *) alloca (fname_len + sizeof aliasfile);
+ ADD_BLOCK (block_list, full_fname);
+#ifdef HAVE_MEMPCPY
+ mempcpy (mempcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len),
+ aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
+#else
+ memcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len);
+ memcpy (&full_fname[fname_len], aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
+#endif
+
+ fp = fopen (full_fname, "r");
+ if (fp == NULL)
+ {
+ FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ added = 0;
+ while (!feof (fp))
+ {
+ /* It is a reasonable approach to use a fix buffer here because
+ a) we are only interested in the first two fields
+ b) these fields must be usable as file names and so must not
+ be that long
+ */
+ unsigned char buf[BUFSIZ];
+ unsigned char *alias;
+ unsigned char *value;
+ unsigned char *cp;
+
+ if (fgets (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
+ /* EOF reached. */
+ break;
+
+ /* Possibly not the whole line fits into the buffer. Ignore
+ the rest of the line. */
+ if (strchr (buf, '\n') == NULL)
+ {
+ char altbuf[BUFSIZ];
+ do
+ if (fgets (altbuf, sizeof altbuf, fp) == NULL)
+ /* Make sure the inner loop will be left. The outer loop
+ will exit at the `feof' test. */
+ break;
+ while (strchr (altbuf, '\n') == NULL);
+ }
+
+ cp = buf;
+ /* Ignore leading white space. */
+ while (isspace (cp[0]))
+ ++cp;
+
+ /* A leading '#' signals a comment line. */
+ if (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '#')
+ {
+ alias = cp++;
+ while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0]))
+ ++cp;
+ /* Terminate alias name. */
+ if (cp[0] != '\0')
+ *cp++ = '\0';
+
+ /* Now look for the beginning of the value. */
+ while (isspace (cp[0]))
+ ++cp;
+
+ if (cp[0] != '\0')
+ {
+ size_t alias_len;
+ size_t value_len;
+
+ value = cp++;
+ while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0]))
+ ++cp;
+ /* Terminate value. */
+ if (cp[0] == '\n')
+ {
+ /* This has to be done to make the following test
+ for the end of line possible. We are looking for
+ the terminating '\n' which do not overwrite here. */
+ *cp++ = '\0';
+ *cp = '\n';
+ }
+ else if (cp[0] != '\0')
+ *cp++ = '\0';
+
+ if (nmap >= maxmap)
+ extend_alias_table ();
+
+ alias_len = strlen (alias) + 1;
+ value_len = strlen (value) + 1;
+
+ if (string_space_act + alias_len + value_len > string_space_max)
+ {
+ /* Increase size of memory pool. */
+ size_t new_size = (string_space_max
+ + (alias_len + value_len > 1024
+ ? alias_len + value_len : 1024));
+ char *new_pool = (char *) realloc (string_space, new_size);
+ if (new_pool == NULL)
+ {
+ FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
+ return added;
+ }
+ string_space = new_pool;
+ string_space_max = new_size;
+ }
+
+ map[nmap].alias = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
+ alias, alias_len);
+ string_space_act += alias_len;
+
+ map[nmap].value = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
+ value, value_len);
+ string_space_act += value_len;
+
+ ++nmap;
+ ++added;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Should we test for ferror()? I think we have to silently ignore
+ errors. --drepper */
+ fclose (fp);
+
+ if (added > 0)
+ qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map),
+ (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *))) alias_compare);
+
+ FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
+ return added;
+}
+
+
+static void
+extend_alias_table ()
+{
+ size_t new_size;
+ struct alias_map *new_map;
+
+ new_size = maxmap == 0 ? 100 : 2 * maxmap;
+ new_map = (struct alias_map *) realloc (map, (new_size
+ * sizeof (struct alias_map)));
+ if (new_map == NULL)
+ /* Simply don't extend: we don't have any more core. */
+ return;
+
+ map = new_map;
+ maxmap = new_size;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+static void __attribute__ ((unused))
+free_mem (void)
+{
+ if (string_space != NULL)
+ free (string_space);
+ if (map != NULL)
+ free (map);
+}
+text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
+#endif
+
+
+static int
+alias_compare (map1, map2)
+ const struct alias_map *map1;
+ const struct alias_map *map2;
+{
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRCASECMP
+ return strcasecmp (map1->alias, map2->alias);
+#else
+ const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) map1->alias;
+ const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) map2->alias;
+ unsigned char c1, c2;
+
+ if (p1 == p2)
+ return 0;
+
+ do
+ {
+ /* I know this seems to be odd but the tolower() function in
+ some systems libc cannot handle nonalpha characters. */
+ c1 = isupper (*p1) ? tolower (*p1) : *p1;
+ c2 = isupper (*p2) ? tolower (*p2) : *p2;
+ if (c1 == '\0')
+ break;
+ ++p1;
+ ++p2;
+ }
+ while (c1 == c2);
+
+ return c1 - c2;
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/intl/po2tbl.sed.in b/intl/po2tbl.sed.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ebb32f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/po2tbl.sed.in
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+# po2tbl.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to lookup table for catgets
+# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+#
+1 {
+ i\
+/* Automatically generated by po2tbl.sed from @PACKAGE NAME@.pot. */\
+\
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H\
+# include <config.h>\
+#endif\
+\
+#include "libgettext.h"\
+\
+const struct _msg_ent _msg_tbl[] = {
+ h
+ s/.*/0/
+ x
+}
+#
+# Write msgid entries in C array form.
+#
+/^msgid/ {
+ s/msgid[ ]*\(".*"\)/ {\1/
+ tb
+# Append the next line
+ :b
+ N
+# Look whether second part is continuation line.
+ s/\(.*\)"\(\n\)"\(.*"\)/\1\2\3/
+# Yes, then branch.
+ ta
+# Because we assume that the input file correctly formed the line
+# just read cannot be again be a msgid line. So it's safe to ignore
+# it.
+ s/\(.*\)\n.*/\1/
+ bc
+# We found a continuation line. But before printing insert '\'.
+ :a
+ s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/
+ P
+# We cannot use D here.
+ s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/
+# Some buggy seds do not clear the `successful substitution since last ``t'''
+# flag on `N', so we do a `t' here to clear it.
+ tb
+# Not reached
+ :c
+ x
+# The following nice solution is by
+# Bruno <Haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de>
+ td
+# Increment a decimal number in pattern space.
+# First hide trailing `9' digits.
+ :d
+ s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/
+ td
+# Assure at least one digit is available.
+ s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/
+# Increment the last digit.
+ s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/
+ s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/
+ s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/
+ s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/
+ s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/
+ s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/
+ s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/
+ s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/
+ s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/
+# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's.
+ s/_/0/g
+ x
+ G
+ s/\(.*\)\n\([0-9]*\)/\1, \2},/
+ s/\(.*\)"$/\1/
+ p
+}
+#
+# Last line.
+#
+$ {
+ i\
+};\
+
+ g
+ s/0*\(.*\)/int _msg_tbl_length = \1;/p
+}
+d
diff --git a/intl/textdomain.c b/intl/textdomain.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9cec75c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/textdomain.c
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/* Implementation of the textdomain(3) function.
+ Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+# ifndef memcpy
+# define memcpy(Dst, Src, Num) bcopy (Src, Dst, Num)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgettext.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Name of the default text domain. */
+extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[];
+
+/* Default text domain in which entries for gettext(3) are to be found. */
+extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain;
+
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define TEXTDOMAIN __textdomain
+# ifndef strdup
+# define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
+# endif
+#else
+# define TEXTDOMAIN textdomain__
+#endif
+
+/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
+ If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
+ If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
+char *
+TEXTDOMAIN (domainname)
+ const char *domainname;
+{
+ char *old;
+
+ /* A NULL pointer requests the current setting. */
+ if (domainname == NULL)
+ return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
+
+ old = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
+
+ /* If domain name is the null string set to default domain "messages". */
+ if (domainname[0] == '\0'
+ || strcmp (domainname, _nl_default_default_domain) == 0)
+ _nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
+ else
+ {
+ /* If the following malloc fails `_nl_current_default_domain'
+ will be NULL. This value will be returned and so signals we
+ are out of core. */
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+ _nl_current_default_domain = strdup (domainname);
+#else
+ size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
+ char *cp = (char *) malloc (len);
+ if (cp != NULL)
+ memcpy (cp, domainname, len);
+ _nl_current_default_domain = cp;
+#endif
+ }
+
+ if (old != _nl_default_default_domain)
+ free (old);
+
+ return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
+weak_alias (__textdomain, textdomain);
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/xopen-msg.sed b/intl/xopen-msg.sed
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1d257d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/xopen-msg.sed
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+# po2msg.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to X/Open style .msg file
+# Copyright 1995, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+#
+#
+# The first directive in the .msg should be the definition of the
+# message set number. We use always set number 1.
+#
+1 {
+ i\
+$set 1 # Automatically created by po2msg.sed
+ h
+ s/.*/0/
+ x
+}
+#
+# We copy all comments into the .msg file. Perhaps they can help.
+#
+/^#/ s/^#[ ]*/$ /p
+#
+# We copy the original message as a comment into the .msg file.
+#
+/^msgid/ {
+# Does not work now
+# /"$/! {
+# s/\\$//
+# s/$/ ... (more lines following)"/
+# }
+ s/^msgid[ ]*"\(.*\)"$/$ Original Message: \1/
+ p
+}
+#
+# The .msg file contains, other than the .po file, only the translations
+# but each given a unique ID. Starting from 1 and incrementing by 1 for
+# each message we assign them to the messages.
+# It is important that the .po file used to generate the cat-id-tbl.c file
+# (with po-to-tbl) is the same as the one used here. (At least the order
+# of declarations must not be changed.)
+#
+/^msgstr/ {
+ s/msgstr[ ]*"\(.*\)"/\1/
+ x
+# The following nice solution is by
+# Bruno <Haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de>
+ td
+# Increment a decimal number in pattern space.
+# First hide trailing `9' digits.
+ :d
+ s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/
+ td
+# Assure at least one digit is available.
+ s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/
+# Increment the last digit.
+ s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/
+ s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/
+ s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/
+ s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/
+ s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/
+ s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/
+ s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/
+ s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/
+ s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/
+# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's.
+ s/_/0/g
+ x
+# Bring the line in the format `<number> <message>'
+ G
+ s/^[^\n]*$/& /
+ s/\(.*\)\n\([0-9]*\)/\2 \1/
+# Clear flag from last substitution.
+ tb
+# Append the next line.
+ :b
+ N
+# Look whether second part is a continuation line.
+ s/\(.*\n\)"\(.*\)"/\1\2/
+# Yes, then branch.
+ ta
+ P
+ D
+# Note that `D' includes a jump to the start!!
+# We found a continuation line. But before printing insert '\'.
+ :a
+ s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/
+ P
+# We cannot use the sed command `D' here
+ s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/
+ tb
+}
+d
diff --git a/sim/ChangeLog b/sim/ChangeLog
index 3fa2416..4ebe61e 100644
--- a/sim/ChangeLog
+++ b/sim/ChangeLog
@@ -1,3 +1,26 @@
+2005-11-20 Hans-Peter Nilsson <hp@axis.com>
+
+ cris/traps.c (TARGET_O_RDONLY, TARGET_O_WRONLY): Define.
+ (open_map): Use TARGET_O_ACCMODE, TARGET_O_RDONLY and
+ TARGET_O_WRONLY.
+ (cris_break_13_handler) <case TARGET_SYS_fcntl>: Add support for
+ F_GETFL on fd 0, 1 and 2.
+
+2005-11-17 Hans-Peter Nilsson <hp@axis.com>
+
+ * cris/sim-main.h (struct _sim_cpu): New members last_syscall,
+ last_open_fd, last_open_flags.
+ * cris/traps.c: Don't include targ-vals.h.
+ (TARGET_O_ACCMODE): Define.
+ (cris_break_13_handler): Set new _sim_cpu members.
+ <case TARGET_SYS_fcntl>: Support special case of F_GETFL.
+ Rearrange code as switch. Emit "unimplemented" abort for
+ unimplemented fcntl calls.
+
+ * cris/traps.c (TARGET_SYS_stat): Define.
+ (syscall_stat32_map): Add entry for TARGET_SYS_stat.
+ (cris_break_13_handler) <case TARGET_SYS_stat>: New case.
+
2005-11-16 Hans-Peter Nilsson <hp@axis.com>
* cris/cris-tmpl.c (MY (f_model_insn_before)): Make sure only the
diff --git a/sim/arm/ChangeLog b/sim/arm/ChangeLog
index 370cde7..0e32a65 100644
--- a/sim/arm/ChangeLog
+++ b/sim/arm/ChangeLog
@@ -1,3 +1,18 @@
+2005-11-16 Shaun Jackman <sjackman@gmail.com>
+
+ * sim/arm/armos.c: Include limits.h
+ (unlink): Remove this macro. It is unused in this file and
+ conflicts with sim_callback->unlink.
+ (PATH_MAX): Define as 1024 if not already defined.
+ (ReadFileName): New function.
+ (SWIopen): Fix a potential buffer overflow.
+ (SWIremove): New function.
+ (SWIrename): Ditto.
+ (ARMul_OSHandleSWI): Handle the RDP calls SWI_IsTTY,
+ SWI_Remove, and SWI_Rename, as well as the RDI calls
+ AngelSWI_Reason_IsTTY, AngelSWI_Reason_Remove, and
+ AngelSWI_Reason_Rename.
+
2005-09-19 Paul Brook <paul@codesourcery.com>
* armdefs.h: Define ARMsword and ARMsdword. Use stdint.h when
diff --git a/sim/arm/armos.c b/sim/arm/armos.c
index 63ca297..5f5ead7 100644
--- a/sim/arm/armos.c
+++ b/sim/arm/armos.c
@@ -27,6 +27,7 @@
#include <time.h>
#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "targ-vals.h"
@@ -34,10 +35,6 @@
#define TARGET_O_BINARY 0
#endif
-#ifdef __STDC__
-#define unlink(s) remove(s)
-#endif
-
#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
#include <unistd.h> /* For SEEK_SET etc. */
#endif
@@ -89,6 +86,9 @@
#define FOPEN_MAX 64
#endif
#define UNIQUETEMPS 256
+#ifndef PATH_MAX
+#define PATH_MAX 1024
+#endif
/* OS private Information. */
@@ -299,22 +299,35 @@
while (temp != 0);
}
+static int
+ReadFileName (ARMul_State * state, char *buf, ARMword src, size_t n)
+{
+ struct OSblock *OSptr = (struct OSblock *) state->OSptr;
+ char *p = buf;
+
+ while (n--)
+ if ((*p++ = ARMul_SafeReadByte (state, src++)) == '\0')
+ return 0;
+ OSptr->ErrorNo = cb_host_to_target_errno (sim_callback, ENAMETOOLONG);
+ state->Reg[0] = -1;
+ return -1;
+}
+
static void
SWIopen (ARMul_State * state, ARMword name, ARMword SWIflags)
{
struct OSblock *OSptr = (struct OSblock *) state->OSptr;
- char dummy[2000];
+ char buf[PATH_MAX];
int flags;
- int i;
- for (i = 0; (dummy[i] = ARMul_SafeReadByte (state, name + i)); i++)
- ;
+ if (ReadFileName (state, buf, name, sizeof buf) == -1)
+ return;
/* Now we need to decode the Demon open mode. */
flags = translate_open_mode[SWIflags];
/* Filename ":tt" is special: it denotes stdin/out. */
- if (strcmp (dummy, ":tt") == 0)
+ if (strcmp (buf, ":tt") == 0)
{
if (flags == TARGET_O_RDONLY) /* opening tty "r" */
state->Reg[0] = 0; /* stdin */
@@ -323,7 +336,7 @@
}
else
{
- state->Reg[0] = sim_callback->open (sim_callback, dummy, flags);
+ state->Reg[0] = sim_callback->open (sim_callback, buf, flags);
OSptr->ErrorNo = sim_callback->get_errno (sim_callback);
}
}
@@ -403,6 +416,33 @@
OSptr->ErrorNo = sim_callback->get_errno (sim_callback);
}
+static void
+SWIremove (ARMul_State * state, ARMword path)
+{
+ char buf[PATH_MAX];
+
+ if (ReadFileName (state, buf, path, sizeof buf) != -1)
+ {
+ struct OSblock *OSptr = (struct OSblock *) state->OSptr;
+ state->Reg[0] = sim_callback->unlink (sim_callback, buf);
+ OSptr->ErrorNo = sim_callback->get_errno (sim_callback);
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+SWIrename (ARMul_State * state, ARMword old, ARMword new)
+{
+ char oldbuf[PATH_MAX], newbuf[PATH_MAX];
+
+ if (ReadFileName (state, oldbuf, old, sizeof oldbuf) != -1
+ && ReadFileName (state, newbuf, new, sizeof newbuf) != -1)
+ {
+ struct OSblock *OSptr = (struct OSblock *) state->OSptr;
+ state->Reg[0] = sim_callback->rename (sim_callback, oldbuf, newbuf);
+ OSptr->ErrorNo = sim_callback->get_errno (sim_callback);
+ }
+}
+
/* The emulator calls this routine when a SWI instruction is encuntered.
The parameter passed is the SWI number (lower 24 bits of the instruction). */
@@ -544,6 +584,30 @@
state->Emulate = FALSE;
break;
+ case SWI_Remove:
+ if (swi_mask & SWI_MASK_DEMON)
+ SWIremove (state, state->Reg[0]);
+ else
+ unhandled = TRUE;
+ break;
+
+ case SWI_Rename:
+ if (swi_mask & SWI_MASK_DEMON)
+ SWIrename (state, state->Reg[0], state->Reg[1]);
+ else
+ unhandled = TRUE;
+ break;
+
+ case SWI_IsTTY:
+ if (swi_mask & SWI_MASK_DEMON)
+ {
+ state->Reg[0] = sim_callback->isatty (sim_callback, state->Reg[0]);
+ OSptr->ErrorNo = sim_callback->get_errno (sim_callback);
+ }
+ else
+ unhandled = TRUE;
+ break;
+
/* Handle Angel SWIs as well as Demon ones. */
case AngelSWI_ARM:
case AngelSWI_Thumb:
@@ -566,10 +630,7 @@
/* Unimplemented reason codes. */
case AngelSWI_Reason_ReadC:
- case AngelSWI_Reason_IsTTY:
case AngelSWI_Reason_TmpNam:
- case AngelSWI_Reason_Remove:
- case AngelSWI_Reason_Rename:
case AngelSWI_Reason_System:
case AngelSWI_Reason_EnterSVC:
default:
@@ -684,6 +745,21 @@
ARMul_ReadWord (state, addr + 4),
ARMul_ReadWord (state, addr + 8));
break;
+
+ case AngelSWI_Reason_IsTTY:
+ state->Reg[0] = sim_callback->close (sim_callback,
+ ARMul_ReadWord (state, addr));
+ OSptr->ErrorNo = sim_callback->get_errno (sim_callback);
+ break;
+
+ case AngelSWI_Reason_Remove:
+ SWIremove (state,
+ ARMul_ReadWord (state, addr));
+
+ case AngelSWI_Reason_Rename:
+ SWIrename (state,
+ ARMul_ReadWord (state, addr),
+ ARMul_ReadWord (state, addr + 4));
}
}
else
diff --git a/sim/cris/sim-main.h b/sim/cris/sim-main.h
index b671533..b35b927 100644
--- a/sim/cris/sim-main.h
+++ b/sim/cris/sim-main.h
@@ -166,6 +166,17 @@
for sigmasks and sigpendings. */
USI sighandler[64];
+ /* This is a hack to implement just the parts of fcntl F_GETFL that
+ are used in open+fdopen calls for the standard scenario: for such
+ a call we check that the last syscall was open, we check that the
+ passed fd is the same returned then, and so we return the same
+ flags passed to open. This way, we avoid complicating the
+ generic sim callback machinery by introducing fcntl
+ mechanisms. */
+ USI last_syscall;
+ USI last_open_fd;
+ USI last_open_flags;
+
/* Function for initializing CPU thread context, which varies in size
with each CPU model. They should be in some constant parts or
initialized in *_init_cpu, but we can't modify that for now. */
diff --git a/sim/cris/traps.c b/sim/cris/traps.c
index 5b3718d..48fe6c5 100644
--- a/sim/cris/traps.c
+++ b/sim/cris/traps.c
@@ -20,8 +20,9 @@
#include "sim-main.h"
#include "sim-options.h"
-#include "targ-vals.h"
#include "bfd.h"
+/* FIXME: get rid of targ-vals.h usage everywhere else. */
+
#ifdef HAVE_ERRNO_H
#include <errno.h>
#endif
@@ -63,6 +64,7 @@
#define TARGET_SYS_truncate 92
#define TARGET_SYS_ftruncate 93
#define TARGET_SYS_socketcall 102
+#define TARGET_SYS_stat 106
#define TARGET_SYS_fstat 108
#define TARGET_SYS_wait4 114
#define TARGET_SYS_sigreturn 119
@@ -260,6 +262,7 @@
static const CB_TARGET_DEFS_MAP syscall_stat32_map[] =
{
{ CB_SYS_fstat, TARGET_SYS_fstat },
+ { CB_SYS_stat, TARGET_SYS_stat },
{ 0, -1 }
};
@@ -661,15 +664,22 @@
installation and removing synonyms and unnecessary items. Don't
forget the end-marker. */
+/* These we treat specially, as they're used in the fcntl F_GETFL
+ syscall. For consistency, open_map is also manually edited to use
+ these macros. */
+#define TARGET_O_ACCMODE 0x3
+#define TARGET_O_RDONLY 0x0
+#define TARGET_O_WRONLY 0x1
+
static const CB_TARGET_DEFS_MAP open_map[] = {
#ifdef O_ACCMODE
- { O_ACCMODE, 0x3 },
+ { O_ACCMODE, TARGET_O_ACCMODE },
#endif
#ifdef O_RDONLY
- { O_RDONLY, 0x0 },
+ { O_RDONLY, TARGET_O_RDONLY },
#endif
#ifdef O_WRONLY
- { O_WRONLY, 0x1 },
+ { O_WRONLY, TARGET_O_WRONLY },
#endif
#ifdef O_RDWR
{ O_RDWR, 0x2 },
@@ -1397,8 +1407,9 @@
case TARGET_SYS_fcntl64:
case TARGET_SYS_fcntl:
- if (arg2 == 1)
+ switch (arg2)
{
+ case 1:
/* F_GETFD.
Glibc checks stdin, stdout and stderr fd:s for
close-on-exec security sanity. We just need to provide a
@@ -1406,12 +1417,50 @@
close-on-exec flag true, we could just do a real fcntl
here. */
retval = 0;
- }
- else if (arg2 == 2)
- {
+ break;
+
+ case 2:
/* F_SETFD. Just ignore attempts to set the close-on-exec
flag. */
retval = 0;
+ break;
+
+ case 3:
+ /* F_GETFL. Check for the special case for open+fdopen. */
+ if (current_cpu->last_syscall == TARGET_SYS_open
+ && arg1 == current_cpu->last_open_fd)
+ {
+ retval = current_cpu->last_open_flags & TARGET_O_ACCMODE;
+ break;
+ }
+ else if (arg1 == 0)
+ {
+ /* Because we can't freopen fd:s 0, 1, 2 to mean
+ something else than stdin, stdout and stderr
+ (sim/common/syscall.c:cb_syscall special cases fd
+ 0, 1 and 2), we know what flags that we can
+ sanely return for these fd:s. */
+ retval = TARGET_O_RDONLY;
+ break;
+ }
+ else if (arg1 == 1 || arg1 == 2)
+ {
+ retval = TARGET_O_WRONLY;
+ break;
+ }
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ default:
+ /* Abort for all other cases. */
+ sim_io_eprintf (sd, "Unimplemented %s syscall "
+ "(fd: 0x%lx: cmd: 0x%lx arg: 0x%lx)\n",
+ callnum == TARGET_SYS_fcntl
+ ? "fcntl" : "fcntl64",
+ (unsigned long) (USI) arg1,
+ (unsigned long) (USI) arg2,
+ (unsigned long) (USI) arg3);
+ sim_engine_halt (sd, current_cpu, NULL, pc, sim_stopped,
+ SIM_SIGILL);
+ break;
}
break;
@@ -2324,6 +2373,7 @@
/* Add case labels here for other syscalls using the 32-bit
"struct stat", provided they have a corresponding simulator
function of course. */
+ case TARGET_SYS_stat:
case TARGET_SYS_fstat:
{
/* As long as the infrastructure doesn't cache anything
@@ -2816,6 +2866,14 @@
}
}
+ /* Minimal support for fcntl F_GETFL as used in open+fdopen. */
+ if (callnum == TARGET_SYS_open)
+ {
+ current_cpu->last_open_fd = retval;
+ current_cpu->last_open_flags = arg2;
+ }
+ current_cpu->last_syscall = callnum;
+
/* A system call is a rescheduling point. For the time being, we don't
reschedule anywhere else. */
if (current_cpu->m1threads != 0
diff --git a/sim/testsuite/ChangeLog b/sim/testsuite/ChangeLog
index c86d915..2b794d5 100644
--- a/sim/testsuite/ChangeLog
+++ b/sim/testsuite/ChangeLog
@@ -1,3 +1,8 @@
+2005-11-21 Hans-Peter Nilsson <hp@axis.com>
+
+ * sim/cris: New directory with C and assembly tests for the CRIS
+ simulator.
+
2005-01-11 Andrew Cagney <cagney@localhost.localdomain>
* configure: Regenerated to track ../common/aclocal.m4 changes.
diff --git a/texinfo/texinfo.tex b/texinfo/texinfo.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 6f322ea..0000000
--- a/texinfo/texinfo.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6931 +0,0 @@
-% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files.
-%
-% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
-\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
-%
-\def\texinfoversion{2004-02-19.09}
-%
-% Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
-% 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software
-% Foundation, Inc.
-%
-% This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-% published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at
-% your option) any later version.
-%
-% This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be
-% useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
-% of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-% General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this texinfo.tex file; see the file COPYING. If not, write
-% to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-% Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-%
-% As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing
-% a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without
-% restriction. (This has been our intent since Texinfo was invented.)
-%
-% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug
-% reports; you can get the latest version from:
-% http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page), or
-% ftp://tug.org/tex/texinfo.tex
-% (and all CTAN mirrors, see http://www.ctan.org).
-% The texinfo.tex in any given distribution could well be out
-% of date, so if that's what you're using, please check.
-%
-% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Please include including a
-% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the
-% problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated.
-%
-% To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the
-% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For a simple
-% manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this:
-% tex foo.texi
-% texindex foo.??
-% tex foo.texi
-% tex foo.texi
-% dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever; this makes foo.ps.
-% The extra TeX runs get the cross-reference information correct.
-% Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more
-% than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary.
-%
-% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some
-% extent. You can get the existing language-specific files from the
-% full Texinfo distribution.
-%
-% The GNU Texinfo home page is http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo.
-
-
-\message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:}
-
-% If in a .fmt file, print the version number
-% and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because
-% they might have appeared in the input file name.
-\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}%
- \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active}
-
-\message{Basics,}
-\chardef\other=12
-
-% We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo.
-% For @tex, we can use \tabalign.
-\let\+ = \relax
-
-% Save some plain tex macros whose names we will redefine.
-\let\ptexb=\b
-\let\ptexbullet=\bullet
-\let\ptexc=\c
-\let\ptexcomma=\,
-\let\ptexdot=\.
-\let\ptexdots=\dots
-\let\ptexend=\end
-\let\ptexequiv=\equiv
-\let\ptexexclam=\!
-\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote
-\let\ptexgtr=>
-\let\ptexhat=^
-\let\ptexi=\i
-\let\ptexindent=\indent
-\let\ptexnoindent=\noindent
-\let\ptexinsert=\insert
-\let\ptexlbrace=\{
-\let\ptexless=<
-\let\ptexplus=+
-\let\ptexrbrace=\}
-\let\ptexslash=\/
-\let\ptexstar=\*
-\let\ptext=\t
-
-% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it
-% starts a new line in the output.
-\newlinechar = `^^J
-
-% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error
-% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.
-%
-\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined
- \let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0.
-\else
- \def\linenumber{l.\the\inputlineno:\space}
-\fi
-
-% Set up fixed words for English if not already set.
-\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi
-\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi
-\ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi
-\ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi
-\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi
-\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi
-\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi
-\ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi
-\ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi
-\ifx\putwordof\undefined \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi
-\ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi
-\ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi
-\ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi
-\ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi
-\ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi
-\ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi
-\ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi
-\ifx\putwordTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi
-%
-\ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi
-%
-\ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi
-\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi
-\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi
-\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi
-\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi
-
-% In some macros, we cannot use the `\? notation---the left quote is
-% in some cases the escape char.
-\chardef\colonChar = `\:
-\chardef\commaChar = `\,
-\chardef\dotChar = `\.
-\chardef\exclamChar= `\!
-\chardef\questChar = `\?
-\chardef\semiChar = `\;
-\chardef\underChar = `\_
-
-\chardef\spaceChar = `\ %
-\chardef\spacecat = 10
-\def\spaceisspace{\catcode\spaceChar=\spacecat}
-
-% Ignore a token.
-%
-\def\gobble#1{}
-
-% The following is used inside several \edef's.
-\def\makecsname#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}
-
-% Hyphenation fixes.
-\hyphenation{
- Flor-i-da Ghost-script Ghost-view Mac-OS ap-pen-dix bit-map bit-maps
- data-base data-bases eshell fall-ing half-way long-est man-u-script
- man-u-scripts mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers over-view par-a-digm
- par-a-digms rec-tan-gu-lar ro-bot-ics se-vere-ly set-up spa-ces
- stand-alone strong-est time-stamp time-stamps which-ever white-space
- wide-spread wrap-around
-}
-
-% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages.
-\newdimen\bindingoffset
-\newdimen\normaloffset
-\newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight
-
-% For a final copy, take out the rectangles
-% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided
-% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin).
-%
-\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt}
-
-% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should
-% surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the
-% change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would
-% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main
-% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change).
-%
-\def\|{%
- % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode.
- \leavevmode
- %
- % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output.
- \vadjust{%
- % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current
- % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record.
- \vskip-\baselineskip
- %
- % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So
- % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin.
- \llap{%
- %
- % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'.
- \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt
- %
- % This is the space between the bar and the text.
- \hskip 12pt
- }%
- }%
-}
-
-% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file
-% and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here,
-% since that produces some useless output on the terminal. We also make
-% some effort to order the tracing commands to reduce output in the log
-% file; cf. trace.sty in LaTeX.
-%
-\def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}%
-\def\loggingall{%
- \tracingstats2
- \tracingpages1
- \tracinglostchars2 % 2 gives us more in etex
- \tracingparagraphs1
- \tracingoutput1
- \tracingmacros2
- \tracingrestores1
- \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen
- \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined\else % etex gives us more logging
- \tracingscantokens1
- \tracingifs1
- \tracinggroups1
- \tracingnesting2
- \tracingassigns1
- \fi
- \tracingcommands3 % 3 gives us more in etex
- \errorcontextlines16
-}%
-
-% add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions. If the last thing
-% we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space.
-%
-\def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount
- \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi}
-\def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount
- \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi}
-\def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount
- \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi}
-
-% For @cropmarks command.
-% Do @cropmarks to get crop marks.
-%
-\newif\ifcropmarks
-\let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue
-%
-% Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners.
-% Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986
-%
-\newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines
-\newdimen\cornerlong \cornerlong=1pc
-\newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt
-\newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in
-
-% Main output routine.
-\chardef\PAGE = 255
-\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}
-
-\newbox\headlinebox
-\newbox\footlinebox
-
-% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. Note that \pagecontents
-% does insertions, but you have to call it yourself.
-\def\onepageout#1{%
- \ifcropmarks \hoffset=0pt \else \hoffset=\normaloffset \fi
- %
- \ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset
- \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi
- %
- % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in
- % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code).
- \setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}%
- \setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}%
- %
- {%
- % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to
- % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends
- % before the \shipout runs.
- %
- \escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files.
- \indexdummies % don't expand commands in the output.
- \normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if
- % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example.
- \shipout\vbox{%
- % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page.
- \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi
- %
- \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup
- \hsize = \outerhsize
- \vskip-\topandbottommargin
- \vtop to0pt{%
- \line{\ewtop\hfil\ewtop}%
- \nointerlineskip
- \line{%
- \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}%
- \hfill
- \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}%
- }%
- \vss}%
- \vskip\topandbottommargin
- \line\bgroup
- \hfil % center the page within the outer (page) hsize.
- \ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi
- \vbox\bgroup
- \fi
- %
- \unvbox\headlinebox
- \pagebody{#1}%
- \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt
- % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty.
- % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingxxx.)
- % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect.
- \vskip 2\baselineskip
- \unvbox\footlinebox
- \fi
- %
- \ifcropmarks
- \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup
- \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup
- \vskip\topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill
- \boxmaxdepth = \cornerthick
- \vbox to0pt{\vss
- \line{%
- \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}%
- \hfill
- \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}%
- }%
- \nointerlineskip
- \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}%
- }%
- \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause
- \fi
- }% end of \shipout\vbox
- }% end of group with \normalturnoffactive
- \advancepageno
- \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi
-}
-
-\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen
-
-\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}}
-{\catcode`\@ =11
-\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi
-% marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala)
-\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present
- \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi
-\dimen@=\dp#1 \unvbox#1
-\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi
-\ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi}
-}
-
-% Here are the rules for the cropmarks. Note that they are
-% offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize
-% (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986)
-%
-\def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong}
-\def\nstop{\vbox
- {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}}
-\def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong}
-\def\nsbot{\vbox
- {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}}
-
-% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of
-% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a
-% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument.
-%
-\def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}}
-\def\parseargusing#1#2{%
- \def\next{#2}%
- \begingroup
- \obeylines
- \spaceisspace
- #1%
- \parseargline\empty% Insert the \empty token, see \finishparsearg below.
-}
-
-{\obeylines %
- \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{%
- \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg.
- \argremovecomment #1\comment\ArgTerm%
- }%
-}
-
-% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment.
-\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm}
-\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm}
-
-% Each occurence of `\^^M' or `<space>\^^M' is replaced by a single space.
-%
-% \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, e.g.,
-% @end itemize @c foo
-% This space token undergoes the same procedure and is eventually removed
-% by \finishparsearg.
-%
-\def\argcheckspaces#1\^^M{\argcheckspacesX#1\^^M \^^M}
-\def\argcheckspacesX#1 \^^M{\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M}
-\def\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M#2\^^M#3\ArgTerm{%
- \def\temp{#3}%
- \ifx\temp\empty
- % We cannot use \next here, as it holds the macro to run;
- % thus we reuse \temp.
- \let\temp\finishparsearg
- \else
- \let\temp\argcheckspaces
- \fi
- % Put the space token in:
- \temp#1 #3\ArgTerm
-}
-
-% If a _delimited_ argument is enclosed in braces, they get stripped; so
-% to get _exactly_ the rest of the line, we had to prevent such situation.
-% We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it now,
-% just before passing the control to \next.
-% (Similarily, we have to think about #3 of \argcheckspacesY above: it is
-% either the null string, or it ends with \^^M---thus there is no danger
-% that a pair of braces would be stripped.
-%
-% But first, we have to remove the trailing space token.
-%
-\def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\next\expandafter{#1}}
-
-% \parseargdef\foo{...}
-% is roughly equivalent to
-% \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo}
-% \def\Xfoo#1{...}
-%
-% Actually, I use \csname\string\foo\endcsname, ie. \\foo, as it is my
-% favourite TeX trick. --kasal, 16nov03
-
-\def\parseargdef#1{%
- \expandafter \doparseargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname #1%
-}
-\def\doparseargdef#1#2{%
- \def#2{\parsearg#1}%
- \def#1##1%
-}
-
-% Several utility definitions with active space:
-{
- \obeyspaces
- \gdef\obeyedspace{ }
-
- % Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword
- % space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this
- % is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input
- % should produce a line of output anyway.
- %
- \gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}
-
- % If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces
- % therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the
- % expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ).
- \gdef\unsepspaces{\let =\space}
-}
-
-
-\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next}
-
-% Define the framework for environments in texinfo.tex. It's used like this:
-%
-% \envdef\foo{...}
-% \def\Efoo{...}
-%
-% It's the responsibility of \envdef to insert \begingroup before the
-% actual body; @end closes the group after calling \Efoo. \envdef also
-% defines \thisenv, so the current environment is known; @end checks
-% whether the environment name matches. The \checkenv macro can also be
-% used to check whether the current environment is the one expected.
-%
-% Non-false conditionals (@iftex, @ifset) don't fit into this, so they
-% are not treated as enviroments; they don't open a group. (The
-% implementation of @end takes care not to call \endgroup in this
-% special case.)
-
-
-% At runtime, environments start with this:
-\def\startenvironment#1{\begingroup\def\thisenv{#1}}
-% initialize
-\let\thisenv\empty
-
-% ... but they get defined via ``\envdef\foo{...}'':
-\long\def\envdef#1#2{\def#1{\startenvironment#1#2}}
-\def\envparseargdef#1#2{\parseargdef#1{\startenvironment#1#2}}
-
-% Check whether we're in the right environment:
-\def\checkenv#1{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\thisenv\temp
- \else
- \badenverr
- \fi
-}
-
-% Evironment mismatch, #1 expected:
-\def\badenverr{%
- \errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{This command can appear only \inenvironment\temp,
- not \inenvironment\thisenv}%
-}
-\def\inenvironment#1{%
- \ifx#1\empty
- out of any environment%
- \else
- in environment \expandafter\string#1%
- \fi
-}
-
-% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo.
-% But first, it executes a specialized version of \checkenv
-%
-\parseargdef\end{%
- \if 1\csname iscond.#1\endcsname
- \else
- % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal, but... --kasal, 06nov03
- \expandafter\checkenv\csname#1\endcsname
- \csname E#1\endcsname
- \endgroup
- \fi
-}
-
-\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.}
-
-
-%% Simple single-character @ commands
-
-% @@ prints an @
-% Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr).
-\def\@{{\tt\char64}}
-
-% This is turned off because it was never documented
-% and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures.
-%% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and '
-%% but suppressing ligatures.
-%\def\`{{`}}
-%\def\'{{'}}
-
-% Used to generate quoted braces.
-\def\mylbrace {{\tt\char123}}
-\def\myrbrace {{\tt\char125}}
-\let\{=\mylbrace
-\let\}=\myrbrace
-\begingroup
- % Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices,
- % and @{ and @} for the aux file.
- \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other
- \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2
- \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other
- !gdef!lbracecmd[\{]%
- !gdef!rbracecmd[\}]%
- !gdef!lbraceatcmd[@{]%
- !gdef!rbraceatcmd[@}]%
-!endgroup
-
-% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems.
-\let\comma = ,
-
-% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent
-% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H.
-\let\, = \c
-\let\dotaccent = \.
-\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}}
-\let\tieaccent = \t
-\let\ubaraccent = \b
-\let\udotaccent = \d
-
-% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm
-% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss.
-\def\questiondown{?`}
-\def\exclamdown{!`}
-\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{a}}}
-\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{o}}}
-
-% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents.
-\def\imacro{i}
-\def\jmacro{j}
-\def\dotless#1{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\imacro \ptexi
- \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \j
- \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}%
- \fi\fi
-}
-
-% The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a
-% period following counts as ending a sentence. (Idea found in latex.)
-%
-\edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=3000 }
-
-% @LaTeX{} logo. Not quite the same results as the definition in
-% latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most
-% convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using
-% the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and
-% \scriptscriptstyle).
-%
-\def\LaTeX{%
- L\kern-.36em
- {\setbox0=\hbox{T}%
- \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize A}\vss}}%
- \kern-.15em
- \TeX
-}
-
-% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space
-% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space
-% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and
-% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the
-% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph.
-{\catcode`@ = 11
- % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble
- % if the definition is written into an index file.
- \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M
- \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ }
-}
-
-% @: forces normal size whitespace following.
-\def\:{\spacefactor=1000 }
-
-% @* forces a line break.
-\def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces}
-
-% @/ allows a line break.
-\let\/=\allowbreak
-
-% @. is an end-of-sentence period.
-\def\.{.\spacefactor=3000 }
-
-% @! is an end-of-sentence bang.
-\def\!{!\spacefactor=3000 }
-
-% @? is an end-of-sentence query.
-\def\?{?\spacefactor=3000 }
-
-% @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the
-% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would
-% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph.
-\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}}
-
-% @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing
-% it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box
-% to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for
-% \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is
-% max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large,
-% therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and
-% the text is small, which looks bad.
-%
-% Another complication is that the group might be very large. This can
-% cause the glue on the previous page to be unduly stretched, because it
-% does not have much material. In this case, it's better to add an
-% explicit \vfill so that the extra space is at the bottom. The
-% threshold for doing this is if the group is more than \vfilllimit
-% percent of a page (\vfilllimit can be changed inside of @tex).
-%
-\newbox\groupbox
-\def\vfilllimit{0.7}
-%
-\envdef\group{%
- \ifnum\catcode`\^^M=\active \else
- \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp
- \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}%
- \fi
- \startsavinginserts
- %
- \setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup
- % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as
- % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an
- % end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after
- % the `@group' to put extra space in the output. Since @group
- % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo
- % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text.
- \comment
-}
-%
-% The \vtop produces a box with normal height and large depth; thus, TeX puts
-% \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the next line of text is done)
-% \lineskip glue after it. Thus, space below is not quite equal to space
-% above. But it's pretty close.
-\def\Egroup{%
- % To get correct interline space between the last line of the group
- % and the first line afterwards, we have to propagate \prevdepth.
- \endgraf % Not \par, as it may have been set to \lisppar.
- \global\dimen1 = \prevdepth
- \egroup % End the \vtop.
- % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box.
- \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox
- % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less).
- \dimen2 = \pageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal
- % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big
- % group, force a page break.
- \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2
- \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\pageheight
- \page
- \fi
- \fi
- \box\groupbox
- \prevdepth = \dimen1
- \checkinserts
-}
-%
-% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help
-% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'.
-%
-\newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{%
-group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J%
-where each line of input produces a line of output.}
-
-% @need space-in-mils
-% forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining.
-
-\newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in
-
-% Old definition--didn't work.
-%\parseargdef\need{\par %
-%% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally
-%% if the depth of the box does not fit.
-%{\baselineskip=0pt%
-%\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\nobreak
-%\prevdepth=-1000pt
-%}}
-
-\parseargdef\need{%
- % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a
- % paragraph.
- \par
- %
- % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless.
- \dimen0 = #1\mil
- \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox
- \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox
- \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2
- %
- % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the
- % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line.
- % And a page break here is fine.
- \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}%
- %
- % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the
- % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the
- % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider
- % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the
- % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999.
- %
- % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the
- % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in
- % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which
- % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing
- % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an
- % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real
- % document, then we can reconsider our strategy.
- \penalty9999
- %
- % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not.
- \kern -#1\mil
- %
- % Do not allow a page break right after this kern.
- \nobreak
- \fi
-}
-
-% @br forces paragraph break (and is undocumented).
-
-\let\br = \par
-
-% @page forces the start of a new page.
-%
-\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject}
-
-% @exdent text....
-% outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin
-
-% This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment.
-% That's how much \exdent should take out.
-\newskip\exdentamount
-
-% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun.
-\parseargdef\exdent{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}
-
-% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example.
-\parseargdef\nofillexdent{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount
- \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}}
-
-% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current
-% paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion
-% class. WHICH is `l' or `r'.
-%
-\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm
-\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox}
-%
-\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{%
- \nobreak
- \kern-\strutdepth
- \vtop to \strutdepth{%
- \baselineskip=\strutdepth
- \vss
- % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to
- % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size.
- \ifx#1l%
- \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}%
- \else
- \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}%
- \fi
- \null
- }%
-}}
-\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l}
-\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r}
-%
-% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]}
-% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right;
-% else use TEXT for both).
-%
-\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish}
-\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing.
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
- \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
- \def\lefttext{#1}% have both texts
- \def\righttext{#2}%
- \else
- \def\lefttext{#1}% have only one text
- \def\righttext{#1}%
- \fi
- %
- \ifodd\pageno
- \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin
- \else
- \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}%
- \fi
- \temp
-}
-
-% @include file insert text of that file as input.
-%
-\def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz}
-\def\includezzz#1{%
- \pushthisfilestack
- \def\thisfile{#1}%
- {%
- \makevalueexpandable
- \def\temp{\input #1 }%
- \expandafter
- }\temp
- \popthisfilestack
-}
-\def\filenamecatcodes{%
- \catcode`\\=\other
- \catcode`~=\other
- \catcode`^=\other
- \catcode`_=\other
- \catcode`|=\other
- \catcode`<=\other
- \catcode`>=\other
- \catcode`+=\other
- \catcode`-=\other
-}
-
-\def\pushthisfilestack{%
- \expandafter\pushthisfilestackX\popthisfilestack\StackTerm
-}
-\def\pushthisfilestackX{%
- \expandafter\pushthisfilestackY\thisfile\StackTerm
-}
-\def\pushthisfilestackY #1\StackTerm #2\StackTerm {%
- \gdef\popthisfilestack{\gdef\thisfile{#1}\gdef\popthisfilestack{#2}}%
-}
-
-\def\popthisfilestack{\errthisfilestackempty}
-\def\errthisfilestackempty{\errmessage{Internal error:
- the stack of filenames is empty.}}
-
-\def\thisfile{}
-
-% @center line
-% outputs that line, centered.
-%
-\parseargdef\center{%
- \ifhmode
- \let\next\centerH
- \else
- \let\next\centerV
- \fi
- \next{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}%
-}
-\def\centerH#1{%
- {%
- \hfil\break
- \advance\hsize by -\leftskip
- \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
- \line{#1}%
- \break
- }%
-}
-\def\centerV#1{\line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}}
-
-% @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space
-
-\parseargdef\sp{\vskip #1\baselineskip}
-
-% @comment ...line which is ignored...
-% @c is the same as @comment
-% @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment
-
-\def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\other%
-\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other%
-\commentxxx}
-{\catcode`\^^M=\other \gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}}
-
-\let\c=\comment
-
-% @paragraphindent NCHARS
-% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough.
-% NCHARS can also be the word `asis' or `none'.
-% We cannot feasibly implement @paragraphindent asis, though.
-%
-\def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords
-\def\noneword{none}
-%
-\parseargdef\paragraphindent{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\asisword
- \else
- \ifx\temp\noneword
- \defaultparindent = 0pt
- \else
- \defaultparindent = #1em
- \fi
- \fi
- \parindent = \defaultparindent
-}
-
-% @exampleindent NCHARS
-% We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent.
-% It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but
-% I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent.
-\parseargdef\exampleindent{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\asisword
- \else
- \ifx\temp\noneword
- \lispnarrowing = 0pt
- \else
- \lispnarrowing = #1em
- \fi
- \fi
-}
-
-% @firstparagraphindent WORD
-% If WORD is `none', then suppress indentation of the first paragraph
-% after a section heading. If WORD is `insert', then do indent at such
-% paragraphs.
-%
-% The paragraph indentation is suppressed or not by calling
-% \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do.
-% We switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD.
-% By default, we suppress indentation.
-%
-\def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent}
-\def\insertword{insert}
-%
-\parseargdef\firstparagraphindent{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\noneword
- \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent
- \else\ifx\temp\insertword
- \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \relax
- \else
- \errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{Unknown @firstparagraphindent option `\temp'}%
- \fi\fi
-}
-
-% Here is how we actually suppress indentation. Redefine \everypar to
-% \kern backwards by \parindent, and then reset itself to empty.
-%
-% We also make \indent itself not actually do anything until the next
-% paragraph.
-%
-\gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{%
- \gdef\indent{%
- \restorefirstparagraphindent
- \indent
- }%
- \gdef\noindent{%
- \restorefirstparagraphindent
- \noindent
- }%
- \global\everypar = {%
- \kern -\parindent
- \restorefirstparagraphindent
- }%
-}
-
-\gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{%
- \global \let \indent = \ptexindent
- \global \let \noindent = \ptexnoindent
- \global \everypar = {}%
-}
-
-
-% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example.
-%
-\def\asis#1{#1}
-
-% @math outputs its argument in math mode.
-%
-% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean
-% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make
-% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam,
-% which is what @var uses.
-{
- \catcode\underChar = \active
- \gdef\mathunderscore{%
- \catcode\underChar=\active
- \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}%
- }
-}
-% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a \ character.
-% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (why?), but
-% this is not advertised and we don't care. Texinfo does not
-% otherwise define @\.
-%
-% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\.
-\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi}
-%
-\def\math{%
- \tex
- \mathunderscore
- \let\\ = \mathbackslash
- \mathactive
- $\finishmath
-}
-\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup} % Close the group opened by \tex.
-
-% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math.
-% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument
-% to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section).
-%
-{
- \catcode`^ = \active
- \catcode`< = \active
- \catcode`> = \active
- \catcode`+ = \active
- \gdef\mathactive{%
- \let^ = \ptexhat
- \let< = \ptexless
- \let> = \ptexgtr
- \let+ = \ptexplus
- }
-}
-
-% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above.
-\def\bullet{$\ptexbullet$}
-\def\minus{$-$}
-
-% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font.
-% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in a typewriter
-% font as three actual period characters.
-%
-\def\dots{%
- \leavevmode
- \hbox to 1.5em{%
- \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil
- .\hfil.\hfil.%
- \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil
- }%
-}
-
-% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis.
-%
-\def\enddots{%
- \dots
- \spacefactor=3000
-}
-
-% @comma{} is so commas can be inserted into text without messing up
-% Texinfo's parsing.
-%
-\let\comma = ,
-
-% @refill is a no-op.
-\let\refill=\relax
-
-% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to
-% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs.
-% This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename).
-%
-\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files.
-\let\novalidate = \linksfalse
-
-% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file.
-% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input.
-% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo.
-\def\setfilename{%
- \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'.
- \iflinks
- \tryauxfile
- % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit.
- \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux
- \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case.
- \openindices
- \let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds.
- %
- % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it.
- % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc.
- \openin 1 texinfo.cnf
- \ifeof 1 \else \input texinfo.cnf \fi
- \closein 1
- %
- \comment % Ignore the actual filename.
-}
-
-% Called from \setfilename.
-%
-\def\openindices{%
- \newindex{cp}%
- \newcodeindex{fn}%
- \newcodeindex{vr}%
- \newcodeindex{tp}%
- \newcodeindex{ky}%
- \newcodeindex{pg}%
-}
-
-% @bye.
-\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend}
-
-
-\message{pdf,}
-% adobe `portable' document format
-\newcount\tempnum
-\newcount\lnkcount
-\newtoks\filename
-\newcount\filenamelength
-\newcount\pgn
-\newtoks\toksA
-\newtoks\toksB
-\newtoks\toksC
-\newtoks\toksD
-\newbox\boxA
-\newcount\countA
-\newif\ifpdf
-\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest
-
-\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined
- \pdffalse
- \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble
- \let\pdfurl = \gobble
- \let\endlink = \relax
- \let\linkcolor = \relax
- \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax
-\else
- \pdftrue
- \pdfoutput = 1
- \input pdfcolor
- \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}%
- \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{%
- \def\imagewidth{#2}%
- \def\imageheight{#3}%
- % without \immediate, pdftex seg faults when the same image is
- % included twice. (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.)
- \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
- \immediate\pdfimage
- \else
- \immediate\pdfximage
- \fi
- \ifx\empty\imagewidth\else width \imagewidth \fi
- \ifx\empty\imageheight\else height \imageheight \fi
- \ifnum\pdftexversion<13
- #1.pdf%
- \else
- {#1.pdf}%
- \fi
- \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else
- \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage
- \fi}
- \def\pdfmkdest#1{{%
- % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code in a section title
- % aren't expanded.
- \atdummies
- \normalturnoffactive
- \pdfdest name{#1} xyz%
- }}
- \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1}
- \let\linkcolor = \Blue % was Cyan, but that seems light?
- \def\endlink{\Black\pdfendlink}
- % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines
- % come from Petr Olsak
- \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0%
- \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi}
- \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax
- \advance\tempnum by 1
- \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}}
- %
- % #1 is the section text. #2 is the pdf expression for the number
- % of subentries (or empty, for subsubsections). #3 is the node
- % text, which might be empty if this toc entry had no
- % corresponding node. #4 is the page number.
- %
- \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{%
- % Generate a link to the node text if that exists; else, use the
- % page number. We could generate a destination for the section
- % text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't
- % seem worthwhile, since most documents are normally structured.
- \def\pdfoutlinedest{#3}%
- \ifx\pdfoutlinedest\empty \def\pdfoutlinedest{#4}\fi
- %
- \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfoutlinedest}}#2{#1}%
- }
- %
- \def\pdfmakeoutlines{%
- \begingroup
- % Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks
- \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace
- \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace
- %
- % Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline.
- \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \def\thischapnum{##2}%
- \let\thissecnum\empty
- \let\thissubsecnum\empty
- }%
- \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \advancenumber{chap\thischapnum}%
- \def\thissecnum{##2}%
- \let\thissubsecnum\empty
- }%
- \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \advancenumber{sec\thissecnum}%
- \def\thissubsecnum{##2}%
- }%
- \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \advancenumber{subsec\thissubsecnum}%
- }%
- \let\thischapnum\empty
- \let\thissecnum\empty
- \let\thissubsecnum\empty
- %
- % use \def rather than \let here because we redefine \chapentry et
- % al. a second time, below.
- \def\appentry{\numchapentry}%
- \def\appsecentry{\numsecentry}%
- \def\appsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
- \def\appsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
- \def\unnchapentry{\numchapentry}%
- \def\unnsecentry{\numsecentry}%
- \def\unnsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
- \def\unnsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
- \input \jobname.toc
- %
- % Read toc second time, this time actually producing the outlines.
- % The `-' means take the \expnumber as the absolute number of
- % subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above.
- %
- % We use the node names as the destinations.
- \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
- \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{sec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
- \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{subsec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
- \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% count is always zero
- \dopdfoutline{##1}{}{##3}{##4}}%
- %
- % PDF outlines are displayed using system fonts, instead of
- % document fonts. Therefore we cannot use special characters,
- % since the encoding is unknown. For example, the eogonek from
- % Latin 2 (0xea) gets translated to a | character. Info from
- % Staszek Wawrykiewicz, 19 Jan 2004 04:09:24 +0100.
- %
- % xx to do this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to
- % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding. Right
- % now, I guess we'll just let the pdf reader have its way.
- \indexnofonts
- \turnoffactive
- \input \jobname.toc
- \endgroup
- }
- %
- \def\makelinks #1,{%
- \def\params{#1}\def\E{END}%
- \ifx\params\E
- \let\nextmakelinks=\relax
- \else
- \let\nextmakelinks=\makelinks
- \ifnum\lnkcount>0,\fi
- \picknum{#1}%
- \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}
- goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\the\pgn}}%
- \linkcolor #1%
- \advance\lnkcount by 1%
- \endlink
- \fi
- \nextmakelinks
- }
- \def\picknum#1{\expandafter\pn#1}
- \def\pn#1{%
- \def\p{#1}%
- \ifx\p\lbrace
- \let\nextpn=\ppn
- \else
- \let\nextpn=\ppnn
- \def\first{#1}
- \fi
- \nextpn
- }
- \def\ppn#1{\pgn=#1\gobble}
- \def\ppnn{\pgn=\first}
- \def\pdfmklnk#1{\lnkcount=0\makelinks #1,END,}
- \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}%
- \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax
- \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces
- \ifx\p\space\else\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}%
- \advance\filenamelength by 1
- \fi
- \fi
- \nextsp}
- \def\getfilename#1{\filenamelength=0\expandafter\skipspaces#1|\relax}
- \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
- \let \startlink \pdfannotlink
- \else
- \let \startlink \pdfstartlink
- \fi
- \def\pdfurl#1{%
- \begingroup
- \normalturnoffactive\def\@{@}%
- \makevalueexpandable
- \leavevmode\Red
- \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
- user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}%
- \endgroup}
- \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}}
- \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
- \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks}
- \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}}
- \def\maketoks{%
- \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax
- \ifx\first0\adn0
- \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3
- \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6
- \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9
- \else
- \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi
- \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else
- \let\next=\maketoks
- \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD}
- \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi
- \fi
- \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
- \next}
- \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}%
- {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0}
- \def\pdflink#1{%
- \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}}
- \linkcolor #1\endlink}
- \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st}
-\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput
-
-
-\message{fonts,}
-
-% Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle.
-% For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in
-% italics, not bold italics.
-%
-\def\setfontstyle#1{%
- \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd.
- \csname ten#1\endcsname % change the current font
-}
-
-% Select #1 fonts with the current style.
-%
-\def\selectfonts#1{\csname #1fonts\endcsname \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname}
-
-\def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}}
-\def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}}
-\def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}}
-\def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}
-\def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}}
-
-% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not.
-% So we set up a \sf.
-\newfam\sffam
-\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}}
-\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf.
-
-% We don't need math for this font style.
-\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}}
-
-% Default leading.
-\newdimen\textleading \textleading = 13.2pt
-
-% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size
-% correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers
-% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined.
-%
-\def\lineskipfactor{.08333}
-\def\strutheightpercent{.70833}
-\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167}
-%
-\def\setleading#1{%
- \normalbaselineskip = #1\relax
- \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip
- \normalbaselines
- \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{%
- \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip
- depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip
- }%
-}
-
-% Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the
-% specified font prefix (normally `cm').
-% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor
-\def\setfont#1#2#3#4{\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4}
-
-% Use cm as the default font prefix.
-% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix
-% before you read in texinfo.tex.
-\ifx\fontprefix\undefined
-\def\fontprefix{cm}
-\fi
-% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM.
-\def\rmshape{r}
-\def\rmbshape{bx} %where the normal face is bold
-\def\bfshape{b}
-\def\bxshape{bx}
-\def\ttshape{tt}
-\def\ttbshape{tt}
-\def\ttslshape{sltt}
-\def\itshape{ti}
-\def\itbshape{bxti}
-\def\slshape{sl}
-\def\slbshape{bxsl}
-\def\sfshape{ss}
-\def\sfbshape{ss}
-\def\scshape{csc}
-\def\scbshape{csc}
-
-% Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1).
-\newcount\mainmagstep
-\ifx\bigger\relax
- % not really supported.
- \mainmagstep=\magstep1
- \setfont\textrm\rmshape{12}{1000}
- \setfont\texttt\ttshape{12}{1000}
-\else
- \mainmagstep=\magstephalf
- \setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
- \setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\fi
-\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
-\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
-
-% A few fonts for @defun names and args.
-\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}
-\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}
-\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}
-\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf}
-
-% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
-\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}
-\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}
-\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}
-\font\smalli=cmmi9
-\font\smallsy=cmsy9
-
-% Fonts for small examples (8pt).
-\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
-\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}
-\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}
-\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}
-\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}
-\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}
-\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}
-\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}
-\font\smalleri=cmmi8
-\font\smallersy=cmsy8
-
-% Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
-\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}
-\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}
-\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}
-\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}
-\let\titlebf=\titlerm
-\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}
-\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
-\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
-\def\authorrm{\secrm}
-\def\authortt{\sectt}
-
-% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt).
-\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}
-\let\chapbf=\chaprm
-\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}
-\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2
-\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3
-
-% Section fonts (14.4pt).
-\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}
-\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}
-\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}
-\let\secbf\secrm
-\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
-\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
-
-% Subsection fonts (13.15pt).
-\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
-\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}
-\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}
-\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
-\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}
-\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
-\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
-\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1315}
-\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf
-\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315
-
-% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (10pt).
-\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000}
-\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000}
-\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{1000}
-\setfont\reducedit\itshape{10}{1000}
-\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{10}{1000}
-\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{10}{1000}
-\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{1000}
-\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}
-\font\reducedi=cmmi10
-\font\reducedsy=cmsy10
-
-% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters,
-% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. Since
-% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts except
-% in the main text, we don't bother to reset \scriptfont and
-% \scriptscriptfont (which would also require loading a lot more fonts).
-%
-\def\resetmathfonts{%
- \textfont0=\tenrm \textfont1=\teni \textfont2=\tensy
- \textfont\itfam=\tenit \textfont\slfam=\tensl \textfont\bffam=\tenbf
- \textfont\ttfam=\tentt \textfont\sffam=\tensf
-}
-
-% The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead
-% of just \STYLE. We do this because \STYLE needs to also set the
-% current \fam for math mode. Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm) commands hardwire
-% \tenSTYLE to set the current font.
-%
-% Each font-changing command also sets the names \lsize (one size lower)
-% and \lllsize (three sizes lower). These relative commands are used in
-% the LaTeX logo and acronyms.
-%
-% This all needs generalizing, badly.
-%
-\def\textfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl
- \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc
- \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy
- \let\tenttsl=\textttsl
- \def\lsize{reduced}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{\textleading}}
-\def\titlefonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl
- \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc
- \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy
- \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl
- \def\lsize{chap}\def\lllsize{subsec}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}}
-\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}}
-\def\chapfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl
- \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc
- \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl
- \def\lsize{sec}\def\lllsize{text}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}}
-\def\secfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl
- \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc
- \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy
- \let\tenttsl=\secttsl
- \def\lsize{subsec}\def\lllsize{reduced}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}}
-\def\subsecfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl
- \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc
- \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy
- \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl
- \def\lsize{text}\def\lllsize{small}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}}
-\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts
-\def\reducedfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\reducedrm \let\tenit=\reducedit \let\tensl=\reducedsl
- \let\tenbf=\reducedbf \let\tentt=\reducedtt \let\reducedcaps=\reducedsc
- \let\tensf=\reducedsf \let\teni=\reducedi \let\tensy=\reducedsy
- \let\tenttsl=\reducedttsl
- \def\lsize{small}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
-\def\smallfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl
- \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc
- \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy
- \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl
- \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
-\def\smallerfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\smallerrm \let\tenit=\smallerit \let\tensl=\smallersl
- \let\tenbf=\smallerbf \let\tentt=\smallertt \let\smallcaps=\smallersc
- \let\tensf=\smallersf \let\teni=\smalleri \let\tensy=\smallersy
- \let\tenttsl=\smallerttsl
- \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{9.5pt}}
-
-% Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments.
-\let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts
-
-% About \smallexamplefonts. If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample
-% can fit this many characters:
-% 8.5x11=86 smallbook=72 a4=90 a5=69
-% If we use \scriptfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters:
-% 8.5x11=90+ smallbook=80 a4=90+ a5=77
-% For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth
-% the additional smallness of 8pt. So I'm making the default 9pt.
-%
-% By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt):
-% 8.5x11=71 smallbook=60 a4=75 a5=58
-%
-% I wish the USA used A4 paper.
-% --karl, 24jan03.
-
-
-% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes.
-%
-\textfonts \rm
-
-% Define these so they can be easily changed for other fonts.
-\def\angleleft{$\langle$}
-\def\angleright{$\rangle$}
-
-% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks
-\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0
-
-% Fonts for short table of contents.
-\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}
-\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1} % no cmb12
-\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}
-\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}
-
-%% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans
-%% serif) and @ii for TeX italic
-
-% \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction
-% unless the following character is such as not to need one.
-\def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else
- \ptexslash\fi\fi\fi}
-\def\smartslanted#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
-\def\smartitalic#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
-
-% like \smartslanted except unconditionally uses \ttsl.
-% @var is set to this for defun arguments.
-\def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
-
-% like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl. We never want
-% ttsl for book titles, do we?
-\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
-
-\let\i=\smartitalic
-\let\var=\smartslanted
-\let\dfn=\smartslanted
-\let\emph=\smartitalic
-
-\def\b#1{{\bf #1}}
-\let\strong=\b
-
-% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at
-% the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the
-% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called.
-%
-\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation}
-\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- }
-
-% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value.
-% Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and
-% sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up.
-%
-\catcode`@=11
- \def\frenchspacing{%
- \sfcode\dotChar =\@m \sfcode\questChar=\@m \sfcode\exclamChar=\@m
- \sfcode\colonChar=\@m \sfcode\semiChar =\@m \sfcode\commaChar =\@m
- }
-\catcode`@=\other
-
-\def\t#1{%
- {\tt \rawbackslash \frenchspacing #1}%
- \null
-}
-\def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null}
-\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
-\font\keysy=cmsy9
-\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{%
- \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{%
- \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt
- \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}%
- \kern-0.4pt\hrule}%
- \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}}
-% The old definition, with no lozenge:
-%\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null}
-\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1}
-
-% @file, @option are the same as @samp.
-\let\file=\samp
-\let\option=\samp
-
-% @code is a modification of @t,
-% which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text.
-\def\tclose#1{%
- {%
- % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font.
- \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font
- %
- % Switch to typewriter.
- \tt
- %
- % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space.
- \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}%
- %
- % Turn off hyphenation.
- \nohyphenation
- %
- \rawbackslash
- \frenchspacing
- #1%
- }%
- \null
-}
-
-% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code.
-% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes
-% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc.
-
-% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control
-% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words.
-% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that)
-% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash.
-% -- rms.
-{
- \catcode`\-=\active
- \catcode`\_=\active
- %
- \global\def\code{\begingroup
- \catcode`\-=\active \let-\codedash
- \catcode`\_=\active \let_\codeunder
- \codex
- }
-}
-
-\def\realdash{-}
-\def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}}
-\def\codeunder{%
- % this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work. In math mode, _
- % is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.)
- % will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us
- % (inside @code that is), therefore an endless loop.
- \ifusingtt{\ifmmode
- \mathchar"075F % class 0=ordinary, family 7=ttfam, pos 0x5F=_.
- \else\normalunderscore \fi
- \discretionary{}{}{}}%
- {\_}%
-}
-\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup}
-
-% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command,
-% then @kbd has no effect.
-
-% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always),
-% `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends),
-% or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always).
-\parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{%
- \def\arg{#1}%
- \ifx\arg\worddistinct
- \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}%
- \else\ifx\arg\wordexample
- \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
- \else\ifx\arg\wordcode
- \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
- \else
- \errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle option `\arg'}%
- \fi\fi\fi
-}
-\def\worddistinct{distinct}
-\def\wordexample{example}
-\def\wordcode{code}
-
-% Default is `distinct.'
-\kbdinputstyle distinct
-
-\def\xkey{\key}
-\def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}%
-\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}%
-\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi
-\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi}
-
-% For @url, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code.
-\let\url=\code
-\let\env=\code
-\let\command=\code
-
-% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated)
-% second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third
-% arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url
-% itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. Perhaps eventually put in
-% a hypertex \special here.
-%
-\def\uref#1{\douref #1,,,\finish}
-\def\douref#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup
- \unsepspaces
- \pdfurl{#1}%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
- \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
- \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that
- \else
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
- \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
- \ifpdf
- \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it
- \else
- \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url
- \fi
- \else
- \code{#1}% only url given, so show it
- \fi
- \fi
- \endlink
-\endgroup}
-
-% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97.
-% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf.
-%
-%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright}
-\ifpdf
- \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish}
- \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup
- \unsepspaces
- \pdfurl{mailto:#1}%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
- \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi
- \endlink
- \endgroup}
-\else
- \let\email=\uref
-\fi
-
-% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the
-% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and
-% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have
-% this property, we can check that font parameter.
-%
-\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt }
-
-% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the
-% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt.
-%
-\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1}
-
-\def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par}
-
-% @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'',
-% and it is not used as such in any manual I can find. We need it for
-% Polish suppressed-l. --karl, 22sep96.
-%\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null}
-
-% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii.
-\def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font
-\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font
-\def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font
-
-\def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish}
-\def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{%
- {\selectfonts\lsize #1}%
- \def\temp{#2}%
- \ifx\temp\empty \else
- \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
- \fi
-}
-
-% @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which is in the CM italic font.
-%
-\def\pounds{{\it\$}}
-
-% @registeredsymbol - R in a circle. The font for the R should really
-% be smaller yet, but lllsize is the best we can do for now.
-% Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright.
-%
-\def\registeredsymbol{%
- $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize R}%
- \hfil\crcr\Orb}}%
- }$%
-}
-
-
-\message{page headings,}
-
-\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in
-\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc
-
-% First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage.
-\newif\ifseenauthor
-\newif\iffinishedtitlepage
-
-% Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the
-% user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage.
-%
-\newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
- \let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
-\newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
- \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
-
-\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}%
- \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}
-
-\envdef\titlepage{%
- % Open one extra group, as we want to close it in the middle of \Etitlepage.
- \begingroup
- \parindent=0pt \textfonts
- % Leave some space at the very top of the page.
- \vglue\titlepagetopglue
- % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title.
- \finishedtitlepagetrue
- %
- % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space
- % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second.
- \let\oldpage = \page
- \def\page{%
- \iffinishedtitlepage\else
- \finishtitlepage
- \fi
- \let\page = \oldpage
- \page
- \null
- }%
-}
-
-\def\Etitlepage{%
- \iffinishedtitlepage\else
- \finishtitlepage
- \fi
- % It is important to do the page break before ending the group,
- % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group.
- % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page
- % after the title page, which we certainly don't want.
- \oldpage
- \endgroup
- %
- % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are
- % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers.
- \HEADINGSon
- %
- % If they want short, they certainly want long too.
- \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
- \shortcontents
- \contents
- \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
- \global\let\contents = \relax
- \fi
- %
- \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
- \contents
- \global\let\contents = \relax
- \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
- \fi
-}
-
-\def\finishtitlepage{%
- \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize
- \vskip\titlepagebottomglue
- \finishedtitlepagetrue
-}
-
-%%% Macros to be used within @titlepage:
-
-\let\subtitlerm=\tenrm
-\def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}
-
-\def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines
- \let\tt=\authortt}
-
-\parseargdef\title{%
- \checkenv\titlepage
- \leftline{\titlefonts\rm #1}
- % print a rule at the page bottom also.
- \finishedtitlepagefalse
- \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt
-}
-
-\parseargdef\subtitle{%
- \checkenv\titlepage
- {\subtitlefont \rightline{#1}}%
-}
-
-% @author should come last, but may come many times.
-% It can also be used inside @quotation.
-%
-\parseargdef\author{%
- \def\temp{\quotation}%
- \ifx\thisenv\temp
- \def\quotationauthor{#1}% printed in \Equotation.
- \else
- \checkenv\titlepage
- \ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi
- {\authorfont \leftline{#1}}%
- \fi
-}
-
-
-%%% Set up page headings and footings.
-
-\let\thispage=\folio
-
-\newtoks\evenheadline % headline on even pages
-\newtoks\oddheadline % headline on odd pages
-\newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages
-\newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages
-
-% Now make TeX use those variables
-\headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline
- \else \the\evenheadline \fi}}
-\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline
- \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook}
-\let\HEADINGShook=\relax
-
-% Commands to set those variables.
-% For example, this is what @headings on does
-% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter
-% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle
-% @evenfooting @thisfile||
-% @oddfooting ||@thisfile
-
-
-\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx}
-\def\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
-\def\evenheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
-\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-
-\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx}
-\def\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
-\def\oddheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
-\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-
-\parseargdef\everyheading{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}%
-
-\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx}
-\def\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
-\def\evenfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
-\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-
-\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx}
-\def\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
-\def\oddfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
- \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}%
- %
- % Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume
- % @evenfooting will not be used by itself.
- \global\advance\pageheight by -\baselineskip
- \global\advance\vsize by -\baselineskip
-}
-
-\parseargdef\everyfooting{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}}
-
-
-% @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing.
-% @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing.
-% @headings off turns them off.
-% @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility.
-% @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page.
-% @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page.
-% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page.
-% By default, they are off at the start of a document,
-% and turned `on' after @end titlepage.
-
-\def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname}
-
-\def\HEADINGSoff{%
-\global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}}
-\HEADINGSoff
-% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1.
-% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner,
-% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document
-% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top
-% edge of all pages.
-\def\HEADINGSdouble{%
-\global\pageno=1
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
-}
-\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-
-% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page,
-% page number on top right.
-\def\HEADINGSsingle{%
-\global\pageno=1
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-}
-\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}
-
-\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex}
-\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter
-\def\HEADINGSdoublex{%
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
-}
-
-\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex}
-\def\HEADINGSsinglex{%
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-}
-
-% Subroutines used in generating headings
-% This produces Day Month Year style of output.
-% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set
-% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this).
-\ifx\today\undefined
-\def\today{%
- \number\day\space
- \ifcase\month
- \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr
- \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug
- \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec
- \fi
- \space\number\year}
-\fi
-
-% @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings.
-% It generates no output of its own.
-\def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle}
-\def\settitle{\parsearg{\gdef\thistitle}}
-
-
-\message{tables,}
-% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x).
-
-% default indentation of table text
-\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in
-% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text
-\newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in
-% margin between end of table item and start of table text.
-\newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in
-
-% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin
-\newdimen\itemmax
-
-% Note @table, @ftable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with
-% these defs.
-% They also define \itemindex
-% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none).
-
-\newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip
-
-\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi}
-
-\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz}
-\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz}
-
-\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup %
- \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
- \advance\hsize by -\tableindent
- \setbox0=\hbox{\itemindicate{#1}}%
- \itemindex{#1}%
- \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx.
- %
- % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line
- % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that
- % line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next
- % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the
- % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space.
- \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax
- %
- % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping,
- % but leave it ragged-right.
- \begingroup
- \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent
- \advance\hsize by\tableindent
- \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil
- \leavevmode\unhbox0\par
- \endgroup
- %
- % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the
- % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started.
- \nobreak \vskip-\parskip
- %
- % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. (Unfortunately
- % we can't prevent a possible page break at the following
- % \baselineskip glue.) However, if what follows is an environment
- % such as @example, there will be no \parskip glue; then
- % the negative vskip we just would cause the example and the item to
- % crash together. So we use this bizarre value of 10001 as a signal
- % to \aboveenvbreak to insert \parskip glue after all.
- % (Possibly there are other commands that could be followed by
- % @example which need the same treatment, but not section titles; or
- % maybe section titles are the only special case and they should be
- % penalty 10001...)
- \penalty 10001
- \endgroup
- \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse
- \else
- % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the
- % following text (if any) will end up on the same line.
- \noindent
- % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in
- % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and
- % eventually be printed.
- \nobreak\kern-\tableindent
- \dimen0 = \itemmax \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0
- \unhbox0
- \nobreak\kern\dimen0
- \endgroup
- \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue
- \fi
-}
-
-\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a list environment}}
-\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a list environment}}
-
-% @table, @ftable, @vtable.
-\envdef\table{%
- \let\itemindex\gobble
- \tablex
-}
-\envdef\ftable{%
- \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {fn}{\code{##1}}}%
- \tablex
-}
-\envdef\vtable{%
- \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {vr}{\code{##1}}}%
- \tablex
-}
-\def\tablex#1{%
- \def\itemindicate{#1}%
- \parsearg\tabley
-}
-\def\tabley#1{%
- {%
- \makevalueexpandable
- \edef\temp{\noexpand\tablez #1\space\space\space}%
- \expandafter
- }\temp \endtablez
-}
-\def\tablez #1 #2 #3 #4\endtablez{%
- \aboveenvbreak
- \ifnum 0#1>0 \advance \leftskip by #1\mil \fi
- \ifnum 0#2>0 \tableindent=#2\mil \fi
- \ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \rightskip by #3\mil \fi
- \itemmax=\tableindent
- \advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin
- \advance \leftskip by \tableindent
- \exdentamount=\tableindent
- \parindent = 0pt
- \parskip = \smallskipamount
- \ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
- \let\item = \internalBitem
- \let\itemx = \internalBitemx
-}
-\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak}
-\let\Eftable\Etable
-\let\Evtable\Etable
-\let\Eitemize\Etable
-\let\Eenumerate\Etable
-
-% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize
-
-\newcount \itemno
-
-\envdef\itemize{\parsearg\doitemize}
-
-\def\doitemize#1{%
- \aboveenvbreak
- \itemmax=\itemindent
- \advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin
- \advance\leftskip by \itemindent
- \exdentamount=\itemindent
- \parindent=0pt
- \parskip=\smallskipamount
- \ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
- \def\itemcontents{#1}%
- % @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet.
- \ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi
- \let\item=\itemizeitem
-}
-
-% Definition of @item while inside @itemize and @enumerate.
-%
-\def\itemizeitem{%
- \advance\itemno by 1 % for enumerations
- {\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% reasonable place to break
- {%
- % If the document has an @itemize directly after a section title, a
- % \nobreak will be last on the list, and \sectionheading will have
- % done a \vskip-\parskip. In that case, we don't want to zero
- % parskip, or the item text will crash with the heading. On the
- % other hand, when there is normal text preceding the item (as there
- % usually is), we do want to zero parskip, or there would be too much
- % space. In that case, we won't have a \nobreak before. At least
- % that's the theory.
- \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \parskip=0in \fi
- \noindent
- \hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}%
- \vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% not good to break after first line of item.
- \flushcr
-}
-
-% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in
-% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder.
-%
-\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}%
-
-% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter,
-% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No
-% argument is the same as `1'.
-%
-\envparseargdef\enumerate{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey}
-\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{%
- % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'.
- \def\thearg{#1}%
- \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi
- %
- % Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a
- % letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number.
- % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made.
- % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at
- % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.)
- \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark
- \ifx\rest\empty
- % Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything.
- % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero.
- % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and
- % not equal to itself.
- % Otherwise, we assume it's a number.
- %
- % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from
- % continuing to look for a <number>.
- %
- \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax
- \numericenumerate % a number (we hope)
- \else
- % It's a letter.
- \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax
- \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter
- \else
- \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter
- \fi
- \fi
- \else
- % Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number.
- \numericenumerate
- \fi
-}
-
-% An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is
-% given in \thearg.
-%
-\def\numericenumerate{%
- \itemno = \thearg
- \startenumeration{\the\itemno}%
-}
-
-% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg.
-\def\lowercaseenumerate{%
- \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
- \startenumeration{%
- % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
- \ifnum\itemno=0
- \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
- alphabet}%
- \fi
- \char\lccode\itemno
- }%
-}
-
-% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg.
-\def\uppercaseenumerate{%
- \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
- \startenumeration{%
- % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
- \ifnum\itemno=0
- \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
- alphabet}
- \fi
- \char\uccode\itemno
- }%
-}
-
-% Call \doitemize, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the
-% common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in
-% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno.
-%
-\def\startenumeration#1{%
- \advance\itemno by -1
- \doitemize{#1.}\flushcr
-}
-
-% @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg
-% to @enumerate.
-%
-\def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}}
-\def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}}
-\def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate}
-\def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate}
-
-
-% @multitable macros
-% Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96
-%
-% @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired.
-% Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble. Width
-% can be specified either with sample text given in a template line,
-% or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page.
-
-% Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines.
-
-% To make preamble:
-%
-% Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize:
-% @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45
-% @item ...
-%
-% Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total
-% current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many
-% columns as desired.
-
-
-% Or use a template:
-% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
-% @item ...
-% using the widest term desired in each column.
-
-% Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column
-% starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's
-% with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed,
-% ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns.
-
-% @item, @tab do not need to be on their own lines, but it will not hurt
-% if they are.
-
-% Sample multitable:
-
-% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
-% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col
-% @item
-% first col stuff
-% @tab
-% second col stuff
-% @tab
-% third col
-% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff
-% @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column.
-%
-% They will wrap at the width determined by the template.
-% @item@tab@tab This will be in third column.
-% @end multitable
-
-% Default dimensions may be reset by user.
-% @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table.
-% @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table.
-% @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns.
-% @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline
-% to baseline.
-% 0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing.
-%
-\newskip\multitableparskip
-\newskip\multitableparindent
-\newdimen\multitablecolspace
-\newskip\multitablelinespace
-\multitableparskip=0pt
-\multitableparindent=6pt
-\multitablecolspace=12pt
-\multitablelinespace=0pt
-
-% Macros used to set up halign preamble:
-%
-\let\endsetuptable\relax
-\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable}
-\let\columnfractions\relax
-\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions}
-\newif\ifsetpercent
-
-% #1 is the @columnfraction, usually a decimal number like .5, but might
-% be just 1. We just use it, whatever it is.
-%
-\def\pickupwholefraction#1 {%
- \global\advance\colcount by 1
- \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{#1\hsize}%
- \setuptable
-}
-
-\newcount\colcount
-\def\setuptable#1{%
- \def\firstarg{#1}%
- \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable
- \let\go = \relax
- \else
- \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions
- \global\setpercenttrue
- \else
- \ifsetpercent
- \let\go\pickupwholefraction
- \else
- \global\advance\colcount by 1
- \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip\space}% Add a normal word space as a
- % separator; typically that is always in the input, anyway.
- \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction
- % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so
- % we'll always have a period there to be parsed.
- \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}%
- \else
- \let\go = \setuptable
- \fi%
- \fi
- \go
-}
-
-% multitable-only commands.
-%
-% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold.
-% Assignments have to be global since we are inside the implicit group
-% of an alignment entry. Note that \everycr resets \everytab.
-\def\headitem{\checkenv\multitable \crcr \global\everytab={\bf}\the\everytab}%
-%
-% A \tab used to include \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template
-% line is not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just `&' until
-% we encounter the problem it was intended to solve again.
-% --karl, nathan@acm.org, 20apr99.
-\def\tab{\checkenv\multitable &\the\everytab}%
-
-% @multitable ... @end multitable definitions:
-%
-\newtoks\everytab % insert after every tab.
-%
-\envdef\multitable{%
- \vskip\parskip
- \startsavinginserts
- %
- % @item within a multitable starts a normal row.
- \let\item\crcr
- %
- \tolerance=9500
- \hbadness=9500
- \setmultitablespacing
- \parskip=\multitableparskip
- \parindent=\multitableparindent
- \overfullrule=0pt
- \global\colcount=0
- %
- \everycr = {%
- \noalign{%
- \global\everytab={}%
- \global\colcount=0 % Reset the column counter.
- % Check for saved footnotes, etc.
- \checkinserts
- % Keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages.
- %\filbreak
- % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the
- % table breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better? Wait until the
- % problem manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl.
- }%
- }%
- %
- \parsearg\domultitable
-}
-\def\domultitable#1{%
- % To parse everything between @multitable and @item:
- \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable
- %
- % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will
- % be used as many times as user calls for columns.
- % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and
- % continue for many paragraphs if desired.
- \halign\bgroup &%
- \global\advance\colcount by 1
- \multistrut
- \vtop{%
- % Use the current \colcount to find the correct column width:
- \hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname
- %
- % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other
- % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after
- % the first one.
- %
- % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace
- % to the width of each template entry.
- %
- % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will
- % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip
- % will keep entries from bumping into each other. Table will start at
- % left margin and final column will justify at right margin.
- %
- % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment.
- \rightskip=0pt
- \ifnum\colcount=1
- % The first column will be indented with the surrounding text.
- \advance\hsize by\leftskip
- \else
- \ifsetpercent \else
- % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize
- % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace.
- \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace
- \fi
- % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace:
- \leftskip=\multitablecolspace
- \fi
- % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious
- % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the
- % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself.
- % For example:
- % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89
- % @item @code{#}
- % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country.
- % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively
- % marking characters.
- \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut
- }\cr
-}
-\def\Emultitable{%
- \crcr
- \egroup % end the \halign
- \global\setpercentfalse
-}
-
-\def\setmultitablespacing{% test to see if user has set \multitablelinespace.
-% If so, do nothing. If not, give it an appropriate dimension based on
-% current baselineskip.
-\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt
-\setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip
-\global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0
-%% strut to put in table in case some entry doesn't have descenders,
-%% to keep lines equally spaced
-\let\multistrut = \strut
-\else
-%% FIXME: what is \box0 supposed to be?
-\gdef\multistrut{\vrule height\multitablelinespace depth\dp0
-width0pt\relax} \fi
-%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of
-%% table. If not, do nothing.
-%% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace.
-\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace
-\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
-\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
- %% than skip between lines in the table.
-\fi%
-\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt
-\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
-\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
- %% than skip between lines in the table.
-\fi}
-
-
-\message{conditionals,}
-
-% @iftex, @ifnotdocbook, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext,
-% @ifnotxml always succeed. They currently do nothing; we don't
-% attempt to check whether the conditionals are properly nested. But we
-% have to remember that they are conditionals, so that @end doesn't
-% attempt to close an environment group.
-%
-\def\makecond#1{%
- \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname = \relax
- \expandafter\let\csname iscond.#1\endcsname = 1
-}
-\makecond{iftex}
-\makecond{ifnotdocbook}
-\makecond{ifnothtml}
-\makecond{ifnotinfo}
-\makecond{ifnotplaintext}
-\makecond{ifnotxml}
-
-% Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like.
-%
-\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}}
-\def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}}
-\def\docbook{\doignore{docbook}}
-\def\html{\doignore{html}}
-\def\ifdocbook{\doignore{ifdocbook}}
-\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}}
-\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}}
-\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}}
-\def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}}
-\def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}}
-\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}}
-\def\menu{\doignore{menu}}
-\def\xml{\doignore{xml}}
-
-% Ignore text until a line `@end #1', keeping track of nested conditionals.
-%
-% A count to remember the depth of nesting.
-\newcount\doignorecount
-
-\def\doignore#1{\begingroup
- % Scan in ``verbatim'' mode:
- \catcode`\@ = \other
- \catcode`\{ = \other
- \catcode`\} = \other
- %
- % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants.
- \spaceisspace
- %
- % Count number of #1's that we've seen.
- \doignorecount = 0
- %
- % Swallow text until we reach the matching `@end #1'.
- \dodoignore {#1}%
-}
-
-{ \catcode`_=11 % We want to use \_STOP_ which cannot appear in texinfo source.
- \obeylines %
- %
- \gdef\dodoignore#1{%
- % #1 contains the string `ifinfo'.
- %
- % Define a command to find the next `@end #1', which must be on a line
- % by itself.
- \long\def\doignoretext##1^^M@end #1{\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1\_STOP_}%
- % And this command to find another #1 command, at the beginning of a
- % line. (Otherwise, we would consider a line `@c @ifset', for
- % example, to count as an @ifset for nesting.)
- \long\def\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1##2\_STOP_{\doignoreyyy{##2}\_STOP_}%
- %
- % And now expand that command.
- \obeylines %
- \doignoretext ^^M%
- }%
-}
-
-\def\doignoreyyy#1{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\empty % Nothing found.
- \let\next\doignoretextzzz
- \else % Found a nested condition, ...
- \advance\doignorecount by 1
- \let\next\doignoretextyyy % ..., look for another.
- % If we're here, #1 ends with ^^M\ifinfo (for example).
- \fi
- \next #1% the token \_STOP_ is present just after this macro.
-}
-
-% We have to swallow the remaining "\_STOP_".
-%
-\def\doignoretextzzz#1{%
- \ifnum\doignorecount = 0 % We have just found the outermost @end.
- \let\next\enddoignore
- \else % Still inside a nested condition.
- \advance\doignorecount by -1
- \let\next\doignoretext % Look for the next @end.
- \fi
- \next
-}
-
-% Finish off ignored text.
-\def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces}
-
-
-% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value.
-% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE.
-%
-% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be
-% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our
-% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we
-% didn't need it.
-% We rely on the fact that \parsearg sets \catcode`\ =10.
-%
-\parseargdef\set{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy}
-\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{%
- {%
- \makevalueexpandable
- \def\temp{#2}%
- \edef\next{\gdef\makecsname{SET#1}}%
- \ifx\temp\empty
- \next{}%
- \else
- \setzzz#2\endsetzzz
- \fi
- }%
-}
-% Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted.
-\def\setzzz#1 \endsetzzz{\next{#1}}
-
-% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR.
-%
-\parseargdef\clear{%
- {%
- \makevalueexpandable
- \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax
- }%
-}
-
-% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo.
-\def\value{\begingroup\makevalueexpandable\valuexxx}
-\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup}
-{
- \catcode`\- = \active \catcode`\_ = \active
- %
- \gdef\makevalueexpandable{%
- \let\value = \expandablevalue
- % We don't want these characters active, ...
- \catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other
- % ..., but we might end up with active ones in the argument if
- % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}, though.
- % So \let them to their normal equivalents.
- \let-\realdash \let_\normalunderscore
- }
-}
-
-% We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's
-% properly in indexes (we call \makevalueexpandable in \indexdummies).
-% The command has to be fully expandable (if the variable is set), since
-% the result winds up in the index file. This means that if the
-% variable's value contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain
-% it will fail (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work
-% to do a one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete).
-%
-\def\expandablevalue#1{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
- {[No value for ``#1'']}%
- \message{Variable `#1', used in @value, is not set.}%
- \else
- \csname SET#1\endcsname
- \fi
-}
-
-% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined
-% with @set.
-%
-% To get special treatment of `@end ifset,' call \makeond and the redefine.
-%
-\makecond{ifset}
-\def\ifset{\parsearg{\doifset{\let\next=\ifsetfail}}}
-\def\doifset#1#2{%
- {%
- \makevalueexpandable
- \let\next=\empty
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#2\endcsname\relax
- #1% If not set, redefine \next.
- \fi
- \expandafter
- }\next
-}
-\def\ifsetfail{\doignore{ifset}}
-
-% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been
-% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear.
-%
-% The `\else' inside the `\doifset' parameter is a trick to reuse the
-% above code: if the variable is not set, do nothing, if it is set,
-% then redefine \next to \ifclearfail.
-%
-\makecond{ifclear}
-\def\ifclear{\parsearg{\doifset{\else \let\next=\ifclearfail}}}
-\def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}}
-
-% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file
-% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX.
-\let\dircategory=\comment
-
-% @defininfoenclose.
-\let\definfoenclose=\comment
-
-
-\message{indexing,}
-% Index generation facilities
-
-% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite
-% except not \outer, so it can be used within \newindex.
-{\catcode`\@=11
-\gdef\newwrite{\alloc@7\write\chardef\sixt@@n}}
-
-% \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo.
-% It automatically defines \fooindex such that
-% \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo.
-% It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for
-% the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is foo.
-% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long
-% for the sake of vms.
-%
-\def\newindex#1{%
- \iflinks
- \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
- \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file
- \fi
- \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index
- \noexpand\doindex{#1}}
-}
-
-% @defindex foo == \newindex{foo}
-%
-\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex}
-
-% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code.
-%
-\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
-%
-\def\newcodeindex#1{%
- \iflinks
- \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
- \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1
- \fi
- \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%
- \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}%
-}
-
-
-% @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar.
-% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index.
-%
-% @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo
-% inside @code.
-%
-\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}}
-\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}}
-
-% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo),
-% #3 the target index (bar).
-\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{%
- % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up
- % closing the target index.
- \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \undefined
- % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the
- % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files.
- \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname
- \expandafter\let\csname\donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1
- \fi
- % redefine \fooindfile:
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname
- \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp
- % redefine \fooindex:
- \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}%
-}
-
-% Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros.
-% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro,
-% and it is "foo", the name of the index.
-
-% \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work.
-% This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros.
-
-% There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic}
-% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index.
-
-\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer}
-\def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}}
-
-% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument.
-\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer}
-\def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}}
-
-% Take care of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry.
-% Since there are some commands we want to expand, and others we don't,
-% we have to laboriously prevent expansion for those that we don't.
-%
-\def\indexdummies{%
- \def\@{@}% change to @@ when we switch to @ as escape char in index files.
- \def\ {\realbackslash\space }%
- % Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again.
- % But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes
- % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters.
- \let\{ = \mylbrace
- \let\} = \myrbrace
- %
- % \definedummyword defines \#1 as \realbackslash #1\space, thus
- % effectively preventing its expansion. This is used only for control
- % words, not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect
- % for control characters, but is needed to separate the control word
- % from whatever follows.
- %
- % For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the
- % space.
- %
- % These can be used both for control words that take an argument and
- % those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then
- % that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever).
- %
- \def\definedummyword##1{%
- \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{\realbackslash ##1\space}%
- }%
- \def\definedummyletter##1{%
- \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{\realbackslash ##1}%
- }%
- %
- % Do the redefinitions.
- \commondummies
-}
-
-% For the aux file, @ is the escape character. So we want to redefine
-% everything using @ instead of \realbackslash. When everything uses
-% @, this will be simpler.
-%
-\def\atdummies{%
- \def\@{@@}%
- \def\ {@ }%
- \let\{ = \lbraceatcmd
- \let\} = \rbraceatcmd
- %
- % (See comments in \indexdummies.)
- \def\definedummyword##1{%
- \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{@##1\space}%
- }%
- \def\definedummyletter##1{%
- \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{@##1}%
- }%
- %
- % Do the redefinitions.
- \commondummies
-}
-
-% Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies. \definedummyword and
-% \definedummyletter must be defined first.
-%
-\def\commondummies{%
- %
- \normalturnoffactive
- %
- \commondummiesnofonts
- %
- \definedummyletter{_}%
- %
- % Non-English letters.
- \definedummyword{AA}%
- \definedummyword{AE}%
- \definedummyword{L}%
- \definedummyword{OE}%
- \definedummyword{O}%
- \definedummyword{aa}%
- \definedummyword{ae}%
- \definedummyword{l}%
- \definedummyword{oe}%
- \definedummyword{o}%
- \definedummyword{ss}%
- \definedummyword{exclamdown}%
- \definedummyword{questiondown}%
- \definedummyword{ordf}%
- \definedummyword{ordm}%
- %
- % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do.
- \definedummyword{bf}%
- \definedummyword{gtr}%
- \definedummyword{hat}%
- \definedummyword{less}%
- \definedummyword{sf}%
- \definedummyword{sl}%
- \definedummyword{tclose}%
- \definedummyword{tt}%
- %
- \definedummyword{LaTeX}%
- \definedummyword{TeX}%
- %
- % Assorted special characters.
- \definedummyword{bullet}%
- \definedummyword{copyright}%
- \definedummyword{registeredsymbol}%
- \definedummyword{dots}%
- \definedummyword{enddots}%
- \definedummyword{equiv}%
- \definedummyword{error}%
- \definedummyword{expansion}%
- \definedummyword{minus}%
- \definedummyword{pounds}%
- \definedummyword{point}%
- \definedummyword{print}%
- \definedummyword{result}%
- %
- % Handle some cases of @value -- where it does not contain any
- % (non-fully-expandable) commands.
- \makevalueexpandable
- %
- % Normal spaces, not active ones.
- \unsepspaces
- %
- % No macro expansion.
- \turnoffmacros
-}
-
-% \commondummiesnofonts: common to \commondummies and \indexnofonts.
-%
-% Better have this without active chars.
-{
- \catcode`\~=\other
- \gdef\commondummiesnofonts{%
- % Control letters and accents.
- \definedummyletter{!}%
- \definedummyletter{"}%
- \definedummyletter{'}%
- \definedummyletter{*}%
- \definedummyletter{,}%
- \definedummyletter{.}%
- \definedummyletter{/}%
- \definedummyletter{:}%
- \definedummyletter{=}%
- \definedummyletter{?}%
- \definedummyletter{^}%
- \definedummyletter{`}%
- \definedummyletter{~}%
- \definedummyword{u}%
- \definedummyword{v}%
- \definedummyword{H}%
- \definedummyword{dotaccent}%
- \definedummyword{ringaccent}%
- \definedummyword{tieaccent}%
- \definedummyword{ubaraccent}%
- \definedummyword{udotaccent}%
- \definedummyword{dotless}%
- %
- % Texinfo font commands.
- \definedummyword{b}%
- \definedummyword{i}%
- \definedummyword{r}%
- \definedummyword{sc}%
- \definedummyword{t}%
- %
- % Commands that take arguments.
- \definedummyword{acronym}%
- \definedummyword{cite}%
- \definedummyword{code}%
- \definedummyword{command}%
- \definedummyword{dfn}%
- \definedummyword{emph}%
- \definedummyword{env}%
- \definedummyword{file}%
- \definedummyword{kbd}%
- \definedummyword{key}%
- \definedummyword{math}%
- \definedummyword{option}%
- \definedummyword{samp}%
- \definedummyword{strong}%
- \definedummyword{tie}%
- \definedummyword{uref}%
- \definedummyword{url}%
- \definedummyword{var}%
- \definedummyword{verb}%
- \definedummyword{w}%
- }
-}
-
-% \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index
-% by, and when constructing control sequence names. It eliminates all
-% control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string
-% would be for a given command (usually its argument).
-%
-\def\indexnofonts{%
- \def\definedummyword##1{%
- \expandafter\let\csname ##1\endcsname\asis
- }%
- \let\definedummyletter=\definedummyword
- %
- \commondummiesnofonts
- %
- % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command
- % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc.
- % Likewise with the other plain tex font commands.
- %\let\tt=\asis
- %
- \def\ { }%
- \def\@{@}%
- % how to handle braces?
- \def\_{\normalunderscore}%
- %
- % Non-English letters.
- \def\AA{AA}%
- \def\AE{AE}%
- \def\L{L}%
- \def\OE{OE}%
- \def\O{O}%
- \def\aa{aa}%
- \def\ae{ae}%
- \def\l{l}%
- \def\oe{oe}%
- \def\o{o}%
- \def\ss{ss}%
- \def\exclamdown{!}%
- \def\questiondown{?}%
- \def\ordf{a}%
- \def\ordm{o}%
- %
- \def\LaTeX{LaTeX}%
- \def\TeX{TeX}%
- %
- % Assorted special characters.
- % (The following {} will end up in the sort string, but that's ok.)
- \def\bullet{bullet}%
- \def\copyright{copyright}%
- \def\registeredsymbol{R}%
- \def\dots{...}%
- \def\enddots{...}%
- \def\equiv{==}%
- \def\error{error}%
- \def\expansion{==>}%
- \def\minus{-}%
- \def\pounds{pounds}%
- \def\point{.}%
- \def\print{-|}%
- \def\result{=>}%
-}
-
-\let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex.
-\let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)?
-
-% Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case.
-% #1 is the index name, #2 is the entry text.
-\def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}{}}
-
-% Workhorse for all \fooindexes.
-% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry --
-% empty if called from \doind, as we usually are (the main exception
-% is with most defuns, which call us directly).
-%
-\def\dosubind#1#2#3{%
- \iflinks
- {%
- % Store the main index entry text (including the third arg).
- \toks0 = {#2}%
- % If third arg is present, precede it with a space.
- \def\thirdarg{#3}%
- \ifx\thirdarg\empty \else
- \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}%
- \fi
- %
- \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}%
- %
- \ifvmode
- \dosubindsanitize
- \else
- \dosubindwrite
- \fi
- }%
- \fi
-}
-
-% Write the entry in \toks0 to the index file:
-%
-\def\dosubindwrite{%
- % Put the index entry in the margin if desired.
- \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else
- \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \the\toks0}}%
- \fi
- %
- % Remember, we are within a group.
- \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage
- \escapechar=`\\
- \def\backslashcurfont{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now
- % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash.
- %
- % Process the index entry with all font commands turned off, to
- % get the string to sort by.
- {\indexnofonts
- \edef\temp{\the\toks0}% need full expansion
- \xdef\indexsorttmp{\temp}%
- }%
- %
- % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and
- % the original text, including any font commands. We write
- % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the
- % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s
- % sorted result.
- \edef\temp{%
- \write\writeto{%
- \string\entry{\indexsorttmp}{\noexpand\folio}{\the\toks0}}%
- }%
- \temp
-}
-
-% Take care of unwanted page breaks:
-%
-% If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it
-% by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting
-% the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the
-% \write will make \lastskip zero. The result is that sequences
-% like this:
-% @end defun
-% @tindex whatever
-% @defun ...
-% will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the
-% start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of
-% the previous defun.
-%
-% But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We
-% don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph.
-%
-% Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too.
-%
-% But wait, there is a catch there:
-% We'll have to check whether \lastskip is zero skip. \ifdim is not
-% sufficient for this purpose, as it ignores stretch and shrink parts
-% of the skip. The only way seems to be to check the textual
-% representation of the skip.
-%
-% The following is almost like \def\zeroskipmacro{0.0pt} except that
-% the ``p'' and ``t'' characters have catcode \other, not 11 (letter).
-%
-\edef\zeroskipmacro{\expandafter\the\csname z@skip\endcsname}
-%
-% ..., ready, GO:
-%
-\def\dosubindsanitize{%
- % \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously.
- \skip0 = \lastskip
- \edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}%
- \count255 = \lastpenalty
- %
- % If \lastskip is nonzero, that means the last item was a
- % skip. And since a skip is discardable, that means this
- % -\skip0 glue we're inserting is preceded by a
- % non-discardable item, therefore it is not a potential
- % breakpoint, therefore no \nobreak needed.
- \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
- \else
- \vskip-\skip0
- \fi
- %
- \dosubindwrite
- %
- \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
- % if \lastskip was zero, perhaps the last item was a
- % penalty, and perhaps it was >=10000, e.g., a \nobreak.
- % In that case, we want to re-insert the penalty; since we
- % just inserted a non-discardable item, any following glue
- % (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint. For example:
- % @deffn deffn-whatever
- % @vindex index-whatever
- % Description.
- % would allow a break between the index-whatever whatsit
- % and the "Description." paragraph.
- \ifnum\count255>9999 \nobreak \fi
- \else
- % On the other hand, if we had a nonzero \lastskip,
- % this make-up glue would be preceded by a non-discardable item
- % (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak.
- \nobreak\vskip\skip0
- \fi
-}
-
-% The index entry written in the file actually looks like
-% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}
-% or
-% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic}
-% The texindex program reads in these files and writes files
-% containing these kinds of lines:
-% \initial {c}
-% before the first topic whose initial is c
-% \entry {topic}{pagelist}
-% for a topic that is used without subtopics
-% \primary {topic}
-% for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics
-% \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist}
-% for each subtopic.
-
-% Define the user-accessible indexing commands
-% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex.
-
-\def\findex {\fnindex}
-\def\kindex {\kyindex}
-\def\cindex {\cpindex}
-\def\vindex {\vrindex}
-\def\tindex {\tpindex}
-\def\pindex {\pgindex}
-
-\def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub}
-{\obeylines %
-\gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup %
-\dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}}
-
-% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material.
-
-% @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed.
-% It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered).
-%
-\parseargdef\printindex{\begingroup
- \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}%
- %
- \smallfonts \rm
- \tolerance = 9500
- \everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression.
- %
- % See if the index file exists and is nonempty.
- % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains
- % \initial {@}
- % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces
- % (because it thinks @} is a control sequence).
- \catcode`\@ = 11
- \openin 1 \jobname.#1s
- \ifeof 1
- % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index,
- % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the
- % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure
- % there is some text.
- \putwordIndexNonexistent
- \else
- %
- % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof
- % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so
- % it can discover if there is anything in it.
- \read 1 to \temp
- \ifeof 1
- \putwordIndexIsEmpty
- \else
- % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape
- % character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change
- % to make right now.
- \def\indexbackslash{\backslashcurfont}%
- \catcode`\\ = 0
- \escapechar = `\\
- \begindoublecolumns
- \input \jobname.#1s
- \enddoublecolumns
- \fi
- \fi
- \closein 1
-\endgroup}
-
-% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself.
-% Change them to control the appearance of the index.
-
-\def\initial#1{{%
- % Some minor font changes for the special characters.
- \let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt
- %
- % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own.
- \removelastskip
- %
- % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus.
- \penalty -300
- %
- % Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of
- % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column
- % to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch
- % we need before each entry, but it's better.
- %
- % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns.
- \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip
- \leftline{\secbf #1}%
- \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip
- %
- % Do our best not to break after the initial.
- \nobreak
-}}
-
-% \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and
-% then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin. It is used for index
-% and table of contents entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip.
-%
-% A straightforward implementation would start like this:
-% \def\entry#1#2{...
-% But this frozes the catcodes in the argument, and can cause problems to
-% @code, which sets - active. This problem was fixed by a kludge---
-% ``-'' was active throughout whole index, but this isn't really right.
-%
-% The right solution is to prevent \entry from swallowing the whole text.
-% --kasal, 21nov03
-\def\entry{%
- \begingroup
- %
- % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't
- % affect previous text.
- \par
- %
- % Do not fill out the last line with white space.
- \parfillskip = 0in
- %
- % No extra space above this paragraph.
- \parskip = 0in
- %
- % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines.
- \finalhyphendemerits = 0
- %
- % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number
- % don't both fit on one line. In that case, bob suggests starting the
- % dots pretty far over on the line. Unfortunately, a large
- % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across
- % lines. So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders.
- %
- % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start
- % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that.
- \hangindent = 2em
- %
- % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line
- % with blank space.
- \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil
- %
- % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing
- % columns.
- \vskip 0pt plus1pt
- %
- % Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter):
- \afterassignment\doentry
- \let\temp =
-}
-\def\doentry{%
- \bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace.
- \noindent
- \aftergroup\finishentry
- % And now comes the text of the entry.
-}
-\def\finishentry#1{%
- % #1 is the page number.
- %
- % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if
- % there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be
- % cursed by a Unix daemon.
- \def\tempa{{\rm }}%
- \def\tempb{#1}%
- \edef\tempc{\tempa}%
- \edef\tempd{\tempb}%
- \ifx\tempc\tempd
- \ %
- \else
- %
- % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out
- % this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the
- % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.)
- \hfil\penalty50
- \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number.
- %
- % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as
- % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull
- % \hbox ensues.
- \ifpdf
- \pdfgettoks#1.%
- \ \the\toksA
- \else
- \ #1%
- \fi
- \fi
- \par
- \endgroup
-}
-
-% Like \dotfill except takes at least 1 em.
-\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders
- \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu ${\it .}$ \mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill}
-
-\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}}
-
-\newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm
-\def\secondary#1#2{{%
- \parfillskip=0in
- \parskip=0in
- \hangindent=1in
- \hangafter=1
- \noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill
- \ifpdf
- \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph.
- \else
- #2
- \fi
- \par
-}}
-
-% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes.
-% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say,
-% the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself.
-\catcode`\@=11
-
-\newbox\partialpage
-\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize
-
-\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns
- % Grab any single-column material above us.
- \output = {%
- %
- % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a
- % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output
- % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is
- % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off). In
- % that case we just ship out what is in \partialpage with the normal
- % output routine. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this
- % runs and this will be a no-op. See the indexspread.tex test case.
- \ifvoid\partialpage \else
- \onepageout{\pagecontents\partialpage}%
- \fi
- %
- \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{%
- % Unvbox the main output page.
- \unvbox\PAGE
- \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip
- }%
- }%
- \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage
- %
- % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages.
- \output = {\doublecolumnout}%
- %
- % Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this
- % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11
- % format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple
- % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the
- % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place.
- %
- % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between
- % the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it
- % changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant
- % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt)
- % as it did when we hard-coded it.
- %
- % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we
- % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially)
- % been clobbered.
- %
- \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize
- \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize
- \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2
- \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
- %
- % Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here,
- % since nobody clobbers \vsize.)
- \vsize = 2\vsize
-}
-
-% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except
-% the last.
-%
-\def\doublecolumnout{%
- \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth
- % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal
- % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the
- % previous page.
- \dimen@ = \vsize
- \divide\dimen@ by 2
- \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage
- %
- % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right.
- \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@
- \onepageout\pagesofar
- \unvbox255
- \penalty\outputpenalty
-}
-%
-% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material,
-% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2.
-\def\pagesofar{%
- \unvbox\partialpage
- %
- \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
- \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize
- \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}%
-}
-%
-% All done with double columns.
-\def\enddoublecolumns{%
- \output = {%
- % Split the last of the double-column material. Leave it on the
- % current page, no automatic page break.
- \balancecolumns
- %
- % If we end up splitting too much material for the current page,
- % though, there will be another page break right after this \output
- % invocation ends. Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not
- % want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal
- % definition right away. (We hope \balancecolumns will never be
- % called on to balance too much material, but if it is, this makes
- % the output somewhat more palatable.)
- \global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}%
- }%
- \eject
- \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns
- %
- % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted
- % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column
- % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize (after the
- % \endgroup where \vsize got restored).
- \pagegoal = \vsize
-}
-%
-% Called at the end of the double column material.
-\def\balancecolumns{%
- \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120.
- \dimen@ = \ht0
- \advance\dimen@ by \topskip
- \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip
- \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to
- %debug\message{final 2-column material height=\the\ht0, target=\the\dimen@.}%
- \splittopskip = \topskip
- % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint.
- {%
- \vbadness = 10000
- \loop
- \global\setbox3 = \copy0
- \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@
- \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@
- \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt
- \repeat
- }%
- %debug\message{split to \the\dimen@, column heights: \the\ht1, \the\ht3.}%
- \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}%
- \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}%
- %
- \pagesofar
-}
-\catcode`\@ = \other
-
-
-\message{sectioning,}
-% Chapters, sections, etc.
-
-% \unnumberedno is an oxymoron, of course. But we count the unnumbered
-% sections so that we can refer to them unambiguously in the pdf
-% outlines by their "section number". We avoid collisions with chapter
-% numbers by starting them at 10000. (If a document ever has 10000
-% chapters, we're in trouble anyway, I'm sure.)
-\newcount\unnumberedno \unnumberedno = 10000
-\newcount\chapno
-\newcount\secno \secno=0
-\newcount\subsecno \subsecno=0
-\newcount\subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0
-
-% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ...
-\newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@
-%
-% \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno}
-% We do the following ugly conditional instead of the above simple
-% construct for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual
-% letter in the expansion, not just typeset.
-%
-\def\appendixletter{%
- \ifnum\appendixno=`A A%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z%
- % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is
- % expanded while writing the .toc file. \char\appendixno is not
- % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out
- % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it.
- \else\char\the\appendixno
- \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
- \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
-
-% Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter.
-% page headings and footings can use it. @section does likewise.
-% However, they are not reliable, because we don't use marks.
-\def\thischapter{}
-\def\thissection{}
-
-\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level
-\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raisesections/@lowersections modify this count
-
-% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc.
-\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1}
-\let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name
-
-% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc.
-\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1}
-\let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name
-
-% Choose a numbered-heading macro
-% #1 is heading level if unmodified by @raisesections or @lowersections
-% #2 is text for heading
-\def\numhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
-\ifcase\absseclevel
- \chapterzzz{#2}%
- \or \seczzz{#2}%
- \or \numberedsubseczzz{#2}%
- \or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2}%
- \else
- \ifnum \absseclevel<0 \chapterzzz{#2}%
- \else \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \suppressfirstparagraphindent
-}
-
-% like \numhead, but chooses appendix heading levels
-\def\apphead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
-\ifcase\absseclevel
- \appendixzzz{#2}%
- \or \appendixsectionzzz{#2}%
- \or \appendixsubseczzz{#2}%
- \or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2}%
- \else
- \ifnum \absseclevel<0 \appendixzzz{#2}%
- \else \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \suppressfirstparagraphindent
-}
-
-% like \numhead, but chooses numberless heading levels
-\def\unnmhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
- \ifcase\absseclevel
- \unnumberedzzz{#2}%
- \or \unnumberedseczzz{#2}%
- \or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#2}%
- \or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2}%
- \else
- \ifnum \absseclevel<0 \unnumberedzzz{#2}%
- \else \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \suppressfirstparagraphindent
-}
-
-% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered. Increment top-level counter, reset
-% all lower-level sectioning counters to zero.
-%
-% Also set \chaplevelprefix, which we prepend to @float sequence numbers
-% (e.g., figures), q.v. By default (before any chapter), that is empty.
-\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty
-%
-\outer\parseargdef\chapter{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz
-\def\chapterzzz#1{%
- % section resetting is \global in case the chapter is in a group, such
- % as an @include file.
- \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
- \global\advance\chapno by 1
- %
- % Used for \float.
- \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\the\chapno.}%
- \resetallfloatnos
- %
- \message{\putwordChapter\space \the\chapno}%
- %
- % Write the actual heading.
- \chapmacro{#1}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno}%
- %
- % So @section and the like are numbered underneath this chapter.
- \global\let\section = \numberedsec
- \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
- \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
-}
-
-\outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz
-\def\appendixzzz#1{%
- \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
- \global\advance\appendixno by 1
- \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\appendixletter.}%
- \resetallfloatnos
- %
- \def\appendixnum{\putwordAppendix\space \appendixletter}%
- \message{\appendixnum}%
- %
- \chapmacro{#1}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter}%
- %
- \global\let\section = \appendixsec
- \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec
- \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec
-}
-
-% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered.
-\outer\parseargdef\centerchap{{\unnumberedyyy{#1}}}
-
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz
-\def\unnumberedzzz#1{%
- \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
- \global\advance\unnumberedno by 1
- %
- % Since an unnumbered has no number, no prefix for figures.
- \global\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty
- \resetallfloatnos
- %
- % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the
- % argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX
- % expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX
- % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant
- % to be executed, not expanded).
- %
- % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear
- % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use
- % \the<toks register> to achieve this: TeX expands \the<toks> only once,
- % simply yielding the contents of <toks register>. (We also do this for
- % the toc entries.)
- \toks0 = {#1}%
- \message{(\the\toks0)}%
- %
- \chapmacro{#1}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno}%
- %
- \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec
- \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec
- \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec
-}
-
-% @top is like @unnumbered.
-\let\top\unnumbered
-
-% Sections.
-\outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz
-\def\seczzz#1{%
- \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
- \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}%
-}
-
-\outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz
-\def\appendixsectionzzz#1{%
- \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
- \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}%
-}
-\let\appendixsec\appendixsection
-
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz
-\def\unnumberedseczzz#1{%
- \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
- \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}%
-}
-
-% Subsections.
-\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz
-\def\numberedsubseczzz#1{%
- \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
- \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
-}
-
-\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz
-\def\appendixsubseczzz#1{%
- \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
- \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}%
- {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
-}
-
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz
-\def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{%
- \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
- \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}%
- {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
-}
-
-% Subsubsections.
-\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz
-\def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
- \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
- \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}%
- {\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
-}
-
-\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz
-\def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{%
- \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
- \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}%
- {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
-}
-
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz
-\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
- \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
- \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}%
- {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
-}
-
-% These are variants which are not "outer", so they can appear in @ifinfo.
-% Actually, they are now be obsolete; ordinary section commands should work.
-\def\infotop{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz}
-\def\infounnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz}
-\def\infounnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedseczzz}
-\def\infounnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubseczzz}
-\def\infounnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubseczzz}
-
-\def\infoappendix{\parsearg\appendixzzz}
-\def\infoappendixsec{\parsearg\appendixseczzz}
-\def\infoappendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubseczzz}
-\def\infoappendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubseczzz}
-
-\def\infochapter{\parsearg\chapterzzz}
-\def\infosection{\parsearg\sectionzzz}
-\def\infosubsection{\parsearg\subsectionzzz}
-\def\infosubsubsection{\parsearg\subsubsectionzzz}
-
-% These macros control what the section commands do, according
-% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered).
-% Define them by default for a numbered chapter.
-\let\section = \numberedsec
-\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
-\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
-
-% Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading
-
-% NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and such:
-% 1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit
-% overlong headings to fold.
-% 2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a
-% heading is obnoxious; this forbids it.
-% 3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and
-% if justification is not attempted. Hence \raggedright.
-
-
-\def\majorheading{%
- {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }%
- \parsearg\chapheadingzzz
-}
-
-\def\chapheading{\chapbreak \parsearg\chapheadingzzz}
-\def\chapheadingzzz#1{%
- {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
- \parindent=0pt\raggedright
- \rm #1\hfill}}%
- \bigskip \par\penalty 200\relax
- \suppressfirstparagraphindent
-}
-
-% @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading.
-\parseargdef\heading{\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
- \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
-\parseargdef\subheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
- \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
-\parseargdef\subsubheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
- \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
-
-% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only
-% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it),
-% given all the information in convenient, parsed form.
-
-%%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative)
-\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi}
-
-\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname}
-
-%%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it
-% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed)
-
-\newskip\chapheadingskip
-
-\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}}
-\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject}
-\def\chapoddpage{\chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \hbox to 0pt{} \chappager\fi}
-
-\def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname}
-
-\def\CHAPPAGoff{%
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak
-\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager}
-
-\def\CHAPPAGon{%
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager
-\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager
-\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}}
-
-\def\CHAPPAGodd{%
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
-\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage
-\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage
-\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}}
-
-\CHAPPAGon
-
-\def\CHAPFplain{%
-\global\let\chapmacro=\chfplain
-\global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfplain}
-
-% Normal chapter opening.
-%
-% #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing,
-% Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number.
-%
-% To test against our argument.
-\def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing}
-\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc}
-\def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix}
-%
-\def\chfplain#1#2#3{%
- \pchapsepmacro
- {%
- \chapfonts \rm
- %
- % Have to define \thissection before calling \donoderef, because the
- % xref code eventually uses it. On the other hand, it has to be called
- % after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon.
- \gdef\thissection{#1}%
- \gdef\thischaptername{#1}%
- %
- % Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix
- % number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''.
- \def\temptype{#2}%
- \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
- \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
- \def\toctype{unnchap}%
- \def\thischapter{#1}%
- \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
- \setbox0 = \hbox{}% contents like unnumbered, but no toc entry
- \def\toctype{omit}%
- \xdef\thischapter{}%
- \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} #3\enspace}%
- \def\toctype{app}%
- % We don't substitute the actual chapter name into \thischapter
- % because we don't want its macros evaluated now. And we don't
- % use \thissection because that changes with each section.
- %
- \xdef\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter:
- \noexpand\thischaptername}%
- \else
- \setbox0 = \hbox{#3\enspace}%
- \def\toctype{numchap}%
- \xdef\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \the\chapno:
- \noexpand\thischaptername}%
- \fi\fi\fi
- %
- % Write the toc entry for this chapter. Must come before the
- % \donoderef, because we include the current node name in the toc
- % entry, and \donoderef resets it to empty.
- \writetocentry{\toctype}{#1}{#3}%
- %
- % For pdftex, we have to write out the node definition (aka, make
- % the pdfdest) after any page break, but before the actual text has
- % been typeset. If the destination for the pdf outline is after the
- % text, then jumping from the outline may wind up with the text not
- % being visible, for instance under high magnification.
- \donoderef{#2}%
- %
- % Typeset the actual heading.
- \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
- \hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe
- \unhbox0 #1\par}%
- }%
- \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title
- \nobreak
-}
-
-% @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered.
-\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
-\def\centerchfplain#1{{%
- \def\centerparametersmaybe{%
- \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip
- \leftskip = \rightskip
- \parfillskip = 0pt
- }%
- \chfplain{#1}{Ynothing}{}%
-}}
-
-\CHAPFplain % The default
-
-% I don't think this chapter style is supported any more, so I'm not
-% updating it with the new noderef stuff. We'll see. --karl, 11aug03.
-%
-\def\unnchfopen #1{%
-\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
- \parindent=0pt\raggedright
- \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
-}
-
-\def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts
-\vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}%
-\par\penalty 5000 %
-}
-
-\def\centerchfopen #1{%
-\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
- \parindent=0pt
- \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
-}
-
-\def\CHAPFopen{%
-\global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen
-\global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen}
-
-
-% Section titles. These macros combine the section number parts and
-% call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing.
-%
-\newskip\secheadingskip
-\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip{-1000}}
-
-% Subsection titles.
-\newskip\subsecheadingskip
-\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip{-500}}
-
-% Subsubsection titles.
-\def\subsubsecheadingskip{\subsecheadingskip}
-\def\subsubsecheadingbreak{\subsecheadingbreak}
-
-
-% Print any size, any type, section title.
-%
-% #1 is the text, #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #3 is
-% the section type for xrefs (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix), #4 is the
-% section number.
-%
-\def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{%
- {%
- % Switch to the right set of fonts.
- \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rm
- %
- % Insert space above the heading.
- \csname #2headingbreak\endcsname
- %
- % Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number.
- \def\sectionlevel{#2}%
- \def\temptype{#3}%
- %
- \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
- \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
- \def\toctype{unn}%
- \gdef\thissection{#1}%
- \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
- % for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc,
- % and don't redefine \thissection.
- \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
- \def\toctype{omit}%
- \let\sectionlevel=\empty
- \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
- \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
- \def\toctype{app}%
- \gdef\thissection{#1}%
- \else
- \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
- \def\toctype{num}%
- \gdef\thissection{#1}%
- \fi\fi\fi
- %
- % Write the toc entry (before \donoderef). See comments in \chfplain.
- \writetocentry{\toctype\sectionlevel}{#1}{#4}%
- %
- % Write the node reference (= pdf destination for pdftex).
- % Again, see comments in \chfplain.
- \donoderef{#3}%
- %
- % Output the actual section heading.
- \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
- \hangindent=\wd0 % zero if no section number
- \unhbox0 #1}%
- }%
- % Add extra space after the heading -- half of whatever came above it.
- % Don't allow stretch, though.
- \kern .5 \csname #2headingskip\endcsname
- %
- % Do not let the kern be a potential breakpoint, as it would be if it
- % was followed by glue.
- \nobreak
- %
- % We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that
- % glue accumulate. (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a
- % discardable item.)
- \vskip-\parskip
- %
- % This \nobreak is purely so the last item on the list is a \penalty
- % of 10000. This is so other code, for instance \parsebodycommon, can
- % check for and avoid allowing breakpoints. Otherwise, it would
- % insert a valid breakpoint between:
- % @section sec-whatever
- % @deffn def-whatever
- \nobreak
-}
-
-
-\message{toc,}
-% Table of contents.
-\newwrite\tocfile
-
-% Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary.
-% Called from @chapter, etc.
-%
-% Example usage: \writetocentry{sec}{Section Name}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}
-% We append the current node name (if any) and page number as additional
-% arguments for the \{chap,sec,...}entry macros which will eventually
-% read this. The node name is used in the pdf outlines as the
-% destination to jump to.
-%
-% We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or
-% any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document.
-% But if #1 is `omit', then we don't do anything. This is used for the
-% table of contents chapter openings themselves.
-%
-\newif\iftocfileopened
-\def\omitkeyword{omit}%
-%
-\def\writetocentry#1#2#3{%
- \edef\writetoctype{#1}%
- \ifx\writetoctype\omitkeyword \else
- \iftocfileopened\else
- \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc
- \global\tocfileopenedtrue
- \fi
- %
- \iflinks
- \toks0 = {#2}%
- \toks2 = \expandafter{\lastnode}%
- \edef\temp{\write\tocfile{\realbackslash #1entry{\the\toks0}{#3}%
- {\the\toks2}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
- \temp
- \fi
- \fi
- %
- % Tell \shipout to create a pdf destination on each page, if we're
- % writing pdf. These are used in the table of contents. We can't
- % just write one on every page because the title pages are numbered
- % 1 and 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first
- % two pages of the document. Thus, we'd have two destinations named
- % `1', and two named `2'.
- \ifpdf \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi
-}
-
-\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in
-\newcount\savepageno
-\newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1
-
-% Prepare to read what we've written to \tocfile.
-%
-\def\startcontents#1{%
- % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should
- % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain
- % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro.
- % From: Torbjorn Granlund <tege@matematik.su.se>
- \contentsalignmacro
- \immediate\closeout\tocfile
- %
- % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline.
- % It is abundantly clear what they are.
- \def\thischapter{}%
- \chapmacro{#1}{Yomitfromtoc}{}%
- %
- \savepageno = \pageno
- \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly.
- \catcode`\\=0 \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 \catcode`\@=11
- % We can't do this, because then an actual ^ in a section
- % title fails, e.g., @chapter ^ -- exponentiation. --karl, 9jul97.
- %\catcode`\^=7 % to see ^^e4 as \"a etc. juha@piuha.ydi.vtt.fi
- \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom.
- \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
- %
- % Roman numerals for page numbers.
- \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi
-}
-
-
-% Normal (long) toc.
-\def\contents{%
- \startcontents{\putwordTOC}%
- \openin 1 \jobname.toc
- \ifeof 1 \else
- \input \jobname.toc
- \fi
- \vfill \eject
- \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
- \ifeof 1 \else
- \pdfmakeoutlines
- \fi
- \closein 1
- \endgroup
- \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
- \global\pageno = \savepageno
-}
-
-% And just the chapters.
-\def\summarycontents{%
- \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}%
- %
- \let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry
- \let\appentry = \shortchapentry
- \let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry
- % We want a true roman here for the page numbers.
- \secfonts
- \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf
- \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt
- \rm
- \hyphenpenalty = 10000
- \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little.
- \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{}
- \let\appsecentry = \numsecentry
- \let\unnsecentry = \numsecentry
- \let\numsubsecentry = \numsecentry
- \let\appsubsecentry = \numsecentry
- \let\unnsubsecentry = \numsecentry
- \let\numsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
- \let\appsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
- \let\unnsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
- \openin 1 \jobname.toc
- \ifeof 1 \else
- \input \jobname.toc
- \fi
- \closein 1
- \vfill \eject
- \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
- \endgroup
- \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
- \global\pageno = \savepageno
-}
-\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents
-
-% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents.
-% The arg is, e.g., `A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter.
-%
-\def\shortchaplabel#1{%
- % This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the
- % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts.
- % But use \hss just in case.
- % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after
- % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.)
- %
- % We'd like to right-justify chapter numbers, but that looks strange
- % with appendix letters. And right-justifying numbers and
- % left-justifying letters looks strange when there is less than 10
- % chapters. Have to read the whole toc once to know how many chapters
- % there are before deciding ...
- \hbox to 1em{#1\hss}%
-}
-
-% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents.
-% The first argument is the chapter or section name.
-% The last argument is the page number.
-% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ...
-
-% Chapters, in the main contents.
-\def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-%
-% Chapters, in the short toc.
-% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings.
-\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{%
- \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}%
-}
-
-% Appendices, in the main contents.
-% Need the word Appendix, and a fixed-size box.
-%
-\def\appendixbox#1{%
- % We use M since it's probably the widest letter.
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}%
- \hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}}
-%
-\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-
-% Unnumbered chapters.
-\def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}}
-\def\shortunnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}}
-
-% Sections.
-\def\numsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-\let\appsecentry=\numsecentry
-\def\unnsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}}
-
-% Subsections.
-\def\numsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-\let\appsubsecentry=\numsubsecentry
-\def\unnsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
-
-% And subsubsections.
-\def\numsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-\let\appsubsubsecentry=\numsubsubsecentry
-\def\unnsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
-
-% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels.
-% Same as \defaultparindent.
-\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 15pt
-
-% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the
-% page number.
-%
-% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters
-% if at all possible; hence the \penalty.
-\def\dochapentry#1#2{%
- \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip
- \begingroup
- \chapentryfonts
- \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
- \endgroup
- \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip
-}
-
-\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup
- \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent
- \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
-\endgroup}
-
-\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
- \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent
- \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
-\endgroup}
-
-\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
- \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent
- \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
-\endgroup}
-
-% We use the same \entry macro as for the index entries.
-\let\tocentry = \entry
-
-% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title.
-\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax}
-
-\def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}}
-\def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}}
-
-\def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm}
-\def\secentryfonts{\textfonts}
-\def\subsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
-\def\subsubsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
-
-
-\message{environments,}
-% @foo ... @end foo.
-
-% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}.
-%
-% Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of
-% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em.
-%
-\def\point{$\star$}
-\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.15ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}}
-\def\expansion{\leavevmode\raise.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}}
-\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}}
-\def\equiv{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}}
-
-% The @error{} command.
-% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit.
-%
-\newbox\errorbox
-%
-{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box.
-\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules
-% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.)
-\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \tensf error\kern-1.5pt}
-%
-\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil
- \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right.
- \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules.
- \vbox{%
- \hrule height\dimen2
- \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text.
- \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below.
- \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right.
- \hrule height\dimen2}
- \hfil}
-%
-\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox}
-
-% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw Tex temporarily.
-% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works.
-% But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character.
-
-\envdef\tex{%
- \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2
- \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6
- \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie
- \catcode `\%=14
- \catcode `\+=\other
- \catcode `\"=\other
- \catcode `\|=\other
- \catcode `\<=\other
- \catcode `\>=\other
- \escapechar=`\\
- %
- \let\b=\ptexb
- \let\bullet=\ptexbullet
- \let\c=\ptexc
- \let\,=\ptexcomma
- \let\.=\ptexdot
- \let\dots=\ptexdots
- \let\equiv=\ptexequiv
- \let\!=\ptexexclam
- \let\i=\ptexi
- \let\indent=\ptexindent
- \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent
- \let\{=\ptexlbrace
- \let\+=\tabalign
- \let\}=\ptexrbrace
- \let\/=\ptexslash
- \let\*=\ptexstar
- \let\t=\ptext
- %
- \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}%
- \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}%
- \def\@{@}%
-}
-% There is no need to define \Etex.
-
-% Define @lisp ... @end lisp.
-% @lisp environment forms a group so it can rebind things,
-% including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous).
-
-% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp.
-\newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in
-
-% This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other
-% such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't
-% have any width.
-\def\lisppar{\null\endgraf}
-
-% This space is always present above and below environments.
-\newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt
-
-% Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here
-% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip
-% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the
-% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip.
-%
-\def\aboveenvbreak{{%
- % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz, q.v.
- \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else
- \advance\envskipamount by \parskip
- \endgraf
- \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
- \removelastskip
- % it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak
- % or better ...
- \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \penalty-50 \fi
- \vskip\envskipamount
- \fi
- \fi
-}}
-
-\let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak
-
-% \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins.
-\let\nonarrowing=\relax
-
-% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around
-% environment contents.
-\font\circle=lcircle10
-\newdimen\circthick
-\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner
-\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip
-\circthick=\fontdimen8\circle
-%
-\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth
-\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}}
-\def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}}
-\def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}}
-\def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
- \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr
- \hskip\rskip}}
-\def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
- \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr
- \hskip\rskip}}
-%
-\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip
-
-\envdef\cartouche{%
- \ifhmode\par\fi % can't be in the midst of a paragraph.
- \startsavinginserts
- \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip
- \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt % we want these *outside*.
- \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip
- \advance\cartinner by-\rskip
- \cartouter=\hsize
- \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either
- % side, and for 6pt waste from
- % each corner char, and rule thickness
- \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip
- % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin.
- \let\nonarrowing=\comment
- \vbox\bgroup
- \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
- \carttop
- \hbox\bgroup
- \hskip\lskip
- \vrule\kern3pt
- \vbox\bgroup
- \kern3pt
- \hsize=\cartinner
- \baselineskip=\normbskip
- \lineskip=\normlskip
- \parskip=\normpskip
- \vskip -\parskip
- \comment % For explanation, see the end of \def\group.
-}
-\def\Ecartouche{%
- \ifhmode\par\fi
- \kern3pt
- \egroup
- \kern3pt\vrule
- \hskip\rskip
- \egroup
- \cartbot
- \egroup
- \checkinserts
-}
-
-
-% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants,
-% inside a group.
-\def\nonfillstart{%
- \aboveenvbreak
- \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy
- \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens.
- \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines
- \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output
- \parskip = 0pt
- \parindent = 0pt
- \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes
- % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing
- % at next level down.
- \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
- \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing
- \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing
- \fi
- \let\exdent=\nofillexdent
-}
-
-% If you want all examples etc. small: @set dispenvsize small.
-% If you want even small examples the full size: @set dispenvsize nosmall.
-% This affects the following displayed environments:
-% @example, @display, @format, @lisp
-%
-\def\smallword{small}
-\def\nosmallword{nosmall}
-\let\SETdispenvsize\relax
-\def\setnormaldispenv{%
- \ifx\SETdispenvsize\smallword
- \smallexamplefonts \rm
- \fi
-}
-\def\setsmalldispenv{%
- \ifx\SETdispenvsize\nosmallword
- \else
- \smallexamplefonts \rm
- \fi
-}
-
-% We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo.
-% Let's do it by one command:
-\def\makedispenv #1#2{
- \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2}
- \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2}
- \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
- \expandafter\let\csname Esmall#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
-}
-
-% Define two synonyms:
-\def\maketwodispenvs #1#2#3{
- \makedispenv{#1}{#3}
- \makedispenv{#2}{#3}
-}
-
-% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font; @example: same as @lisp.
-%
-% @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts.
-% Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox.
-%
-\maketwodispenvs {lisp}{example}{%
- \nonfillstart
- \tt
- \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special.
- \gobble % eat return
-}
-
-% @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font.
-%
-\makedispenv {display}{%
- \nonfillstart
- \gobble
-}
-
-% @format/@smallformat: same as @display except don't narrow margins.
-%
-\makedispenv{format}{%
- \let\nonarrowing = t%
- \nonfillstart
- \gobble
-}
-
-% @flushleft: same as @format, but doesn't obey \SETdispenvsize.
-\envdef\flushleft{%
- \let\nonarrowing = t%
- \nonfillstart
- \gobble
-}
-\let\Eflushleft = \afterenvbreak
-
-% @flushright.
-%
-\envdef\flushright{%
- \let\nonarrowing = t%
- \nonfillstart
- \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill
- \gobble
-}
-\let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak
-
-
-% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart)
-% and narrows the margins. We keep \parskip nonzero in general, since
-% we're doing normal filling. So, when using \aboveenvbreak and
-% \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0.
-%
-\envdef\quotation{%
- {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip
- \parindent=0pt
- %
- % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down.
- \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
- \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing
- \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing
- \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing
- \let\nonarrowing = \relax
- \fi
- \parsearg\quotationlabel
-}
-
-% We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're
-% doing normal filling.
-%
-\def\Equotation{%
- \par
- \ifx\quotationauthor\undefined\else
- % indent a bit.
- \leftline{\kern 2\leftskip \sl ---\quotationauthor}%
- \fi
- {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}%
-}
-
-% If we're given an argument, typeset it in bold with a colon after.
-\def\quotationlabel#1{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\empty \else
- {\bf #1: }%
- \fi
-}
-
-
-% LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{<char>...<char>}
-% If we want to allow any <char> as delimiter,
-% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg:
-% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command. --janneke@gnu.org
-%
-% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996. The TeXbook.
-%
-% [Knuth] p.344; only we need to do the other characters Texinfo sets
-% active too. Otherwise, they get lost as the first character on a
-% verbatim line.
-\def\dospecials{%
- \do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&%
- \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~%
- \do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"%
-}
-%
-% [Knuth] p. 380
-\def\uncatcodespecials{%
- \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials}
-%
-% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391
-% Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font
-\begingroup
- \catcode`\`=\active\gdef`{\relax\lq}
-\endgroup
-%
-% Setup for the @verb command.
-%
-% Eight spaces for a tab
-\begingroup
- \catcode`\^^I=\active
- \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }}
-\endgroup
-%
-\def\setupverb{%
- \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
- \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}%
- \catcode`\`=\active
- \tabeightspaces
- % Respect line breaks,
- % print special symbols as themselves, and
- % make each space count
- % must do in this order:
- \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
-}
-
-% Setup for the @verbatim environment
-%
-% Real tab expansion
-\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount
-%
-\def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup}
-\begingroup
- \catcode`\^^I=\active
- \gdef\tabexpand{%
- \catcode`\^^I=\active
- \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup
- \dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab
- \divide\dimen0 by\tabw
- \multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw
- \advance\dimen0 by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw
- \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox
- }%
- }
-\endgroup
-\def\setupverbatim{%
- \nonfillstart
- \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
- % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
- \tt
- \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}%
- \catcode`\`=\active
- \tabexpand
- % Respect line breaks,
- % print special symbols as themselves, and
- % make each space count
- % must do in this order:
- \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
- \everypar{\starttabbox}%
-}
-
-% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique
-% delimiter characters. Before first delimiter expect a
-% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace:
-%
-% \def\doverb'{'<char>#1<char>'}'{#1}
-%
-% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {}
-\begingroup
- \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=\other\catcode`\}=\other
- \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next]
-\endgroup
-%
-\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb}
-%
-%
-% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that
-% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie:
-%
-% \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1}
-%
-% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX,
-% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}':
-% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'.
-%
-% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx]
-%
-\begingroup
- \catcode`\ =\active
- \obeylines %
- % ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end
- % of the @verbatim input line itself. Otherwise we get an extra blank
- % line in the output.
- \xdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{#2\noexpand\end\gobble verbatim}%
- % We really want {...\end verbatim} in the body of the macro, but
- % without the active space; thus we have to use \xdef and \gobble.
-\endgroup
-%
-\envdef\verbatim{%
- \setupverbatim\doverbatim
-}
-\let\Everbatim = \afterenvbreak
-
-
-% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment.
-%
-\def\verbatiminclude{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\doverbatiminclude}
-%
-\def\doverbatiminclude#1{%
- {%
- \makevalueexpandable
- \setupverbatim
- \input #1
- \afterenvbreak
- }%
-}
-
-% @copying ... @end copying.
-% Save the text away for @insertcopying later. Many commands won't be
-% allowed in this context, but that's ok.
-%
-% We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box.
-% Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the
-% typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done
-% beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source
-% file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as
-% possible is very desirable.
-%
-\def\copying{\begingroup
- % Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end copying'.
- % \ is the escape char in this texinfo.tex file, so it is the
- % delimiter for the command; @ will be the escape char when we read
- % it, but that doesn't matter.
- \long\def\docopying##1\end copying{\gdef\copyingtext{##1}\enddocopying}%
- %
- % We must preserve ^^M's in the input file; see \insertcopying below.
- \catcode`\^^M = \active
- \docopying
-}
-
-% What we do to finish off the copying text.
-%
-\def\enddocopying{\endgroup\ignorespaces}
-
-% @insertcopying. Here we must play games with ^^M's. On the one hand,
-% we need them to delimit commands such as `@end quotation', so they
-% must be active. On the other hand, we certainly don't want every
-% end-of-line to be a \par, as would happen with the normal active
-% definition of ^^M. On the third hand, two ^^M's in a row should still
-% generate a \par.
-%
-% Our approach is to make ^^M insert a space and a penalty1 normally;
-% then it can also check if \lastpenalty=1. If it does, then manually
-% do \par.
-%
-% This messes up the normal definitions of @c[omment], so we redefine
-% it. Similarly for @ignore. (These commands are used in the gcc
-% manual for man page generation.)
-%
-% Seems pretty fragile, most line-oriented commands will presumably
-% fail, but for the limited use of getting the copying text (which
-% should be quite simple) inserted, we can hope it's ok.
-%
-{\catcode`\^^M=\active %
-\gdef\insertcopying{\begingroup %
- \parindent = 0pt % looks wrong on title page
- \def^^M{%
- \ifnum \lastpenalty=1 %
- \par %
- \else %
- \space \penalty 1 %
- \fi %
- }%
- %
- % Fix @c[omment] for catcode 13 ^^M's.
- \def\c##1^^M{\ignorespaces}%
- \let\comment = \c %
- %
- % Don't bother jumping through all the hoops that \doignore does, it
- % would be very hard since the catcodes are already set.
- \long\def\ignore##1\end ignore{\ignorespaces}%
- %
- \copyingtext %
-\endgroup}%
-}
-
-\message{defuns,}
-% @defun etc.
-
-\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in
-\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt
-\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt
-
-% Start the processing of @deffn:
-\def\startdefun{%
- \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000
- \medbreak
- \else
- % If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak,
- % which is there to keep the function description together with its
- % header. But if there's nothing but headers, we need to allow a
- % break somewhere. Check for penalty 10002 (inserted by
- % \defargscommonending) instead of 10000, since the sectioning
- % commands insert a \penalty10000, and we don't want to allow a break
- % between a section heading and a defun.
- \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \fi
- %
- % Similarly, after a section heading, do not allow a break.
- % But do insert the glue.
- \medskip % preceded by discardable penalty, so not a breakpoint
- \fi
- %
- \parindent=0in
- \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
- \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
-}
-
-\def\dodefunx#1{%
- % First, check whether we are in the right environment:
- \checkenv#1%
- %
- % As above, allow line break if we have multiple x headers in a row.
- % It's not a great place, though.
- \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \fi
- %
- % And now, it's time to reuse the body of the original defun:
- \expandafter\gobbledefun#1%
-}
-\def\gobbledefun#1\startdefun{}
-
-% \printdefunline \deffnheader{text}
-%
-\def\printdefunline#1#2{%
- \begingroup
- % call \deffnheader:
- #1#2 \endheader
- % common ending:
- \interlinepenalty = 10000
- \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil
- \endgraf
- \nobreak\vskip -\parskip
- \penalty 10002 % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx
- % Some of the @defun-type tags do not enable magic parentheses,
- % rendering the following check redundant. But we don't optimize.
- \checkparencounts
- \endgroup
-}
-
-\def\Edefun{\endgraf\medbreak}
-
-% \makedefun{deffn} creates \deffn, \deffnx and \Edeffn;
-% the only thing remainnig is to define \deffnheader.
-%
-\def\makedefun#1{%
- \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname = \Edefun
- \edef\temp{\noexpand\domakedefun
- \makecsname{#1}\makecsname{#1x}\makecsname{#1header}}%
- \temp
-}
-
-% \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader
-%
-% Define \deffn and \deffnx, without parameters.
-% \deffnheader has to be defined explicitly.
-%
-\def\domakedefun#1#2#3{%
- \envdef#1{%
- \startdefun
- \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}%
- }%
- \def#2{\dodefunx#1}%
- \def#3%
-}
-
-%%% Untyped functions:
-
-% @deffn category name args
-\makedefun{deffn}{\deffngeneral{}}
-
-% @deffn category class name args
-\makedefun{defop}#1 {\defopon{#1\ \putwordon}}
-
-% \defopon {category on}class name args
-\def\defopon#1#2 {\deffngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
-
-% \deffngeneral {subind}category name args
-%
-\def\deffngeneral#1#2 #3 #4\endheader{%
- % Remember that \dosubind{fn}{foo}{} is equivalent to \doind{fn}{foo}.
- \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{#1}%
- \defname{#2}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}%
-}
-
-%%% Typed functions:
-
-% @deftypefn category type name args
-\makedefun{deftypefn}{\deftypefngeneral{}}
-
-% @deftypeop category class type name args
-\makedefun{deftypeop}#1 {\deftypeopon{#1\ \putwordon}}
-
-% \deftypeopon {category on}class type name args
-\def\deftypeopon#1#2 {\deftypefngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
-
-% \deftypefngeneral {subind}category type name args
-%
-\def\deftypefngeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
- \dosubind{fn}{\code{#4}}{#1}%
- \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
-}
-
-%%% Typed variables:
-
-% @deftypevr category type var args
-\makedefun{deftypevr}{\deftypecvgeneral{}}
-
-% @deftypecv category class type var args
-\makedefun{deftypecv}#1 {\deftypecvof{#1\ \putwordof}}
-
-% \deftypecvof {category of}class type var args
-\def\deftypecvof#1#2 {\deftypecvgeneral{\putwordof\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
-
-% \deftypecvgeneral {subind}category type var args
-%
-\def\deftypecvgeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
- \dosubind{vr}{\code{#4}}{#1}%
- \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
-}
-
-%%% Untyped variables:
-
-% @defvr category var args
-\makedefun{defvr}#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} }
-
-% @defcv category class var args
-\makedefun{defcv}#1 {\defcvof{#1\ \putwordof}}
-
-% \defcvof {category of}class var args
-\def\defcvof#1#2 {\deftypecvof{#1}#2 {} }
-
-%%% Type:
-% @deftp category name args
-\makedefun{deftp}#1 #2 #3\endheader{%
- \doind{tp}{\code{#2}}%
- \defname{#1}{}{#2}\defunargs{#3\unskip}%
-}
-
-% Remaining @defun-like shortcuts:
-\makedefun{defun}{\deffnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
-\makedefun{defmac}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefmac} }
-\makedefun{defspec}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefspec} }
-\makedefun{deftypefun}{\deftypefnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
-\makedefun{defvar}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
-\makedefun{defopt}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefopt} }
-\makedefun{deftypevar}{\deftypevrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
-\makedefun{defmethod}{\defopon\putwordMethodon}
-\makedefun{deftypemethod}{\deftypeopon\putwordMethodon}
-\makedefun{defivar}{\defcvof\putwordInstanceVariableof}
-\makedefun{deftypeivar}{\deftypecvof\putwordInstanceVariableof}
-
-% \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args).
-% #1 is the category, such as "Function".
-% #2 is the return type, if any.
-% #3 is the function name.
-%
-% We are followed by (but not passed) the arguments, if any.
-%
-\def\defname#1#2#3{%
- % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def...
- \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
- %
- % How we'll format the type name. Putting it in brackets helps
- % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line
- % just below it.
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \setbox0=\hbox{\kern\deflastargmargin \ifx\temp\empty\else [\rm\temp]\fi}
- %
- % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape.
- % The first line needs space for \box0; but if \rightskip is nonzero,
- % we need only space for the part of \box0 which exceeds it:
- \dimen0=\hsize \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 \advance\dimen0 by \rightskip
- % The continuations:
- \dimen2=\hsize \advance\dimen2 by -\defargsindent
- % (plain.tex says that \dimen1 should be used only as global.)
- \parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen2
- %
- % Put the type name to the right margin.
- \noindent
- \hbox to 0pt{%
- \hfil\box0 \kern-\hsize
- % \hsize has to be shortened this way:
- \kern\leftskip
- % Intentionally do not respect \rightskip, since we need the space.
- }%
- %
- % Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint:
- \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000
- \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
- {%
- % defun fonts. We use typewriter by default (used to be bold) because:
- % . we're printing identifiers, they should be in tt in principle.
- % . in languages with many accents, such as Czech or French, it's
- % common to leave accents off identifiers. The result looks ok in
- % tt, but exceedingly strange in rm.
- % . we don't want -- and --- to be treated as ligatures.
- % . this still does not fix the ?` and !` ligatures, but so far no
- % one has made identifiers using them :).
- \df \tt
- \def\temp{#2}% return value type
- \ifx\temp\empty\else \tclose{\temp} \fi
- #3% output function name
- }%
- {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \tenrm
- %
- \boldbrax
- % arguments will be output next, if any.
-}
-
-% Print arguments in slanted roman (not ttsl), inconsistently with using
-% tt for the name. This is because literal text is sometimes needed in
-% the argument list (groff manual), and ttsl and tt are not very
-% distinguishable. Prevent hyphenation at `-' chars.
-%
-\def\defunargs#1{%
- % use sl by default (not ttsl),
- % tt for the names.
- \df \sl \hyphenchar\font=0
- %
- % On the other hand, if an argument has two dashes (for instance), we
- % want a way to get ttsl. Let's try @var for that.
- \let\var=\ttslanted
- #1%
- \sl\hyphenchar\font=45
-}
-
-% We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line.
-%
-\def\activeparens{%
- \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active
- \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active
- \catcode`\&=\active
-}
-
-% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars.
-\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = )
-
-% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example,
-% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet,
-% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence.
-{
- \activeparens
- \global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen
- \global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack
- \global\let& = \&
-
- \gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb}
- \gdef\magicamp{\let&=\amprm}
-}
-
-\newcount\parencount
-
-% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards
-\newif\ifampseen
-\def\amprm#1 {\ampseentrue{\bf\ }}
-
-\def\parenfont{%
- \ifampseen
- % At the first level, print parens in roman,
- % otherwise use the default font.
- \ifnum \parencount=1 \rm \fi
- \else
- % The \sf parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than
- % the contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] .
- \sf
- \fi
-}
-\def\infirstlevel#1{%
- \ifampseen
- \ifnum\parencount=1
- #1%
- \fi
- \fi
-}
-\def\bfafterword#1 {#1 \bf}
-
-\def\opnr{%
- \global\advance\parencount by 1
- {\parenfont(}%
- \infirstlevel \bfafterword
-}
-\def\clnr{%
- {\parenfont)}%
- \infirstlevel \sl
- \global\advance\parencount by -1
-}
-
-\newcount\brackcount
-\def\lbrb{%
- \global\advance\brackcount by 1
- {\bf[}%
-}
-\def\rbrb{%
- {\bf]}%
- \global\advance\brackcount by -1
-}
-
-\def\checkparencounts{%
- \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \badparencount \fi
- \ifnum\brackcount=0 \else \badbrackcount \fi
-}
-\def\badparencount{%
- \errmessage{Unbalanced parentheses in @def}%
- \global\parencount=0
-}
-\def\badbrackcount{%
- \errmessage{Unbalanced square braces in @def}%
- \global\brackcount=0
-}
-
-
-\message{macros,}
-% @macro.
-
-% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens,
-% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX.
-\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined
- \newwrite\macscribble
- \def\scantokens#1{%
- \toks0={#1\endinput}%
- \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp
- \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}%
- \immediate\closeout\macscribble
- \input \jobname.tmp
- }
-\fi
-
-\def\scanmacro#1{%
- \begingroup
- \newlinechar`\^^M
- \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces
- % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
- \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\other \escapechar=`\@
- % ... and \example
- \spaceisspace
- %
- % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline.
- %
- % I've verified that it is necessary both for e-TeX and for ordinary TeX
- % --kasal, 29nov03
- \scantokens{#1\endinput}%
- \endgroup
-}
-
-\newcount\paramno % Count of parameters
-\newtoks\macname % Macro name
-\newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive?
-\def\macrolist{} % List of all defined macros in the form
- % \do\macro1\do\macro2...
-
-% Utility routines.
-% This does \let #1 = #2, except with \csnames.
-\def\cslet#1#2{%
-\expandafter\expandafter
-\expandafter\let
-\expandafter\expandafter
-\csname#1\endcsname
-\csname#2\endcsname}
-
-% Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string.
-% Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN).
-{\catcode`\@=11
-\gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }}
-\gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@}
-\gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @}
-\def\unbrace#1{#1}
-\unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1}
-}
-
-% Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string.
-{\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3%
-\gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}%
-\gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}%
-\gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}%
-}
-
-% Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where
-% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active
-% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \.
-
-% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is
-% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro
-% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro.
-
-\def\macrobodyctxt{%
- \catcode`\~=\other
- \catcode`\^=\other
- \catcode`\_=\other
- \catcode`\|=\other
- \catcode`\<=\other
- \catcode`\>=\other
- \catcode`\+=\other
- \catcode`\{=\other
- \catcode`\}=\other
- \catcode`\@=\other
- \catcode`\^^M=\other
- \usembodybackslash}
-
-\def\macroargctxt{%
- \catcode`\~=\other
- \catcode`\^=\other
- \catcode`\_=\other
- \catcode`\|=\other
- \catcode`\<=\other
- \catcode`\>=\other
- \catcode`\+=\other
- \catcode`\@=\other
- \catcode`\\=\other}
-
-% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies.
-% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N
-% where N is the macro parameter number.
-% We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so
-% \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash.
-
-{\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active
- @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash}
- @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname}
-}
-\expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash}
-
-\def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx}
-\def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx}
-
-\def\macroxxx#1{%
- \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist
- \ifx\argl\empty % no arguments
- \paramno=0%
- \else
- \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;%
- \fi
- \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname
- \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}%
- \else
- \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax
- \else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi
- \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}%
- \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1%
- % Add the macroname to \macrolist
- \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\do}%
- \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname\endcsname}%
- \fi
- \begingroup \macrobodyctxt
- \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody
- \else \expandafter\parsemacbody
- \fi}
-
-\parseargdef\unmacro{%
- \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname
- \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}%
- \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0%
- % Remove the macro name from \macrolist:
- \begingroup
- \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax
- \let\do\unmacrodo
- \xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}%
- \endgroup
- \else
- \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}%
- \fi
-}
-
-% Called by \do from \dounmacro on each macro. The idea is to omit any
-% macro definitions that have been changed to \relax.
-%
-\def\unmacrodo#1{%
- \ifx#1\relax
- % remove this
- \else
- \noexpand\do \noexpand #1%
- \fi
-}
-
-% This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a
-% <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by
-% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed.
-\def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}}
-\def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs}
-\def\getmacname #1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}}
-\def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}}
-
-% Parse the optional {params} list. Set up \paramno and \paramlist
-% so \defmacro knows what to do. Define \macarg.blah for each blah
-% in the params list, to be ##N where N is the position in that list.
-% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above).
-
-% We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions.
-% The technique used is stolen from LaTeX: let \hash be something
-% unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine
-% it to # just before using the token list produced.
-%
-% The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before
-% the macro is used.
-
-\def\parsemargdef#1;{\paramno=0\def\paramlist{}%
- \let\hash\relax\let\xeatspaces\relax\parsemargdefxxx#1,;,}
-\def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{%
- \if#1;\let\next=\relax
- \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx
- \advance\paramno by 1%
- \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname
- {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}%
- \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}%
- \fi\next}
-
-% These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies.
-% (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.)
-
-\long\def\parsemacbody#1@end macro%
-{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
-\long\def\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro%
-{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
-
-% This defines the macro itself. There are six cases: recursive and
-% nonrecursive macros of zero, one, and many arguments.
-% Much magic with \expandafter here.
-% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file
-% they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group.
-\def\defmacro{%
- \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars
- \ifrecursive
- \ifcase\paramno
- % 0
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
- \or % 1
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
- \noexpand\braceorline
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
- \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
- \else % many
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
- \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \expandafter\xdef
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
- \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
- \fi
- \else
- \ifcase\paramno
- % 0
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
- \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
- \or % 1
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
- \noexpand\braceorline
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
- \egroup
- \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
- \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
- \else % many
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \expandafter\xdef
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
- \paramlist{%
- \egroup
- \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
- \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
- \fi
- \fi}
-
-\def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}}
-
-% \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a
-% {. If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole
-% line. Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence
-% as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg)
-\def\braceorline#1{\let\next=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx}
-\def\braceorlinexxx{%
- \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else
- \expandafter\parsearg
- \fi \next}
-
-% We mant to disable all macros during \shipout so that they are not
-% expanded by \write.
-\def\turnoffmacros{\begingroup \def\do##1{\let\noexpand##1=\relax}%
- \edef\next{\macrolist}\expandafter\endgroup\next}
-
-
-% @alias.
-% We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal
-% sign. Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing.
-\def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx}
-\def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax}
-\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{%
- {%
- \expandafter\let\obeyedspace=\empty
- \xdef\next{\global\let\makecsname{#1}=\makecsname{#2}}%
- }%
- \next
-}
-
-
-\message{cross references,}
-
-\newwrite\auxfile
-
-\newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known.
-\newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known.
-
-% @inforef is relatively simple.
-\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**}
-\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}},
- node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}}
-
-% @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in
-% cross-references.
-\parseargdef\node{\checkenv{}\nodexxx #1,\finishnodeparse}
-\def\nodexxx#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}}
-\let\nwnode=\node
-\let\lastnode=\empty
-
-% Write a cross-reference definition for the current node. #1 is the
-% type (Ynumbered, Yappendix, Ynothing).
-%
-\def\donoderef#1{%
- \ifx\lastnode\empty\else
- \setref{\lastnode}{#1}%
- \global\let\lastnode=\empty
- \fi
-}
-
-% @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point.
-%
-\newcount\savesfregister
-%
-\def\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi}
-\def\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi}
-\def\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces}
-
-% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an
-% anchor), which consists of three parts:
-% 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \thissection,
-% or the anchor name.
-% 2) NAME-snt - section number and type, passed as the SNT arg, or
-% empty for anchors.
-% 3) NAME-pg - the page number.
-%
-% This is called from \donoderef, \anchor, and \dofloat. In the case of
-% floats, there is an additional part, which is not written here:
-% 4) NAME-lof - the text as it should appear in a @listoffloats.
-%
-\def\setref#1#2{%
- \pdfmkdest{#1}%
- \iflinks
- {%
- \atdummies % preserve commands, but don't expand them
- \turnoffactive
- \otherbackslash
- \edef\writexrdef##1##2{%
- \write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef
- ##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef
- }%
- \toks0 = \expandafter{\thissection}%
- \immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }%
- \immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc.
- \writexrdef{pg}{\folio}% will be written later, during \shipout
- }%
- \fi
-}
-
-% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is
-% the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed
-% node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed
-% manual. All but the node name can be omitted.
-%
-\def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
-\def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
-\def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
-\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup
- \unsepspaces
- \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}%
- \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #3}%
- \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}%
- \setbox0=\hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}%
- \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt
- % No printed node name was explicitly given.
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax
- % Use the node name inside the square brackets.
- \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
- \else
- % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside
- % the square brackets. Use the real section title if we have it.
- \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
- % It is in another manual, so we don't have it.
- \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
- \else
- \ifhavexrefs
- % We know the real title if we have the xref values.
- \def\printedrefname{\refx{#1-title}{}}%
- \else
- % Otherwise just copy the Info node name.
- \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
- \fi%
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi
- %
- % Make link in pdf output.
- \ifpdf
- \leavevmode
- \getfilename{#4}%
- {\turnoffactive \otherbackslash
- \ifnum\filenamelength>0
- \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
- goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{#1}%
- \else
- \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
- goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}}%
- \fi
- }%
- \linkcolor
- \fi
- %
- % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2"
- % instead of "[somenode], p.3". We distinguish them by the
- % LABEL-title being set to a magic string.
- {%
- % Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to
- % include an _ in the xref name, etc.
- \indexnofonts
- \turnoffactive
- \otherbackslash
- \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle
- \csname XR#1-title\endcsname
- }%
- \iffloat\Xthisreftitle
- % If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref,
- % print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2".
- \ifdim\wd0 = 0pt
- \refx{#1-snt}%
- \else
- \printedrefname
- \fi
- %
- % if the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append
- % "in MANUALNAME".
- \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
- \space \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
- \fi
- \else
- % node/anchor (non-float) references.
- %
- % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not
- % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will
- % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals
- % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this
- % is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it
- % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time.
- \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
- \putwordsection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
- \else
- % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the
- % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand
- % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of
- % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the
- % printing, back off for the \refx-pg.
- {\turnoffactive \otherbackslash
- % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for
- % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be.
- \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}%
- \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi
- }%
- % output the `[mynode]' via a macro so it can be overridden.
- \xrefprintnodename\printedrefname
- %
- % But we always want a comma and a space:
- ,\space
- %
- % output the `page 3'.
- \turnoffactive \otherbackslash \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \endlink
-\endgroup}
-
-% This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref
-% output. It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily,
-% since square brackets don't work well in some documents. Particularly
-% one that Bob is working on :).
-%
-\def\xrefprintnodename#1{[#1]}
-
-% Things referred to by \setref.
-%
-\def\Ynothing{}
-\def\Yomitfromtoc{}
-\def\Ynumbered{%
- \ifnum\secno=0
- \putwordChapter@tie \the\chapno
- \else \ifnum\subsecno=0
- \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno
- \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
- \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
- \else
- \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
- \fi\fi\fi
-}
-\def\Yappendix{%
- \ifnum\secno=0
- \putwordAppendix@tie @char\the\appendixno{}%
- \else \ifnum\subsecno=0
- \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno
- \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
- \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
- \else
- \putwordSection@tie
- @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
- \fi\fi\fi
-}
-
-% Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME.
-% If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward.
-%
-\def\refx#1#2{%
- {%
- \indexnofonts
- \otherbackslash
- \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX
- \csname XR#1\endcsname
- }%
- \ifx\thisrefX\relax
- % If not defined, say something at least.
- \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright
- \iflinks
- \ifhavexrefs
- \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}%
- \else
- \ifwarnedxrefs\else
- \global\warnedxrefstrue
- \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi
- \else
- % It's defined, so just use it.
- \thisrefX
- \fi
- #2% Output the suffix in any case.
-}
-
-% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. Usually it's
-% just a \def (we prepend XR to the control sequence name to avoid
-% collisions). But if this is a float type, we have more work to do.
-%
-\def\xrdef#1#2{%
- \expandafter\gdef\csname XR#1\endcsname{#2}% remember this xref value.
- %
- % Was that xref control sequence that we just defined for a float?
- \expandafter\iffloat\csname XR#1\endcsname
- % it was a float, and we have the (safe) float type in \iffloattype.
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\floatlist
- \csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname
- %
- % Is this the first time we've seen this float type?
- \expandafter\ifx\floatlist\relax
- \toks0 = {\do}% yes, so just \do
- \else
- % had it before, so preserve previous elements in list.
- \toks0 = \expandafter{\floatlist\do}%
- \fi
- %
- % Remember this xref in the control sequence \floatlistFLOATTYPE,
- % for later use in \listoffloats.
- \expandafter\xdef\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname{\the\toks0{#1}}%
- \fi
-}
-
-% Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists.
-%
-\def\tryauxfile{%
- \openin 1 \jobname.aux
- \ifeof 1 \else
- \readauxfile
- \global\havexrefstrue
- \fi
- \closein 1
-}
-
-\def\readauxfile{\begingroup
- \catcode`\^^@=\other
- \catcode`\^^A=\other
- \catcode`\^^B=\other
- \catcode`\^^C=\other
- \catcode`\^^D=\other
- \catcode`\^^E=\other
- \catcode`\^^F=\other
- \catcode`\^^G=\other
- \catcode`\^^H=\other
- \catcode`\^^K=\other
- \catcode`\^^L=\other
- \catcode`\^^N=\other
- \catcode`\^^P=\other
- \catcode`\^^Q=\other
- \catcode`\^^R=\other
- \catcode`\^^S=\other
- \catcode`\^^T=\other
- \catcode`\^^U=\other
- \catcode`\^^V=\other
- \catcode`\^^W=\other
- \catcode`\^^X=\other
- \catcode`\^^Z=\other
- \catcode`\^^[=\other
- \catcode`\^^\=\other
- \catcode`\^^]=\other
- \catcode`\^^^=\other
- \catcode`\^^_=\other
- % It was suggested to set the catcode of ^ to 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc.
- % in xref tags, i.e., node names. But since ^^e4 notation isn't
- % supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable. Furthermore,
- % that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^
- % character, we would end up writing a line like this: 'xrdef {'hat
- % b-title}{'hat b} and \xrdef does a \csname...\endcsname on the first
- % argument, and \hat is not an expandable control sequence. It could
- % all be worked out, but why? Either we support ^^ or we don't.
- %
- % The other change necessary for this was to define \auxhat:
- % \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter
- % and then to call \auxhat in \setq.
- %
- \catcode`\^=\other
- %
- % Special characters. Should be turned off anyway, but...
- \catcode`\~=\other
- \catcode`\[=\other
- \catcode`\]=\other
- \catcode`\"=\other
- \catcode`\_=\other
- \catcode`\|=\other
- \catcode`\<=\other
- \catcode`\>=\other
- \catcode`\$=\other
- \catcode`\#=\other
- \catcode`\&=\other
- \catcode`\%=\other
- \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off
- %
- % This is to support \ in node names and titles, since the \
- % characters end up in a \csname. It's easier than
- % leaving it active and making its active definition an actual \
- % character. What I don't understand is why it works in the *value*
- % of the xrdef. Seems like it should be a catcode12 \, and that
- % should not typeset properly. But it works, so I'm moving on for
- % now. --karl, 15jan04.
- \catcode`\\=\other
- %
- % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters.
- {%
- \count 1=128
- \def\loop{%
- \catcode\count 1=\other
- \advance\count 1 by 1
- \ifnum \count 1<256 \loop \fi
- }%
- }%
- %
- % @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces.
- \catcode`\{=1
- \catcode`\}=2
- \catcode`\@=0
- %
- \input \jobname.aux
-\endgroup}
-
-
-\message{insertions,}
-% including footnotes.
-
-\newcount \footnoteno
-
-% The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is
-% vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a
-% pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is
-% removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a
-% space to prevent strange expansion errors.)
-\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 }
-
-% @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only.
-\let\footnotestyle=\comment
-
-{\catcode `\@=11
-%
-% Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain.
-\gdef\footnote{%
- \let\indent=\ptexindent
- \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent
- \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne
- \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}%
- %
- % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the
- % extra spacing after we do the footnote number.
- \let\@sf\empty
- \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\ptexslash\fi
- %
- % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number.
- \unskip
- \thisfootno\@sf
- \dofootnote
-}%
-
-% Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the
-% footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general.
-%
-% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset (and anything else that uses
-% \parseargline) fails inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when
-% the footnote is read. --karl, 16nov96.
-%
-\gdef\dofootnote{%
- \insert\footins\bgroup
- % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the
- % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment.
- % So reset some parameters.
- \hsize=\pagewidth
- \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
- \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes
- \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox
- \floatingpenalty\@MM
- \leftskip\z@skip
- \rightskip\z@skip
- \spaceskip\z@skip
- \xspaceskip\z@skip
- \parindent\defaultparindent
- %
- \smallfonts \rm
- %
- % Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears
- % to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op. makeinfo does not use
- % hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote
- % text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style).
- \let\noindent = \relax
- %
- % Hang the footnote text off the number. Use \everypar in case the
- % footnote extends for more than one paragraph.
- \everypar = {\hang}%
- \textindent{\thisfootno}%
- %
- % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this
- % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it
- % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote.
- \footstrut
- \futurelet\next\fo@t
-}
-}%end \catcode `\@=11
-
-% In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create
-% the real \insert just after the vbox finished. Otherwise, the insertion
-% would be lost.
-% Similarily, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote
-% text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished.
-% And the same can be done for other insert classes. --kasal, 16nov03.
-
-% Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro.
-% Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled
-% out prematurely.
-%
-\def\startsavinginserts{%
- \ifx \insert\ptexinsert
- \let\insert\saveinsert
- \else
- \let\checkinserts\relax
- \fi
-}
-
-% This \insert replacement works for both \insert\footins{foo} and
-% \insert\footins\bgroup foo\egroup, but it doesn't work for \insert27{foo}.
-%
-\def\saveinsert#1{%
- \edef\next{\noexpand\savetobox \makeSAVEname#1}%
- \afterassignment\next
- % swallow the left brace
- \let\temp =
-}
-\def\makeSAVEname#1{\makecsname{SAVE\expandafter\gobble\string#1}}
-\def\savetobox#1{\global\setbox#1 = \vbox\bgroup \unvbox#1}
-
-\def\checksaveins#1{\ifvoid#1\else \placesaveins#1\fi}
-
-\def\placesaveins#1{%
- \ptexinsert \csname\expandafter\gobblesave\string#1\endcsname
- {\box#1}%
-}
-
-% eat @SAVE -- beware, all of them have catcode \other:
-{
- \def\dospecials{\do S\do A\do V\do E} \uncatcodespecials % ;-)
- \gdef\gobblesave @SAVE{}
-}
-
-% initialization:
-\def\newsaveins #1{%
- \edef\next{\noexpand\newsaveinsX \makeSAVEname#1}%
- \next
-}
-\def\newsaveinsX #1{%
- \csname newbox\endcsname #1%
- \expandafter\def\expandafter\checkinserts\expandafter{\checkinserts
- \checksaveins #1}%
-}
-
-% initialize:
-\let\checkinserts\empty
-\newsaveins\footins
-\newsaveins\margin
-
-
-% @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this.
-% If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain.
-%
-% Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image
-% time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get
-% undone and the next image would fail.
-\openin 1 = epsf.tex
-\ifeof 1 \else
- % Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in
- % doc/epsf.tex and on ctan).
- \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }%
- \input epsf.tex
-\fi
-\closein 1
-%
-% We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex.
-\newif\ifwarnednoepsf
-\newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to
- work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get
- it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.}
-%
-\def\image#1{%
- \ifx\epsfbox\undefined
- \ifwarnednoepsf \else
- \errhelp = \noepsfhelp
- \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}%
- \global\warnednoepsftrue
- \fi
- \else
- \imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish
- \fi
-}
-%
-% Arguments to @image:
-% #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension.
-% #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height.
-% #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text.
-% #5 is (ignored optional) extension.
-% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff.
-\newif\ifimagevmode
-\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup
- \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example
- \normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names
- % If the image is by itself, center it.
- \ifvmode
- \imagevmodetrue
- \nobreak\bigskip
- % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert
- % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space
- % above and below.
- \nobreak\vskip\parskip
- \nobreak
- \line\bgroup\hss
- \fi
- %
- % Output the image.
- \ifpdf
- \dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}%
- \else
- % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure.
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi
- \epsfbox{#1.eps}%
- \fi
- %
- \ifimagevmode \hss \egroup \bigbreak \fi % space after the image
-\endgroup}
-
-
-% @float FLOATTYPE,LOC ... @end float for displayed figures, tables, etc.
-% We don't actually implement floating yet, we just plop the float "here".
-% But it seemed the best name for the future.
-%
-\envparseargdef\float{\dofloat #1,,,\finish}
-
-% #1 is the optional FLOATTYPE, the text label for this float, typically
-% "Figure", "Table", "Example", etc. Can't contain commas. If omitted,
-% this float will not be numbered and cannot be referred to.
-%
-% #2 is the optional xref label. Also must be present for the float to
-% be referable.
-%
-% #3 is the optional positioning argument; for now, it is ignored. It
-% will somehow specify the positions allowed to float to (here, top, bottom).
-%
-% We keep a separate counter for each FLOATTYPE, which we reset at each
-% chapter-level command.
-\let\resetallfloatnos=\empty
-%
-\def\dofloat#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{%
- \let\thiscaption=\empty
- \let\thisshortcaption=\empty
- %
- % don't lose footnotes inside @float.
- \startsavinginserts
- %
- \vtop\bgroup
- \def\floattype{#1}%
- \def\floatlabel{#2}%
- \def\floatloc{#3}% we do nothing with this yet.
- %
- \ifx\floattype\empty
- \let\safefloattype=\empty
- \else
- {%
- % the floattype might have accents or other special characters,
- % but we need to use it in a control sequence name.
- \indexnofonts
- \turnoffactive
- \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}%
- }%
- \fi
- %
- % If label is given but no type, we handle that as the empty type.
- \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
- % We want each FLOATTYPE to be numbered separately (Figure 1,
- % Table 1, Figure 2, ...). (And if no label, no number.)
- %
- \expandafter\getfloatno\csname\safefloattype floatno\endcsname
- \global\advance\floatno by 1
- %
- {%
- % This magic value for \thissection is output by \setref as the
- % XREFLABEL-title value. \xrefX uses it to distinguish float
- % labels (which have a completely different output format) from
- % node and anchor labels. And \xrdef uses it to construct the
- % lists of floats.
- %
- \edef\thissection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}%
- \setref{\floatlabel}{Yfloat}%
- }%
- \fi
- %
- % start with \parskip glue, I guess.
- \vskip\parskip
- %
- % Don't suppress indentation if a float happens to start a section.
- \restorefirstparagraphindent
-}
-
-% we have these possibilities:
-% @float Foo,lbl & @caption{Cap}: Foo 1.1: Cap
-% @float Foo,lbl & no caption: Foo 1.1
-% @float Foo & @caption{Cap}: Foo: Cap
-% @float Foo & no caption: Foo
-% @float ,lbl & Caption{Cap}: 1.1: Cap
-% @float ,lbl & no caption: 1.1
-% @float & @caption{Cap}: Cap
-% @float & no caption:
-%
-\def\Efloat{%
- \let\floatident = \empty
- %
- % In all cases, if we have a float type, it comes first.
- \ifx\floattype\empty \else \def\floatident{\floattype}\fi
- %
- % If we have an xref label, the number comes next.
- \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
- \ifx\floattype\empty \else % if also had float type, need tie first.
- \appendtomacro\floatident{\tie}%
- \fi
- % the number.
- \appendtomacro\floatident{\chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}%
- \fi
- %
- % Start the printed caption with what we've constructed in
- % \floatident, but keep it separate; we need \floatident again.
- \let\captionline = \floatident
- %
- \ifx\thiscaption\empty \else
- \ifx\floatident\empty \else
- \appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between
- \fi
- %
- % caption text.
- \appendtomacro\captionline\thiscaption
- \fi
- %
- % If we have anything to print, print it, with space before.
- % Eventually this needs to become an \insert.
- \ifx\captionline\empty \else
- \vskip.5\parskip
- \captionline
- \fi
- %
- % If have an xref label, write the list of floats info. Do this
- % after the caption, to avoid chance of it being a breakpoint.
- \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
- % Write the text that goes in the lof to the aux file as
- % \floatlabel-lof. Besides \floatident, we include the short
- % caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing.
- {%
- \atdummies \turnoffactive \otherbackslash
- \immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{%
- \floatident
- \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty
- \ifx\thiscaption\empty \else : \thiscaption \fi
- \else
- : \thisshortcaption
- \fi
- }}%
- }%
- \fi
- %
- % Space below caption, if we printed anything.
- \ifx\printedsomething\empty \else \vskip\parskip \fi
- \egroup % end of \vtop
- \checkinserts
-}
-
-% Append the tokens #2 to the definition of macro #1, not expanding either.
-%
-\newtoks\appendtomacroAtoks
-\newtoks\appendtomacroBtoks
-\def\appendtomacro#1#2{%
- \appendtomacroAtoks = \expandafter{#1}%
- \appendtomacroBtoks = {#2}%
- \edef#1{\the\appendtomacroAtoks \the\appendtomacroBtoks}%
-}
-
-% @caption, @shortcaption are easy.
-%
-\long\def\caption#1{\checkenv\float \def\thiscaption{#1}}
-\def\shortcaption#1{\checkenv\float \def\thisshortcaption{#1}}
-
-% The parameter is the control sequence identifying the counter we are
-% going to use. Create it if it doesn't exist and assign it to \floatno.
-\def\getfloatno#1{%
- \ifx#1\relax
- % Haven't seen this figure type before.
- \csname newcount\endcsname #1%
- %
- % Remember to reset this floatno at the next chap.
- \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\resetallfloatnos
- \expandafter{\resetallfloatnos #1=0 }%
- \fi
- \let\floatno#1%
-}
-
-% \setref calls this to get the XREFLABEL-snt value. We want an @xref
-% to the FLOATLABEL to expand to "Figure 3.1". We call \setref when we
-% first read the @float command.
-%
-\def\Yfloat{\floattype@tie \chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}%
-
-% Magic string used for the XREFLABEL-title value, so \xrefX can
-% distinguish floats from other xref types.
-\def\floatmagic{!!float!!}
-
-% #1 is the control sequence we are passed; we expand into a conditional
-% which is true if #1 represents a float ref. That is, the magic
-% \thissection value which we \setref above.
-%
-\def\iffloat#1{\expandafter\doiffloat#1==\finish}
-%
-% #1 is (maybe) the \floatmagic string. If so, #2 will be the
-% (safe) float type for this float. We set \iffloattype to #2.
-%
-\def\doiffloat#1=#2=#3\finish{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \def\iffloattype{#2}%
- \ifx\temp\floatmagic
-}
-
-% @listoffloats FLOATTYPE - print a list of floats like a table of contents.
-%
-\parseargdef\listoffloats{%
- \def\floattype{#1}% floattype
- {%
- % the floattype might have accents or other special characters,
- % but we need to use it in a control sequence name.
- \indexnofonts
- \turnoffactive
- \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}%
- }%
- %
- % \xrdef saves the floats as a \do-list in \floatlistSAFEFLOATTYPE.
- \expandafter\ifx\csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname \relax
- \ifhavexrefs
- % if the user said @listoffloats foo but never @float foo.
- \message{\linenumber No `\safefloattype' floats to list.}%
- \fi
- \else
- \begingroup
- \leftskip=\tocindent % indent these entries like a toc
- \let\do=\listoffloatsdo
- \csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname
- \endgroup
- \fi
-}
-
-% This is called on each entry in a list of floats. We're passed the
-% xref label, in the form LABEL-title, which is how we save it in the
-% aux file. We strip off the -title and look up \XRLABEL-lof, which
-% has the text we're supposed to typeset here.
-%
-% Figures without xref labels will not be included in the list (since
-% they won't appear in the aux file).
-%
-\def\listoffloatsdo#1{\listoffloatsdoentry#1\finish}
-\def\listoffloatsdoentry#1-title\finish{{%
- % Can't fully expand XR#1-lof because it can contain anything. Just
- % pass the control sequence. On the other hand, XR#1-pg is just the
- % page number, and we want to fully expand that so we can get a link
- % in pdf output.
- \toksA = \expandafter{\csname XR#1-lof\endcsname}%
- %
- % use the same \entry macro we use to generate the TOC and index.
- \edef\writeentry{\noexpand\entry{\the\toksA}{\csname XR#1-pg\endcsname}}%
- \writeentry
-}}
-
-\message{localization,}
-% and i18n.
-
-% @documentlanguage is usually given very early, just after
-% @setfilename. If done too late, it may not override everything
-% properly. Single argument is the language abbreviation.
-% It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file here.
-%
-\parseargdef\documentlanguage{%
- \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX.
- % Read the file if it exists.
- \openin 1 txi-#1.tex
- \ifeof 1
- \errhelp = \nolanghelp
- \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}%
- \else
- \input txi-#1.tex
- \fi
- \closein 1
- \endgroup
-}
-\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or
-is empty. Maybe you need to install it? In the current directory
-should work if nowhere else does.}
-
-
-% @documentencoding should change something in TeX eventually, most
-% likely, but for now just recognize it.
-\let\documentencoding = \comment
-
-
-% Page size parameters.
-%
-\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt
-
-\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
-\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt
-\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
-
-% Prevent underfull vbox error messages.
-\vbadness = 10000
-
-% Don't be so finicky about underfull hboxes, either.
-\hbadness = 2000
-
-% Following George Bush, just get rid of widows and orphans.
-\widowpenalty=10000
-\clubpenalty=10000
-
-% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're
-% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of
-% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on
-% \hsize. We call this whenever the paper size is set.
-%
-\def\setemergencystretch{%
- \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined
- % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway.
- \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}%
- \else
- \emergencystretch = .15\hsize
- \fi
-}
-
-% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth; 3) voffset;
-% 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip; 7) physical page height; 8)
-% physical page width.
-%
-% We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define
-% \textleading. The caller should also set \parskip.
-%
-\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{%
- \voffset = #3\relax
- \topskip = #6\relax
- \splittopskip = \topskip
- %
- \vsize = #1\relax
- \advance\vsize by \topskip
- \outervsize = \vsize
- \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin
- \pageheight = \vsize
- %
- \hsize = #2\relax
- \outerhsize = \hsize
- \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in
- \pagewidth = \hsize
- %
- \normaloffset = #4\relax
- \bindingoffset = #5\relax
- %
- \ifpdf
- \pdfpageheight #7\relax
- \pdfpagewidth #8\relax
- \fi
- %
- \setleading{\textleading}
- %
- \parindent = \defaultparindent
- \setemergencystretch
-}
-
-% @letterpaper (the default).
-\def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
- \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
- \textleading = 13.2pt
- %
- % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even.
- \internalpagesizes{46\baselineskip}{6in}%
- {\voffset}{.25in}%
- {\bindingoffset}{36pt}%
- {11in}{8.5in}%
-}}
-
-% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.5 (or so) format.
-\def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1
- \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt
- \textleading = 12pt
- %
- \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}%
- {\voffset}{.25in}%
- {\bindingoffset}{16pt}%
- {9.25in}{7in}%
- %
- \lispnarrowing = 0.3in
- \tolerance = 700
- \hfuzz = 1pt
- \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
- \defbodyindent = .5cm
-}}
-
-% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper.
-\def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
- \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
- \textleading = 13.2pt
- %
- % Double-side printing via postscript on Laserjet 4050
- % prints double-sided nicely when \bindingoffset=10mm and \hoffset=-6mm.
- % To change the settings for a different printer or situation, adjust
- % \normaloffset until the front-side and back-side texts align. Then
- % do the same for \bindingoffset. You can set these for testing in
- % your texinfo source file like this:
- % @tex
- % \global\normaloffset = -6mm
- % \global\bindingoffset = 10mm
- % @end tex
- \internalpagesizes{51\baselineskip}{160mm}
- {\voffset}{\hoffset}%
- {\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
- {297mm}{210mm}%
- %
- \tolerance = 700
- \hfuzz = 1pt
- \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
- \defbodyindent = 5mm
-}}
-
-% Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper.
-% From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000.
-% He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small.
-\def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1
- \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt
- \textleading = 12.5pt
- %
- \internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}%
- {\voffset}{\hoffset}%
- {\bindingoffset}{8pt}%
- {210mm}{148mm}%
- %
- \lispnarrowing = 0.2in
- \tolerance = 800
- \hfuzz = 1.2pt
- \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
- \defbodyindent = 2mm
- \tableindent = 12mm
-}}
-
-% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper.
-\def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1
- \afourpaper
- \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}%
- {\voffset}{4.6mm}%
- {\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
- {297mm}{210mm}%
- %
- % Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper.
- \globaldefs = 0
-}}
-
-% Use @afourwide to print on A4 paper in landscape format.
-\def\afourwide{{\globaldefs = 1
- \afourpaper
- \internalpagesizes{241mm}{165mm}%
- {\voffset}{-2.95mm}%
- {\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
- {297mm}{210mm}%
- \globaldefs = 0
-}}
-
-% @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH]
-% Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip,
-% and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow.
-%
-\parseargdef\pagesizes{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish}
-\def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi
- \globaldefs = 1
- %
- \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
- \setleading{\textleading}%
- %
- \dimen0 = #1
- \advance\dimen0 by \voffset
- %
- \dimen2 = \hsize
- \advance\dimen2 by \normaloffset
- %
- \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}%
- {\voffset}{\normaloffset}%
- {\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
- {\dimen0}{\dimen2}%
-}}
-
-% Set default to letter.
-%
-\letterpaper
-
-
-\message{and turning on texinfo input format.}
-
-% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text.
-\catcode`\"=\other
-\catcode`\~=\other
-\catcode`\^=\other
-\catcode`\_=\other
-\catcode`\|=\other
-\catcode`\<=\other
-\catcode`\>=\other
-\catcode`\+=\other
-\catcode`\$=\other
-\def\normaldoublequote{"}
-\def\normaltilde{~}
-\def\normalcaret{^}
-\def\normalunderscore{_}
-\def\normalverticalbar{|}
-\def\normalless{<}
-\def\normalgreater{>}
-\def\normalplus{+}
-\def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix
-
-% This macro is used to make a character print one way in \tt
-% (where it can probably be output as-is), and another way in other fonts,
-% where something hairier probably needs to be done.
-%
-% #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print
-% otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero
-% interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all
-% typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter.
-%
-\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi}
-
-% Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches
-% non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from
-% italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway
-% this is not a problem.
-\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi}
-
-% Turn off all special characters except @
-% (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary).
-% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can
-% use math or other variants that look better in normal text.
-
-\catcode`\"=\active
-\def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}}
-\let"=\activedoublequote
-\catcode`\~=\active
-\def~{{\tt\char126}}
-\chardef\hat=`\^
-\catcode`\^=\active
-\def^{{\tt \hat}}
-
-\catcode`\_=\active
-\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_}
-% Subroutine for the previous macro.
-\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }
-
-\catcode`\|=\active
-\def|{{\tt\char124}}
-\chardef \less=`\<
-\catcode`\<=\active
-\def<{{\tt \less}}
-\chardef \gtr=`\>
-\catcode`\>=\active
-\def>{{\tt \gtr}}
-\catcode`\+=\active
-\def+{{\tt \char 43}}
-\catcode`\$=\active
-\def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix
-
-% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file
-% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line.
-% So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on.
-% \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file.
-\def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other}
-
-\catcode`\@=0
-
-% \backslashcurfont outputs one backslash character in current font,
-% as in \char`\\.
-\global\chardef\backslashcurfont=`\\
-\global\let\rawbackslashxx=\backslashcurfont % let existing .??s files work
-
-% \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \backslashcurfont.
-% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with
-% catcode other.
-{\catcode`\\=\active
- @gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@backslashcurfont}
- @gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash}
-}
-
-% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other.
-{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\}}
-
-% \normalbackslash outputs one backslash in fixed width font.
-\def\normalbackslash{{\tt\backslashcurfont}}
-
-\catcode`\\=\active
-
-% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters
-% even after parsing them.
-@def@turnoffactive{%
- @let"=@normaldoublequote
- @let\=@realbackslash
- @let~=@normaltilde
- @let^=@normalcaret
- @let_=@normalunderscore
- @let|=@normalverticalbar
- @let<=@normalless
- @let>=@normalgreater
- @let+=@normalplus
- @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix
- @unsepspaces
-}
-
-% Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of
-% the literal character `\'. (Thus, \ is not expandable when this is in
-% effect.)
-%
-@def@normalturnoffactive{@turnoffactive @let\=@normalbackslash}
-
-% Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily.
-% This is canceled by @fixbackslash.
-@otherifyactive
-
-% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up.
-% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing
-% a backslash.
-%
-@gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash}
-@global@let\ = @eatinput
-
-% On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then
-% the first `\{ in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix
-% that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur.
-% Also back turn on active characters that might appear in the input
-% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format.
-%
-@gdef@fixbackslash{%
- @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi
- @catcode`+=@active
- @catcode`@_=@active
-}
-
-% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages.
-@escapechar = `@@
-
-% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special.
-@catcode`@& = @other
-@catcode`@# = @other
-@catcode`@% = @other
-
-
-@c Local variables:
-@c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message"
-@c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{"
-@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-@c time-stamp-end: "}"
-@c End:
-
-@c vim:sw=2:
-
-@ignore
- arch-tag: e1b36e32-c96e-4135-a41a-0b2efa2ea115
-@end ignore
